How To Master Skills For The TOEFL IBT Reading Intermediate

How to
Master Skillsf°rthe
C
IM r
-circiothY Hall \ Arthur H. Mulch 1 Denise McCormack I E2K
ibrary
8
74 El NTV
NHA XUAT BAN TONG HOP Cong ty TNHH
THANH PHO HO CHI MINH Nhan Tri Viet
i
/t) , 7-4('' 4
1 ef f-`
How to
Master Skills f°r the
H iBT
®
T C. F each'
L..
23
..
2 s - coo
Authors:
Timothy Hail Ed.M in Applied Linguistics (SLA), Teachers College, Columbia University
Arthur H. Milch Ed.M in TESOL, The College of New Jersey, Ewing, NJ
Denise McCormack Ed.M in TESOL, The College of New Jersey, Ewing, NJ
Contributing Writers:
Jasmine C. Swaney MA in Creative Writing, University of East Anglia, Norwich, England
Christine F. Houck MS in Education (TESOL), University of Pennsylvania
Director of Product Development:

E2K A creative group that provides quality contents and educational services in English
for ESL and EFL students
How to Master Skills for the

TOEFL® iBT Reading Intermediate
Copyright © 2007, 2009 Darakwon, Inc.
Published in Vietnam, 2010
This edition is published in Vietnam under a license Agreement between Darakwon Inc., Korea
and Nhan Tri Viet Co., Ltd. through Imprima Korea Agency.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,
or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,
or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owners.
F;eartzw,777t1vP'.-,-,711r " -N7,rk.t 7FIWI
, RMIRteneMIPIRWMPTI".
rt,
How to
Master Skillsf°rThe
Ei
r- Liar
eacilie23
x /ie.„.„necii,eree
0.10 ivtilch \ Denise
McCormack E2K
o W cA
wiNk
"11
111.1111.6"P—
TAN TAO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
NTV
NHA XUAT BAN TONG HOP Cong ty TNHH
THANH PHO HO CHI MINH Nhan Tri Viet
Contents
Introduction 6
How to Use This Book 10
PART 1 Basic Comprehension

Unit 1 Vocabulary 15
Biography I Sociology / Literature / Biology
Unit 2 Reference 41
Animals / Weather / Environment / Science
Unit 3 Factual Information 67

Journalism / Health Science / Government / Culture
Unit 4 Negative Factual Information 91

Biology / Psychology / Weather / Technology
Unit 5 Sentence Simplification 115

Law / Biology / Health Science / Economics
PART 2 Making Inferences

Unit 6 Rhetorical Purpose 141
Astronomy / History / Zoology / Physics
Unit 7 Inference 165

Biology / Music / History / Geology
Unit 8 Insert Text 189

Culture / Astronomy / Literature / Chemistry
PART 3 Reading to Learn

Unit 9 Prose Summary 215
Biology / Psychology / Art / Geography
Unit 10 Fill in a Table 239

Science / Sociology / Economics / History
Vocabulary Wrap-up 263

Actual Test 275
Answer Book 289
A. Information on the TOEFL® i BT
The Format of the TOEFL® iBT
I L = - -in,
llebltrW 11W
011111111111 1 11111 Scci
• 3-5 Passages
Reading - approximately 700 words each 60-100 min. 30 points
- 12-14 questions per passage
• 2-3 Conversations
- 12-25 exchanges each (3 min.)
- 5 questions per conversation
Listening 60-90 min. 30 points
• 4-6 Lectures
- 500-800 words each (3-5 min.)
- 6 questions per lecture
BREAK 5 min.
• 2 Independent Tasks
(preparation: 15 sec. / response: 45 sec.)
O 1 personal experience
0 1 personal choice/opinion
• 2 Integrated Tasks: Read-Listen-Speak

O 1 campus situation topic
- reading: 75-100 words (45 sec.)
- conversation: 150-180 words (60-80 sec.)
Speaking 20 min. I 30 points
0 1 academic course topic
- reading: 75-100 words (45 sec.)
- lecture: 150-220 words (60-90 sec.)
• 2 Integrated Tasks: Listen-Speak

0 1 campus situation topic
- conversation: 180-220 words (60-90 sec.)
0 1 academic course topic
- lecture: 230-280 words (90-120 sec.)
• 1 Integrated Task: Read-Listen-Write (20 min.)

- reading: 230-300 words (3 min.)
- lecture: 230-300 words (2 min.)
Writing - a summary of 150-225 words 50 min. 30 points
• 1 Independent Task (30 min.)

- a minimum 300-word essay
6
2. What Is New about the TOEFL® iBT?
(1) The TOEFL® iBT is delivered through the Internet in secure test centers around the world at the
same time.
(2) It tests all four language skills and is taken in the order of Reading, Listening, Speaking, and
Writing, with a 5-minute break in the middle.
(3) The test is 4.0-4.5 hours long, and all of the four test sections will be completed in one day.
(4) Note-taking is allowed throughout the entire test, including the Reading section. At the end of the
test, all notes are collected and destroyed at the test center.
(5) Compared with the computer-based test (CBT) and paper-based test (PBT), the TOEFL® iBT has
no Structure section. Grammar is tested indirectly on questions and tasks in each section.
(6) In the Listening section, one lecture may be spoken with a British or Australian accent.
(7) There are integrated tasks requiring test takers to combine more than one language skill in the
Speaking and Writing sections.
(8) In the Speaking section, test takers wear headphones and speak into a microphone when they
respond. The responses are recorded and transmitted to ETS's Online Scoring Network.
(9) In the Writing section, test takers must type their responses. Handwriting is not possible.
(10) Test scores will be reported online. Test takers can see their scores online 15 business days after
the test and also receive a copy of their score report by mail.
B. Information on the Reading Section

The Reading section of the TOEFL® iBT measures test takers' ability to understand university-level
academic texts. This section has 3-5 passages, and the length of each passage is about 700 words. Some
passages may have underlined words or phrases in blue. Test takers can click on them to see a definition
or explanation. Test takers have to answer 12-44 questions per passage. 60-100 minutes are given to
complete this section, including the time spent reading the passages and answering the questions.
1. Types of Reading Passages

(1) Exposition - Material that provides an explanation of a topic
(2) Argumentation - Material that presents a point of view about a topic and provides evidence to
support it
(3) Historical narrative - An account of a past event or of a person's life, narrated or written by
someone else
7
Basic Comprehension Questions
(1) Vocabulary (3-5 questions per set)

_ This type of question asks you to identify the meanings of words and phrases in the reading
passage.
(2) Reference (0-2 questions per set)
_ This type of question asks you to identify the referential relationship between the words in
the passage.
(3) Factual Information (3-6 questions per set)
This type of question asks you to identify specific information that is explicitly stated in the
passage.
(4) Negative Factual Information (0-2 questions per set)
_ This type of question asks you to check what information is NOT mentionedin the passage.
(5) Sentence Simplification (0-1 question per set)
This type of question asks you to choose the sentence that best paraphrases the essential
information in the highlighted sentence.
This is a new type of question introduced in the TOEFL® iBT.
Inference Questions
(6) Inference Questions (0-2 questions per set)

_ This type of question asks you to identify an idea that is not explicitly stated in the passage.
(7) Rhetorical Purpose Questions (0-2 questions per set)
This type of question asks you why the author uses particular words, phrases, or sentences.
(8) Insert Text Questions (0-1 question per set)
This type of question provides an example sentence and asks you to decide where the best
place for that sentence would be in the passage.
Reading to Learn Questions
(9) Prose Summary (1 question per set)

_ This type of question asks you to complete a summary chart with major ideas from the
passage.
_ This question is worth up to 2 points, and partial credit is given.
_ This type of question does not occur with a Fill in a Table question in a same passage.
_ This is a new type of question introduced in the TOEFL® iBT.
8
(10) Fill in a Table (1 question per set)
_ This type of question asks you to identify and organize the major ideas of the passage into
table categories.
_ This question is worth up to 3 points for tables with 5 correct answers and 4 points for tables
with 7 correct answers. Partial credit is given.
_ This type of question does not occur with a Prose Summary question in one passage.
_ This is a new type of question introduced in the TOEFL® iBT.
2. Question Formats
There are three question formats in the Reading section:

(1) Four-choice questions with a single answer in traditional multiple-choice format
(2) Four-choice questions with a single answer that ask test takers to insert a sentence where it fits
best in a passage
(3) "Reading to learn" questions with more than four choices and more than one answer
9
How to Master Skills for the TOEFL® iBT Reading Intermediate is designed to be used either
as a textbook for a TOEFL® iBT reading preparation course or as a tool for individual learners
who are preparing for the TOEFL® test on their own. With a total of 10 units, this book is
organized to prepare you for the test with a comprehensive understanding of the test and
thorough analysis of every question type. Each unit consists of 6 parts and provides a step-
by-step program that provides question-solving strategies and the development of test-taking
abilities. At the back of the book is a practice test of the Reading section of the TOEFL® iBT.
0 Overview
This part is designed to prepare you Votabul
ary
for the type of question the unit covers.

Sample IBT 01estIon
You will be given a full description of
. intro:ludic+,
the question type and its application
in the passage. You also will be given ==.7:4tro=t7:1=7/17FIZat to *O. bitzt::
ntta e mamma*
some useful tips as well as an illustrated

introduction and sample.
It eImast b.......
Il*.o...ilet1Intrnatlwastar• InKlo.tprue. I
tlims, mt. at et.... atm'', tow,. um, ma I
voonlorpreow,tove eloant nlaktsatootytmptsup
Skill & Drill 0 S1101 & Mill
The purpose of this section is to ensure 1.11.t■

I no ses• ■■
that you understand the new types of 04.1tIon
nay et wm ant ...It ite atiot p tont St
Soa.• imet. nry httl.111.01.•
questions that were described in the •
We NY ■0■11, Me Pat
overview. You will be given a chance

Thwinnt....mts.,•••■•10.1.4.211nmeankmo.
to confirm your understanding in brief • P. pana..... 1t.,..........cnattultetIlift na•attle.........
texts before starting on the practice

exercises. You will read some simple • - mt. ma comae el a Magt.pt,ny Ms It mi.. mitt They Ma.
passages and answer the questions It* Guts COY., adMr.........11real•■

7:.•"="11.„.,
of a particular type. This part will help totzp Int**. asse ea.* tta Ito* benutotheymet It/ Itt•W
you learn how to deal with each type of ExperlentwOttoipllen

t imm.n1111.11..Itto vitatatobtla in num...ft
question on the Reading section of the ...■{1.4"M

tete,ns berrn""./.7nM7ret'"'*'="La'.
TOEFL® iBT.
10
• Practice with Long 0 Mud. with Log Psowr
Passages —0 • 1511111100•1110
1. no weellIMININ In *Mt mo.
tawdry 4 Elmo,
This section is the second of the elm*. plammreco In va.1.14
poem.
amormarenrnto. Ilvre sr. .x...41
inu........11010111.7.m. Tn. currx/029.■*•0 mune
practice exercises in each unit. Six menwiry Ione .mmrnan sly1s rroa
rea In NY Dm. r■ el ....Mr* see
long passages are provided, and a n•Mo • wew
rrraMerlemern el. Yen,
• 0.M Tn• awn purl bon nem
ryaiwn 1•■
cmilndly.ve way artna.m.MINan •■•••■•*. 1044+.
The Ilease
time limit is also given for reading each Oa, N. a... met Evepern
langar, one P.m /0 Iwo eemMil maw.. h • Dn.*.
reorana,21.71,..n.altu..ebymensbymia..voIXensgen. 1.1.
WOO DOW° lininemonarplry pax..
passage. You first read the passage in IM ve.ry. MI Nem .m0.. nenarelly..p Chu. I sIgnal an
N.I.snt W. B•a la n. 1ms and law or le
within a time limit and then solve the inoson. no now. of colaulowl morn Ma
Ian Ran N.. ma En.* wen., In Volps. P.m,.
question or questions of the type that is tio,ar.lu..p.M$1.11**Ing tot.Xcheir vot boa

liwenro.0,1•..501...rodywre snoitek.•16,..
mainly dealt with in the unit. Important

020011101110100
words are also listed to help increase II*411.1.5........111,narrns
,rnetaac.....vam
your understanding. Besides, a graphic

organizer is provided to help you grasp N.A..11101..117.• Mee re komin.•••Inn.tlaut
the overall organization of each passage

and understand important points.
Building Summary Skills di

• I
Buildindumnun, Slat
The purpose of this part is for you

to understand the previous long
passages thoroughly by completing the
summaries of them. This will also help
you enhance your ability of paraphrasing
I...pro. Tr. gem
skills that are strongly recommended to

those who are preparing for the TOEFL® often at.
iBT test.
• n. Anolen *mai ^
Ingmro..P....• •
Amwensrnlyama
no .0...
Mini TOEFL iBT 0 Mita TOF.FL iBT
This part gives you a chance to

114.1.1•nsigume• Art
experience an actual TOEFL® iBT test in
"' --
NOW
a shortened form. You will be given two MaMelelle..m....M.C.pm

ilMon
maa.... and to Zre7FicZt
*" "
ernennnrn. culyz M Rama
passages with 6 questions each. The won* pamgrnornym
Nal. mans
topics are similar to those on the actual 1:4=

• Weal ..1/7. ern, WM
•,,,,,,,,,,,,,.....d.,,,......,,,,,.....,,..,,,.....,,,,..
.ry regoa toca....... no. ream
TOEFL® test, as are the questions. • I.M...010 °WWI. 1.11.0•••••■/...1.101.....117
.F.V.....rno .rmayme.„.
......errs *we Swer ,,,.....a.,....m.......,1*•■•■■ ulana xas

,......
. Mier.,111011..::: wu tn. I. Om N:,
7. us or perstir ohm 10,r11
a ....a =Mews *WO esteem. .1.6.111.4.1.41m N..
WM** w . •••••••7 ore......11moval 1,...................Z.
I.... &xi MM3.p.,., ie ln• pap pre...* Ireer."1111. arneAl, num* pl.......
.r...... .,,,,,......,.....d.....T.w.r.mea.a.
...mho w *map II. e....•
If Nra.....a. 1.....9.
Salni....x.r.a.Pansevenwork.wal*LOntamyls.
pp...../.......manadalat Ilds pup* 1....3...inn• Ne1.1.7......emr.

71.....tio.n Argun.. .......,...e.OnoiktinMeLlluytWinaaraotrn
Ma& [0.1=
d.on. 9........110.1071■91NOINIAIWOINISIMBISOW
11•10.1%. ex mi. eireolor arrna lo aurn wnv noir pm or Moe.
nem. gm.c.f, ......
we . vel.•,.....1.1. BY.1.1,411may.... in, cam...M.P..
• ..............Nrr n.,
Ema'spap......
..:Wt..7.. ..... I
Ono ••■•10..... It* to, 41. ma:720.1..11.81111111n
ID.1.141•••.11.0prery brn
IN
11
0 Vocabulary Review
This part offers you a chance to
review some of the words you need
to remember after finishing each unit.
Vocabulary words for each unit are also
provided at the back of the book to help
you prepare for each unit.
Actual Test
This part offers a full practice test that is
modeled on the Reading section of the
TOEFL® iBT. This will familiarize you with
the actual test format of the TOEFL®
iBT.
12
PART
In this part, the reading comprehension questions

include: vocabulary, reference, factual information,
negative factual information, and sentence
simplification. The learning objectives of these
reading comprehension questions are to identify
individual words, referential relations between the
words in the passage, factual information, and
essential sentences.
• Unit 1 Vocabulary
Biography / Sociology / Literature / Biology
• Unit 2 Reference
Animals / Weather / Environment / Science
• Unit 3 Factual Information

Journalism / Health Science / Government /
Culture
• Unit 4 Negative Factual Information

Biology / Psychology / Weather / Technology
• Unit 5 Sentence Simplification

Law / Biology / Health Science / Economics
_
7-4,7".77.F.,111.1011111%.7.11ErzN5Ir' -'
Vocabulary
9-1 Vocabulary
Clvt4r-v[etyv
■Introduction
r Vocabulary questions ask you to identify the meanings of words and phrases in the passage,
I and you then choose a synonym from the answer choices. A word might have more than one
meaning, but you should understand its contextual meaning and choose the answer choice
closest in meaning to the word as it is used in the passage. There is no particular list of test
words, so you need to increase your vocabulary as much as possible. Each passage has three to
five vocabulary questions.
■Question Types
1
1. The word in the passage is closest in meaning to
2. The phrase in the passage is closest in meaning to
3. In stating that , the author means that
4. Based on the information in paragraph X, which of the following best explains the term
■Useful Tips
• Keep in mind that the question is asking for the meaning as the word is used in the passage.
• Make the most of contextual clues, such as definition, synonym, antonym, example, and
experience clues.
• Confirm that the word or phrase you have chosen still makes sense in the passage.
16
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
Lc= iL3T" Li.esti". c
The word depict in the passage is Mongol Empire

closest in meaning to Genghis Kahn was a political ruler. He
C) describe was also a military leader. He united the
C) ignore Mongol tribes and founded the largest
© admire empire in world history. Some historians
© criticize depict Kahn as a bloodthirsty despot. But
to modern-day Mongolians he is an icon.
He is their hero.
The Mongol Empire stretched over
much of Asia, Africa, Europe, and the
Middle East. One distinct feature of the
Mongol Empire was strict adherence to
a legal code. These laws were called
the Yassa Code. They established the
empire as a meritocracy. In this form of
government, a person advances based
on ability, rather than wealth or family
connections. Many modern countries still
use a similar code.
Correct Depict means to describe someone or something using words or pictures. So the correct answer
Answer is.(A).
17
0 Skill & Drill
The best way to deal with Vocabulary questions on the TOEFL® iBT is to know as much vocabulary
as possible. But when you come across an unknown word while reading, it helps to use contextual
clues to guess the meaning of the word.
Definition Clues
Definition clues provide a formal definition or a simple restatement of the word. They usually follow signal
words or phrases such as or, means, refers to, is, is called, is defined as, or which is.
• Psychoanalysts refer to the venting of aggressive impulses as "catharsis."
Synonym Clues
To help show the meaning of an unknown word, writers sometimes use a familiar word with a similar
meaning or a synonym.
• A condenser is a heat exchanger in which steam or vapor loses heat and returns to liquid form.
Antonym Clues
An antonym clue provides a word with an opposite meaning to the unknown word. It is useful to look
at signal words or phrases like but, however; in contrast, on the other hand, though, while, whereas, and
some...; others...
• Adult humans generally need about seven or eight hours of sleep while infants need twice as
much.
Example Clues
Example clues provide examples of the unknown word. The clue is often introduced by signal words such
as include, for example, for instance, such as, and like.
• Portraits are interesting because of the way an artist expresses a human emotion, such as
fear, sadness, happiness, or love.
Experience/Description Clues
Experience/Description clues rely on your experience and common knowledge to understand an unknown
word. Many times, the text provides one or more descriptions of the unknown word. You need to use your
logic and reasoning skills.
• John F. Kennedy was a very charismatic president. People were attracted to his charm and
enthusiasm.
18
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
The Baka
The Baka are a nomadic group living in the rain forests of Cameroon, Congo, Gabon, and
the Central African Republic. They have an average height of 1.5m and are considered to be
pygmies. However, they do not like this term and prefer to be called by their tribal name, the
Baka.
The Baka are a hunter-gatherer people. They make temporary camps of huts. These huts
are made of tree branches and are covered with large leaves. The men use poisoned arrows
and spears to hunt animals in the forest. The women gather fruits and nuts. They also practice
beekeeping and tend to the children. The group governs itself communally and makes all
decisions by consensus.
1. The word nomadic in the passage is closest in meaning to

® settled
CD, traveling
© dangerous
cheerful
Bacteria
Bacteria are the most common of all living things. They live in soil and water. They also live
in other living things. In general, most bacteria are extremely small and invisible to the human
eye. But giant bacteria may grow past 0.5mm in size. They have cell walls like plant and fungal
cells. Many bacteria move by using flapping limbs called flagella.
Bacteria can be both useful and harmful to humans and animals. Some bacteria cause
terrible diseases such as cholera and leprosy. But the presence of bacteria in human intestines
is good because they prevent the growth of harmful microbes. They do this by breaking them
down.
2. The word presence in the passage is closest in meaning to

.<9 growth
ci) existence
Cr) bearing
ED attendance
19
Drought
A drought is an abnormally long spell of dry weather. It is a time when there is not enough
water to support farming, urban, or environmental needs. It usually refers to an extended period
of below-normal rainfall. But it can be caused by anything that reduces the amount of water
circulation.
Humans cannot control the weather. So the causes that lead to drought cannot be stopped.
The most common causes are lack of water and hot temperatures. Many scientists believe
many recent droughts happened because of global warming. They claim that if we can reduce
the damage done to the ozone layer, there will be fewer droughts.
3. The word spell in the passage is closest in meaning to

ED charm
® zone
© signal
® period
Metaphor
A metaphor is a part of language that is a direct comparison between two unrelated things. The
metaphor describes a first subject as being equal to the second subject in some way. There are
many types of metaphors, such as mixed, active, and dead. A mixed metaphor combines two
commonly used metaphors, to create a nonsensical image. An example of this is, "He stepped
up to the plate and grabbed the bull by the horns." An active metaphor is not part of daily
language, such as, "You are my sun." A dead metaphor is used to describe a metaphorical
cliché, such as "to break the ice."
4. The word cliché in the passage is closest in meaning to

® indirect expression
CD novel expression
C) overused expression
© old-fashioned expression
20
-77. 7•2.
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
Queen Elizabeth I
Queen Elizabeth I ruled England and Ireland. She sat on the throne from 1558 to 1603. She
was also considered the Queen of France, but she had no power there. She was the fifth and
final monarch of the Tudor Dynasty. Elizabeth was called the Virgin Queen because she never
married.
The time of Elizabeth's reign is called the Elizabethan Era. Many great accomplishments took
place under her reign. Shakespeare wrote his plays. Sir Francis Drake circled the globe. The
English colonized North America. Shortly after her death, the American colony of Virginia was
established. It was named in honor of the Virgin Queen.
5. In stating that Sir Francis Drake circled the globe, the author means that he
Cial) drew a map
ED measured a model globe
C) traveled around the world
COD ran in a circle
The Paramecium
The paramecium is an organism which is also known as a slipper because it has the shape of a
slipper. Paramecia represent a group of single-celled organisms called the ciliate group. This is
because their bodies are covered with cilia, which are thin tail-like limbs. Their constant motion
allows the paramecium to move. The cell has a deep oral groove. This is a kind of mouth that
is also filled with cilia. The mouth is used to expel water. Paramecia are commonly found in
freshwater areas, especially in scum. They are attracted by acidic conditions.
6. The word expel in the passage is closest in meaning to

(1) push out
CD, pull in
C) take in
CD throw away
TAN TAO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
21
0 Pr co:cc with Long Passages
■ Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Monarchy in Europe 'rime Limit: 3 min.

A monarchy is a form of government where a single ruler is the head of state. It is one of the
oldest forms of government in the world. Monarchs are usually kings or queens. But they can
also be a chief, an emperor, or called by another name. In some countries, such as Japan,
the monarch is merely symbolic. They are figureheads with no real power. In other countries,
the monarch wields considerable power. There are currently 29 sovereign monarchies around
the world.
Hereditary monarchy is the most common style of succession. This form is used by most of
the world's monarchies. In this case, all of the kings and queens come from the same family.
A family that rules for a span of time is called a dynasty. The crown is passed down from
one member to another member of the family. The hereditary system has the advantages of
stability, continuity, and predictability. Family affection and loyalty are also stabilizing factors.
Over the centuries, most European countries were ruled by monarchs. The United
Kingdom, Denmark, and Norway still have constitutional monarchies. In a constitutional
monarchy a king or queen reigns but must obey the constitutional laws of the nation. This
form of government severely limits the monarch's power.
In the 17th century, England became a constitutional monarchy. King Charles I signed an
agreement. He had to go through the English Parliament to exact new taxes and laws or to
start wars. Immediately after signing the agreement, the king ignored it. He tried to rule with
absolute power. He was beheaded for treason. The new era of constitutional monarchy had
begun.
The Russian Empire was an absolute monarchy in Europe. The first ruler was Peter I. He
was a member of the Romanov family. He became tsar in 1682. "Tsar" is the Russian word
for "emperor." The Romanov family ruled this empire until the February Revolution of 1917. In
this year, the Russian people revolted. The reigning tsar, Nicholas II was forced to give up his
throne. By 1918, Nicholas II and his family were shot before a firing squad.
I
General Comprehension
O sovereign (a)
1. According to the passage, hereditary monarchy is self-ruling
CD a form of absolute monarchy O hereditary (a)

based on family lineage
C) a figurehead position
O stability (n)
(9 the most common style of succession steadiness; firmness
® also called a tsar
O affection (n)
love; fondness;
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true about attachment
King Charles I EXCEPT: O reign (v)
® He signed an agreement that limited his power. 'to rule; to govern
® He tried to rule with absolute power. O treason (n)

betrayal; treachery
© He was loved by the people he ruled over.
C) He was beheaded for treason.
22
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
Wu OIL= TC1=-1=1. 1.1±31:10

3. The word considerable in the passage is closest in meaning to
E) normal
C) extensive
'`© thoughtful
OD slight
4. The word exact in the passage is closest in meaning to

CD approve of
ED demand
ED raise
'CD correct
Types of Monarchy
\
(1) (2) (3)
• total power • no power • must obey laws

• the Russian Empire • Japan • King Charles I
23
Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Alternative Energy Sources Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
Fossil fuels are the cause of many problems. They create terrible pollution which leads to
global warming. Many wars are fought to control oil and gas fields. Fossil fuels are also
nonrenewable resources. They will be exhausted some day. Societies around the world
suffer when fuel shortages occur.
Can solar power completely replace fossil fuels? Solar power is clean, safe, and
inexpensive. But the idea of replacing fossil fuels with solar power alone is totally unrealistic.
Current solar cell technology is not advanced enough. Solar cells are not dependable. They
are useless in cloudy and rainy weather as well as at night. Also, they take up too much
space. Then they fail to produce sufficient amounts of power.
The soft energy path is a good alternative to fossil fuel reliance. The soft energy path is an
energy conservation plan. It is an alternative to the hard energy path. Hard energy is defined
as harmful and nonrenewable. Fossil fuels and nuclear power are included. On the other
hand, soft energy is defined as renewable and environmentally safe energy. Solar and wind
power are soft energy. Biofuel and geothermal energy are also included.
There are many proponents of the soft energy path. They believe the solution lies in new
energy production methods. The first step is to practice careful conservation in our use of
hard energy technologies. Then, many new soft energy sources will be phased into use as
soft energy technology improves.
Some critics claim this will damage all energy production. They feel fossil fuels are
L
important. They want to control as much oil production as possible. They think fossil fuel
consumption is good for industry.
Countries such as Canada and Sweden are taking the soft energy path. Canada is currently
lessening its reliance on gasoline. In the next few years, all gasoline will contain a percentage
of biofuel. Sweden has committed to decrease its reliance on oil by 40%. It says it can do this
before the year 2020.
01,11,1-01ell;011
0 nonrenewable (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true about that cannot be replaced
after use
the soft energy path?
0 dependable (a)
CD It is an energy conservation plan. reliable; trustworthy
C) It is harmful and nonrenewable fuel. conservation (n)
0
© It is useless in cloudy and rainy weather. the protection of the
natural environment
CD It is biofuel and geothermal energy.
0 proponent (n)
2. According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true EXCEPT: a supporter; an advocate
0 consumption (n)
CD The soft energy path has been adopted by Canada and Sweden.
the act of using energy,
C) Canada is trying to use less gasoline every year. food, or materials
© All gasoline in Canada will contain some biofuel in a few years.
CD Sweden will cut down on the consumption of oil by 90% in the future.
24
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
Lei l '1'01:1-71
3. The word exhausted in the passage is closest in meaning to

C) wasted
• used up
`C, worn out
© burned
4. In stating that many soft energy sources will be phased into use, the author means that
they will
ED be an alternative to the hard energy path
'C) be used gradually
© be adopted by Sweden and Canada
© damage all energy production
(1) (2)
(oil, coal, nuclear power) (biofuel, solar, wind, hydro, geothermal)
Good: Bad: Good: Bad:

• meets current • nonrenewable • clean • can't meet
needs • pollution • inexpensive current needs
• causes wars • safe
• dangerous
25
III Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The History of Australian Rules Football I ime Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
Australian Rules Football is called by many nicknames. Lovers of the game just call it "football"
or "footy." When contrasted with other forms of football, it is called "Aussie Rules" or "AFL."
AFL stands for Australian Football League, which is the most prestigious league in Australia.
Australian Rules Football was created by Tom Wills in 1858. He wanted to create a sport
that would keep cricket players fit through the winter. He began by writing a letter that
explained his purpose to a sports magazine. It also called for the creation of a football club.
In 1858, Wills and others played an experimental match that was the first game of Australian
football. But few details about this match have survived.
On August 7, 1858, two important events for the game occurred. The Melbourne Football
Club was founded. It was one of the world's first football clubs in any code. Also, a famous
match between Melbourne Grammar School and Scotch College was played. It was umpired
by Tom Wills. A second day of play took place on August 21, and then there was a third and
final day on September 4. The two schools have competed every year since.
The game is played between two teams of 18 players on an oval that can also be used for
cricket. These playing fields can be up to 185m long. This is almost four times the size of
fields used in other forms of football.
A point called "a behind" is scored when the ball goes across the line and between a goal
post and a behind post. A behind point is also scored if the ball is touched by any body part
of either team's member as it passes between the goal posts. A goal is worth six points, and
a behind is worth one point.
J
contrast (v)
1. According to paragraph 1, all of the following are nicknames to show differences
between two things
for Australian Rules Football EXCEPT:
0 prestigious (a)
-C) soccer to be thought of highly
C) footy 0 experimental (a)
C,) Aussie Rules to be attempted without
CD AFL knowledge of the result
0 umpire (v)
2. According to the passage, Tom Wills created Australian Rules to watch a game and
make sure that rules are
Football because not broken
C) he liked contributing to sports magazines survive (v)
C) he wanted to umpire a game between Melbourne Grammar and to continue existence.
Scotch College compete (v)
to play against one
C) he wanted cricket players to keep healthy during the winter
another in a game
C) he wanted to join the most prestigious league in Australia
0 oval (n)
an egg-shaped field
26
Unit 1
On the TOEFL Test
3. The phrase stands for in the passage is closest in meaning to

ED supports
(D recalls
C) endures
C) represents
4. The phrase in any code in the passage is closest in meaning to

C) of any style
C) in any order
© in any country
[ of any name
ED
Australian Rules Football
(2) (4)
(1) (3)
• lovers of the • created the game • foundation of • 18 players

game: "football" or in 1858 Melbourne • 185-meter-long
"footy" • played an Football Club i playing field
• contrasted with experimental • a match between • a goal worth 6
other forms of match the same Melbourne points
football: "Aussie year Grammar School • a "behind" worth 1
Rules" or "AFL" and Scotch point
College
27
The Human Genome Project Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.

The Human Genome Project (HGP) is a very important effort in science. It attempts to map
and sequence the genome. There are 3 billion codes in the human genome. All of these have
been identified. But they still need to be sequenced. The project will also identify all the genes
present.
The international HGP was launched in 1986 by Charles DeLisi. A 1987 report stated, "The
ultimate goal of this initiative is to understand the human genome. Knowledge of the human
genome is necessary to the continuing progress of medicine and other health sciences, as
human anatomy has been for the present state of medicine."
This $3 billion project was formally founded in 1990. It was expected to take 15 years. The
international consortium included geneticists from around the world.
Recently the press has made claims that the genome map is complete. But, as of 2006, it is
not. The map is not expected to be finished for many more years. The central regions of each
chromosome are highly repetitive DNA sequences. It is very difficult for current technology to
put these in order.
The HGP has completed mapping about 92% of the genome now. Hopes are high for
completion in the near future. The task is becoming easier as mapping and sequencing
technologies improve.
A clear map of the genome will provide doctors with much important information. It will
allow them to make many medical advances. This knowledge will lead to significant advances
in the early diagnosis of breast cancer. It will also improve our ability to deal with liver and
Alzheimer's disease.
Analysis of the genome promises to open new avenues in the study of human evolution.
The sequence of human DNA is stored on the Internet. It is housed in a database called
Genebank. This data is available for viewing by anyone.
• identify (v)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true about to become thoroughly
familiar with
the human genome?
o Launch (A
C) All the codes in the human genome have been identified. to start; to begin
CD The Human Genome Project has helped people learn more o progress (n)
about human anatomy. development; advance
C) The genome map has been completed recently by the Human o anatomy (n)
Genome Project. the parts of the human
body
C) Knowledge of the human genome will enable doctors to cure
o initiative fnl
breast cancer.
an organized effort
o consortium (n)
a group of organizations
that have agreed to
cooperate with each
other
28
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
2. According to the passage, all of the following people would get help from the Human
Genome Project EXCEPT:
® A middle-aged woman with breast cancer
CI) An old man with senile dementia
© A child with autism
C) A middle-aged man with a liver problem
1-)1717-1 'reb`t
3. In stating that the codes in the human genome still need to be sequenced, the author
means that they still have to
(1) be taken apart
CD be put in order
C) be discovered
(11) be processed
4. In stating that analysis of the genome promises to open new avenues in the study of
human evolution, the author means that it helps to
(9 build new roads
C) create new possibilities
C) save people
© try new methods
The Human Genome Project
• What — a scientific effort to map and sequence (1)
• Why — to advance medicine and other health sciences
• When — formally founded in (2)
• Current state — about 92% of the human genome mapped
• Future benefits:
—early diagnosis of breast cancer possible
— improved treatment of (3)
—progress in the study of human evolution
29
• Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Gangs and Violence Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Many young people from disadvantaged social classes join gangs. Gangs are groups of
individuals who share a common identity. Some anthropologists believe the gang structure
is one of the most ancient forms of human organization. Gangs are often associated with
criminal activities.
Street gangs tend to be populated with young people from low income or impoverished
homes. In contrast, organized crime gangs such as the Italian-American Mafia usually occupy
the middle or upper class stratum of society.
Gangs usually take over a territory in a city or suburb. They call this territory their "turf."
One common criminal activity on their turf is "providing protection." This is a common style of
extortion in which a gang provides protection from its own members for money.
Since the 1970s, many gangs have been associated with selling drugs. The most
problematic substance associated with gangs is crack cocaine. They are also known to
commit burglaries, car theft, and armed robberies.
Individual members of gangs are usually referred to as gangsters. These members
frequently join in their teens. This is often the result of early exposure to drugs and violence.
Low-income housing projects and poor neighborhoods are ideal locations for gangs to exist
and thrive.
Sometimes, new recruits for a gang are "jumped in." This is when the other gang members
beat up the new recruit to test their dedication and loyalty. Recruits must also sometimes
commit a crime such as robbery, rape, or murder to gain entry.
Once in a gang, there are only two ways for a member to quit. One way is for the member
to die. The other way is for the member to desert the gang. The deserting of a gang usually
gains the deserter a death sentence from the other gang members.
Members of gangs have a very short life expectancy. Because of this lifestyle, morality is
often ignored. Criminal acts of violence are not a taboo. In fact, violence is often seen as a
way to gain honor and prestige within the gang.
0 populate (v)
1. According to the passage, all of the following are mentioned to occupy; to inhabit
as illegal activities connected with gangs EXCEPT: 0 be associated with (phr)

to be connected with
C) selling drugs
0 extortion (n)
C) lending money the act of getting money
c) killing people by threatening someone
ED stealing cars exposure (n)
contact
0 thrive (v)
to prosper; to flourish
30
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
According to the passage, how can a person stop being a gang member?
Click on 2 answers.
$0 Leave the gang
C) Fight against other members
-(l) Recruit a new member
.(1) Stop living
4111k)11 tl_a= '7017:1-7:1 11±&.
3. The word disadvantaged in the passage is closest in meaning to

® disabled
CD unhappy
• C) poor
© weak
4. In stating that new recruits for a gang are "jumped in," the author means that they are
C) hit by other members
CD asked to build up their physical strength
ED ordered to steal money
CD forced to show their courage
• groups of (1)
• controlling an area or "turf"
• (2) : drug dealing, car theft, burglary, extortion, murder
• gang areas: low-income housing projects and poor neighborhood
• gang members usually "jumped in"
• to quit gang: (3)
• low life expectancy

• violence is the only way to gain prestige
31
•
F Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The American Craftsman Style Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
The American Craftsman style is a type of design. It was popular from 1900 to the 1930s. It
changed the style of building in the United States.
The craftsman style originally began in Europe. The British Arts and Crafts style arose in
the 1860s. The unique designs of this movement tried to ennoble the common person. Hand-
made items were preferred because they were thought better than items that were mass-
produced. But this British style was still Victorian. It still only served the wealthiest clients.
In 1897 a group of Boston architects brought these handcrafted styles to America. They
planned a show of craft objects, which turned out to be a huge success. Here they realized
the potential and established the Society of Arts and Crafts on June 28, 1897. Its slogan was
"to develop and encourage higher standards in the handicrafts."
The American style began as the Victorian Era was ending. It emphasized handmade work.
Originality and simplicity were highly valued. Local materials and the quality of the handicraft
were very important. These traits were meant to dignify the modest homes of the middle class.
These simple designs used glass and wood that were produced locally. They were also
very elegant. The metalwork was a reaction to Victorian opulence. The increase of mass-
produced housing items was rejected. The American Craftsman used clean lines. It also
relied on sturdy structure. Natural materials were always used in these houses if possible.
This style introduced many changes to the average American home. New designs were
made for families without servants. This was a trait of the new middle class. The kitchen went
from being a hidden room to a prominent one. Another development was the breakfast nook.
This new area provided the family with a place to gather at any time of day.
Also, inspirational to the Craftsman style were the Shaker and Mission designs. The
American Craftsman style led to the Art Deco movement of the 1930s.
eneral Comprehension
originally (ad)
1. According to the passage, the American Craftsman style is at first; in the beginning
a type of arise (v)
to happen
® Shaker and Mission design
O unique (a)
CD house made for families with servants one of a kind
© design which was popular from 1900 to the 1930s •potential (n)
© breakfast nook possibility
O sturdy
2. According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true about • ' durable; well-built
the American Craftsman style EXCEPT: inspirational (a)
® The breakfast nook provided the family with a place to gather. motivating; encouraging
creativity
® The kitchen became a more prominent room.
nook (n)
CD This style did not make any changes to the middle-class a small quiet place set
American home. back from the rest of a
® Houses were designed for a new middle class with no servants. MOM
32
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
ITAI 9 a 0'=aj Ci2FL Ise2t
3. In stating that the unique designs of this movement tried to ennoble the common person,
the author means that the designs tried to
U make ordinary people rich
C) become very popular among common people
(2) raise ordinary people to royalty
C) offer dignity to normal people
4. The word opulence in the passage is closest in meaning to

CD richness
CD greed
© ugliness
CD, distaste
The American Craftsman Style
Didn't use or create: Developed new designs and methods of:

• (1) • homes for (2)
• rooms for servants • handcrafted items
• Victorian opulence •(3)
• hidden kitchens • sturdy structure
• prominent kitchens
• breakfast nooks
33
addfing Surlmary Skills
The following summaries are based on the long passages you worked on earlier. Complete
each of them by filling in the blanks with suitable words or phrases.
1. Monarchy in Europe
a single ruler government the laws of the constitution

total power no power
Monarchy is a form of (1) in which there is (2) . Some forms

of monarchy are symbolic, absolute, and constitutional. In a symbolic monarchy, the ruler has
(3) . In an absolute monarchy, the ruler has (4) . In a
constitutional monarchy, the ruler must follow (5)
2. Alternative Energy Sources
fossil fuel consumption pollution and wars soft energy path

fossil fuels solar cell technology
(1)
cause many problems, such as (2)
But (3) is not currently advanced enough to replace fossil fuels. Many
proponents say societies should adopt the (4) . This is a plan
for reducing (5) while adopting new clean energy technologies as they
emerge. Some countries are already adopting the soft energy path.
3. The History of Australian Rules Football
a cricket field Australian Rules Football Tom Wills

six points 1858
(1)
is a popular game in Australia. It was created by (2)
in (3) . The game went through many steps before it became popular.
It is played between two teams of 18 on (4) . A goal is worth
(5)
, and a "behind" is worth one point.
34
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
4. The Human Genome Project
medicine fifteen years knowledge of the genome

incomplete identify and sequence
The Human Genome Project is an important effort to (1) the human

genome. After working on it for over (2) , the project is still
(3) . But this project is so important that it must be completed. Once
completed, (4) will lead to many advances in (5)
5. Gangs and Violence
crime and drugs a violent and short life morality

poor homes die or desert
Many young people from (1) join street gangs. The gangs offer them
(2) . The life of a gang member is filled with (3)
The only way to escape the gang lifestyle is to (4) the gang forever. The
gang lifestyle ignores (5)
6. The American Craftsman Style
prominent architects influenced middle-class homes

unique, simple, and elegant the British Arts and Crafts Movement
The American Craftsman style was the American version of (1) . It

was brought to North America by (2) . This movement sought to create a
(3) American style of home. It introduced many design changes
to (4) of the time. This style (5) a later style as well.
35
0 Mini TOEFL iBT
1. The word abounded in the passage is closest in meaning to

CD were scanty CD were plentiful C) were successful ® were approved
2. All of the following are true about the Renaissance EXCEPT:

0, The Renaissance was a period between the Middle Ages and the Reformation.
CD, Renaissance architecture led painters to avoid perspective in their paintings.
© Renaissance artists were eager to reflect ancient Greek and Roman art.
® Printed materials about ancient Greek philosophies became popular among intellectuals.
3. In stating that the use of perspective also cam to prominence, the author means
that the use of perspective
® became popular C) was gathered
© became highly developed C) was discovered
4. The author uses Giotto and Fra Angelico as examples of which of the following?
® writers who praised Renaissance ideals
Ci) sculptors who revived classical themes
® purchasers of Renaissance paintings which expressed religious themes
© painters who made great progress in the art of painting
5. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the
highlighted sentence in the passage?
ED Da Vinci and Michelangelo gave support to Florentine artists.
t® Artists were eager to learn from da Vinci and Michelangelo in Florence.
© Florentine artists used the work of da Vinci and Michelangelo to develop their own.
® Artists who lived in Florence were envious of da Vinci and Michelangelo.
6. Directions: Complete the table below to summarize information about the two types of
theories about the advent of the Renaissance. Match the appropriate statements to the
types of theories with which they are associated. This question is worth 3 points.
Answer Choices The Great Man Argument

® Individual geniuses inspired the great age.
C) The Christian worldview was challenged. •
C) The printing press was invented at this time.
© This circular argument fails to explain why
their genius was special. The Black Plague Theory
ED People started thinking more about life than the afterlife.
® Great artists led others.
C) There were also some plainly figurative themes.
36
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
01110111111
Italian Renaissance Art

The Renaissance was a historical age in Europe. It followed the Middle Ages and
preceded the Reformation. This period spanned roughly from the 14th through the 16th
centuries.
The Renaissance was characterized by new techniques in the arts. Italy was the
focal point of these changes, and the city of Florence became the center for this age
of enlightenment. The culture in Florence was classical. Artists longed to revive the
republican ideals of Athens and Rome.
Rucellai wrote that he belonged to a great age. Leonardo Bruni's Panegyric to the City
of Florence expressed similar feelings.
The art of sculpture made great progress at this time. Sculptors used Roman models
with classical themes. Nude statues with expressions of human dignity abounded.
The art of painting also flourished. Huge leaps forward were made by artists like Giotto
and Fra Angelico. The themes were mainly religious because the church was the main
client of these artists. But there were also some plainly figurative themes.
Normal themes were often treated via mythological or religious representation. For
instance, artists sometimes used the biblical characters of Adam and Eve to represent
male and female nudes. This made it morally acceptable. A fig leaf was often used to hide
the genitals.
The use of perspective also came into prominence. This was the first time the
painting was treated as a window into space. This added to the realistic presentation of
architecture. It moved painters into using more unified compositions.
The printing press was also invented at this time. Many humanistic philosophical texts
by Plato and Aristotle were published and read. This led to the intellectual climate of the
Renaissance.
Several causes for the rise of the Renaissance have been offered. One theory is that
the powerful Medici family brought this age about. This family patronized many of the
artists of Florence. But critics argue that the Renaissance began in the early 1400s before
the Medici family rose to power.
Another theory is called the Great Man Argument. It says that the existence of individual
geniuses sparked this great age. Great artists such as Donatello and Brunelleschi pushed
others forward. The artists of Florence stood on the shoulders of Leonardo da Vinci and
Michelangelo. But this circular argument fails to explain why their genius was different
from the genius of any other age.
Yet another argument is the Black Plague Theory. In the 14th century, the Black Plague
killed more than one third of Europe's population. It killed kings and priests as well as the
poor. Christian beliefs did not protect anyone from this scourge. It caused the Christian
world view to suffer. People began to think more about life than the afterlife.
37
The word rampant in the passage is closest in meaning to
© serious
® widespread
C) uncommon
C) increasing
8 According to paragraph 1, all of the following are true EXCEPT:
® The French Revolution was a significant event in Western history.

C) Absolute monarchs controlled France before the revolution.
© The French people formed a new government after the revolution.
© The Roman Catholic Church welcomed the revolution.
9. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of the factors that led to
the revolution?
CA) Old rulers were destroyed by their rigid ways.

(1) The rising middle class joined the workers and poor people.
© Napoleon started a group that began the revolution.
C) Enlightenment ideas influenced the people.
10. Which of the following can be inferred about the guillotine?
(I) It was a chair for royalty to sit upon.

cD It was highly regarded by the king of France.
© It was a device used to enact death sentences.
© It was used to chop off the hands of criminals.
1-, According to the passage, why did some noblemen flee the country?
® Because they were in great danger

C) Because they did not like living a lower-class lifestyle
C) Because the Roman Catholic Church had too much power
© Because King Louis XVI was sentenced to death
12. In stating that Queen Marie Antoinette followed him, the author means that the queen
C) walked behind him
C) was also killed
C) went to jail for life
© became the new king
38
Unit 1 I Vocabulary
The French Revolution
The French Revorution was an important period in the history of Western Civilization.
During this time, France's absolute monarchy was replaced with a republican government.
The Roman Catholic Church was also forced to give up much of its power.
France would still swing between republic, empire, and monarchy for 75 years after the
revolution ended. But this event is seen as a major turning point in the age of democracy.
Many political, social, and economic factors led to the revolution. The old rulers were
destroyed by their own rigidity. The rising middle class allied itself with workers and the
poor. They were influenced by the ideas of the Enlightenment.
In the months before the revolution, food was scarce. The price of bread was so high
that workers could not afford it. Unemployment was rampant. Those who were caught
stealing risked being beheaded by the guillotine. King Louis XVI failed to deal with these
problems effectively.
As the revolution proceeded, the king began to fight with his officials, which led to much
bloodshed. The national debt was out of control, and taxes were too high.
By this time, King Louis XVI tried to have the National Assembly closed. So, they
had their meeting on a tennis court and vowed not to take a break until France had a
constitution.
On July 11, 1789, King Louis tried to banish the reformist minister, Necker. Many of the
citizens of Paris flew into open rebellion. On July 14th, they stormed the Bastille prison
and killed its governor. They freed criminals and killed the mayor of Paris. The frightened
king signed an agreement to give the people a constitution. This saved him for a while.
The slogan of the revolution was, "Liberty, equality, fraternity, or death!" This slogan
is still used. It has become the rallying cry for people trying to overthrow oppressive
governments.
The noblemen of France were not safe. Some tried wearing their servants' clothes while
many others fled the country. Many changes took place. Towns lost their powers of heavy
taxation, and the church lost most of its power and land.
By 1793, King Louis XVI was condemned to death. He was charged with conspiracy
against public liberty and the general safety. On January 21, his head was chopped off by
the guillotine. On October 16, Queen Marie Antoinette followed him.
By 1795, a new constitution was ratified. It installed a new legislature called the
Directory. It consisted of 500 representatives. During this time, a general named Napoleon
Bonaparte gained much power. By 1799, he staged a coup, and five years later, he
declared himself emperor. This brought the republican phase of the French Revolution to
a close.
39
alb c-1 13 u_ai c-vict\y-
A Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. The people of the province wanted to become a sovereign state.

C) rich self-ruling 'oTh new E colonized
2. The prince was next in the order of succession.

CAD death ® eating height ® replacement
3. There was always sufficient money to go out for dinner.

C) not enough (1) too much ® enough C) none
4. Parents usually want their children to go to prestigious colleges.

C) low-level © cheap © new © highly respected
5. The government initiative to clean up the beaches was a success.
CAD higher taxes ® organized effort © introduction ® time period
6. His new degree opened up many avenues of opportunity for him.

® channels C) streets , - aTh names problems
7. She hoped her new plant would thrive in the garden.

(A) wither CD bloom © prosper ®dry
8. As a manager, she tried to ennoble the people who worked for her.
inspire fear ® inspire pride ED inspire greed C) inspire health
Match each word with the correct definition.
1. dependable a. the quality of knowing what will come next

2. burglary b. damage to the environment caused by waste
3. predictability c. the criminal activity of stealing things
4. stability d. the quality of encouraging creativity in others
5. client e. based on family lineage
6. experimental f. having come to prominence
7. inspirational g, a person who buys products
8. pollution h. the quality of being reliable
9. arise i. the quality of not being easily changed or shifted
10. hereditary j. to be attempted without knowledge of the result
40
""i4e41"1-MIMMI"g""1""41,WWW1115914"
' fg"""411
4WCt
0\
• Introduction
Reference questions ask you to understand the relationship between a pronoun and the word
which the pronoun refers to. Usually, personal pronouns such as it, its, they, their, and them
are tested on the TOEFL® iBT. Sometimes other reference words such as which, this, one, the
former, and the latter are also asked.
• Question Types
1. The word in the passage refers to
2. The phrase in the passage refers to
• Useful Tips
• The referent (the word to which a pronoun refers) usually appears before the pronoun in the
same sentence or shows up in an earlier sentence. Sometimes, however, the referent might be
found after the pronoun.
• Substitute your answer for the highlighted word or words in the passage.
• Make sure that your answer is the same number (singular or plural), gender (male or female),
and case (first, second, or third person) as the highlighted pronoun.
42
Unit 2 I Reference
L:,' arnpL= [PT Ouc-istEm
The word they in the passage refers to Hurricanes

C) floods The scientific name for a hurricane is a
CD effects tropical cyclone. It is fueled by the heat
(1) storms that is released when moist air rises and
CD humans condenses. Hurricanes rotate counter-
clockwise in the northern hemisphere and
clockwise in the southern.
Hurricanes can produce extremely
strong winds, tornadoes, heavy rain,
and huge waves called storm surges.
The heavy rains and huge waves create
giant floods. Though the effects of these
storms on humans can be catastrophic,
they are also known to relieve drought
conditions.
Hurricanes also carry heat away from
the tropics. This is an important part of
global circulation and is the way balance
is maintained in the Earth's troposphere.
Correct The highlighted word they is a part of the sentence which explains the effects of hurricanes on
Answer human beings. So, the pronoun they refers to the word storms, which is mentioned earlier in the
same sentence. The correct answer is (C).
43
S 11 1-; 1 1
In order to deal with Reference questions, you need to understand the relationships between
pronouns and the words which they refer to. There are four kinds of referential relationships which
are asked on the TOEFL® iBT.
Personal Pronouns
Personal pronouns refer back to someone or something previously mentioned in the passage. Sometimes
they can refer forward to what is mentioned later in the passage. On the TOEFL® iBT, third-person
pronouns such as it, its, they, their, and them are frequently asked.
• Capuchins crack walnuts by repeatedly pounding them with stones.

• When it was first introduced in Europe, coffee was sold in pharmacies as a medicinal remedy.
Demonstratives
Demonstratives are pronouns or adjectives pointing out which item is being referred to. In English, they
include this, that, these, and those. Sometimes the former and the latter are also asked on the TOEFL® iBT.
• Although the initial cost of a timber house is less than that of one made of brick or concrete, the
long-term expense is greater.
• An organization designed to accomplish some task is called a utilitarian organization. Businesses
are examples of this type.
Relative Pronouns
Relative pronouns such as which, that, who, whose, and whom introduce a clause that modifies the noun or
noun phrase right before them. Sometimes which can refer to the entire previous clause.
• Penicillin kills a wide variety of bacteria, many of which cause disease in humans.
• In the early 1850s, many daguerreotypists were practicing in the United States, most of whom
were in the business to make money, not art.
Indefinite Pronouns
Indefinite pronouns refer to an unknown or undetermined person, place, or thing. Indefinite pronouns
include words with some, any, every, or no (e.g. someone, anyone, everyone, and no one) and one, another,
some, others, each, and none.
• Diffusion is the process of introducing cultural elements from one society into another.
• By looking at examples of atoms, one discovers that each contains an equal number of electrons
and protons in the nucleus.
• Lactose, a sugar present in milk, is one of the simple sugars used in food preparations for infants.
44
Unit 2 3ference
The Formation of Fog

The Fog is a cloud in contact with the ground. It only differs from other clouds in that it touches
the Earth's surface. Most types of fog form when the relative humidity reaches 100% at ground
level. Fog can form suddenly. It can dissipate just as rapidly, depending on what side of the
dew point the temperature is on. Evaporation and precipitation fog are two kinds. The former
is caused by water changing into gas very quickly while the other is caused by the release of
water.
The foggiest place on the Earth is the Grand Banks of Newfoundland, Canada. Frequent fog
in this area is caused by the meeting of the cold Labrador Current from the north and the much
warmer Gulf Stream from the south.
1. The phrase the other in the passage refers to
® evaporation fog
® precipitation fog
C) release of water
© water changing into gas
The Dragonfly
The dragonfly is an insect with large, multi-faceted eyes that allow 360 degrees of vision. It has
two pairs of strong, transparent wings and a stretched-out body.
Dragonflies usually eat mosquitoes, flies, and other small insects. Many humans like them
because they feed on these pests. Dragonflies live near lakes, ponds, streams, and wetlands.
Their larvae, known as nymphs, are aquatic.
The life cycle of a dragonfly, from egg to the death of the adult, can last anywhere from six
months to six or seven years. Most of this life cycle is spent in the larval state. During this
stage, the nymph uses its gills to breathe and eats tadpoles or fish.
2. The word them in the passage refers to

® dragonflies
(2) mosquitoes
C1) flies
CD insects
45
Ecology
Ecology is the study of living things in their habitats. It studies why they live in a certain area
and how many of a species can survive in one place. It also looks at a species' interactions
with other living things.
The environment of a living thing includes various physical factors. Some such factors are
sunlight and climate. Geology is another factor. The other living things that share a habitat
make up yet another factor.
Ecology is a broad science. One branch is behavior ecology. It looks at the way a single living
thing adapts to its habitat. Population ecology studies a single species. There are many more
branches of this science.
3. The phrase this science in the passage refers to

® geology
® ecology
© behavior ecology
® population ecology
Hypothesis
A hypothesis is a suggested explanation of an event that is not already understood by science.
it suggests a possible connection between two or more phenomena in a reasoned way.
Scientists base hypotheses on their observations or on theories.
The scientific method requires that one can test a hypothesis. Many members of the scientific
community demand that a hypothesis be falsifiable. This means that it can possibly be proven
false.
A famous example posits a man who goes to a new country and sees only white sheep.
He forms a hypothesis that all the sheep in this country are white. But if one black sheep is
L observed, the hypothesis would be proven false.
4. The word it in the passage refers to

® scientific method
ED scientific community
C) hypothesis
® example
46
Unit 2 I Reference
Newton's Laws of Motion

Newton's Laws of Motion are three physical laws. To understand the first law, imagine an apple
resting on a table. If a force, such as a hand, pushes the apple, it will gain inertia and move.
For the second law, imagine a hand pushing the same apple softly, causing it to move just a
little. If the hand hits it with increased force, the force will make it hit a wall in the direction and
with the momentum with which it was hit.
An example of Newton's third law is the reaction of the apple hitting the wall. There must be
an opposite and equal reaction for every action. In this case, the reaction could be a dent in the
wall or the apple exploding into bits.

C) hand
C) apple
C) force
momentum
Biological Kingdoms
In 1735, Carolus Linnaeus published a book about kingdoms. In his book, he distinguished two
kingdoms of living things: the animal kingdom and the vegetable kingdom. Everything on Earth
fell into one or the other. He later created a third kingdom for minerals.
Years later, bacteria were discovered. Biologists realized that they did not fit into any of the
three kingdom& Another kingdom was named for them. This was called the kingdom Monera.
As science progressed and learned more about living things, new kingdoms were needed.
In 1969, Robert Whittaker recognized a fifth kingdom. This kingdom was named for Fungi.
By 1980, yet another kingdom was named. It was named to separate further microscopic
organisms.

C) minerals
CD bacteria
C) biologists
C) kingdoms
47
L, itL~LL V\7 11:11 ,C), 11 0 - 1,0Ss. S'ZILPC7‘6T
Time Limit: 3 min.

El Nino and La Nina
El Nino and La Nina are phenomena that take place between the ocean and the atmosphere
on a global scale. These are major temperature changes in the surface waters of the tropical
Pacific Ocean. El Nino indicates a rise of 0.5°c or more. La Nina indicates a drop of the same
degree. These changes must be sustained for a period longer than five months to be called
El Nino or La Nina.
Many of the countries affected by these climatic changes are third-world nations in South
America and Africa. Their economies are largely dependent on the farming and fishing
sectors. These industries are a major source of food supply, employment, and foreign
exchange. So, new methods for predicting these climatic changes can have a great socio-
economic impact for these countries.
El Nino/La Nina episodes usually occur irregularly. In recent years, they have happened
every 2 to 7 years. They usually last for one or two years. The effects of El Nino are very
wide ranging. Many places experience weather that is the reverse of their normal climate.
Some areas even experience terrible flooding due to heavy rainfall. There are also many
forest fires because of heavy drought. On the other hand, the effects of La Nino begin to
L
develop worldwide. During a La Nina, trade winds can become very strong, and an abnormal
accumulation of colder than normal water can occur in the Central and Eastern Pacific.
In the normal Pacific pattern of ocean atmosphere system, equatorial winds gather, and
then warm water pools towards the west. Cold water upswells along the South American
coast. This brings fish up the coast, where they support the local fishing industry, because
they follow the cool, nutrient-rich water.
When El Nino takes effect, the warm water flows toward the South American coast. The
absence of cold upswelling increases warming. This sends the fish population out to sea
instead of swimming along the coast. These conditions severely damage the local fishing
industries.
The causes of El Nino and La Nina are still undiscovered. But many scientists are
dedicating their careers to understanding these global weather phenomena better.
)
phenomenon (n)
a natural occurrence
1. According to the passage, the causes of El Nino and La Nina are
that requires scientific
C_AD not yet discovered explanation
C) normal ocean atmosphere patterns O impact (n)

a strong effect
© cold water that upswells along the South American coast
O drought (n)
® heavy drought and flooding
a period of abnormally
dry weather
O upswell (n)
the forceful movement of
water rushing up towards
the surface
48
Unit 2 I Reference
According to paragraph 4, all of the following about the normal Pacific pattern of ocean
atmosphere system are true EXCEPT:
CL■-)Equatorial winds gather.
CD Fish do not swim in the cool, nutrient-rich water.
O Cold water upswells along the South American coast.
© Warm water pools towards the west.
3. The word their in the passage refers to

O the countries
CD climatic changes
C) third-world nations
© South America and Africa
4. The word this in the passage refers to

CD El Nino
® South American coast
CD cold upswelling
© warming
El. Nino vs. La Nina
(2)
(1)
Temperature drop of 0.5°C or more for a period
Temperature rise of 0.5°C or more for a period
longer than 5 months
longer than 5 months
• strong trade winds

• heavy rainfall — flooding accumulation of cold water
• drought forest fires — change in fish migration patterns
— damage to fishing industry
49
ill11•1111■1■11111111■..4
The Decline of Biodiversity Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Biodiversity is the range of living things in an area. During the last 100 years, scientists have
seen a great decline in biodiversity. This means a great loss for humans as the stewards of
the planet Earth.
Some studies show that one in eight plant species is threatened with extinction. It is
estimated that 140,000 species of plants are lost each year. Many of these lost plants could
have been very useful in creating new drugs to combat disease. This is due to the use of
unsustainable ecological practices.
Most of the extinctions in the last thousand years are due to humans. The main cause
is the chopping down of tropical rain forests. These habitats are being turned into pasture,
cropland, and orchards. Most of this destruction is done to create pasture for beef cattle. It is
also done to make wheat for bread as well as fruit for human consumption.
The introduction of exotic species is another threat. When exotic species are introduced
to a habitat, they try to establish a self-sustaining population. Then they threaten the local
species. These foreign species may be predators or parasites. Or they may simply be
aggressive. They deprive the local species of nutrients. Because the local species haven't
had a chance to evolve, they often lack defenses. They cannot compete against the exotic
species.
The rich diversity across the world exists only because of barriers. The main barriers are
seas and oceans. These barriers could never be crossed by natural means. But since humans
invented ships and airplanes, it is now possible for species to meet. There is no time for
them to adapt, but humans continue to combine species from different regions. The world's
ecosystems will soon be dominated by very few, aggressive super-species.
In order to reverse these problems, people need to minimize their consumption. They need
to consume less beef and other products that require damage to the natural environment.
Also, governments need to impose strict rules against destroying natural land and introducing
exotic species.
0 decline (n)
According to the passage, which of the following is true about gradual and continuous loss
most extinctions in the last thousand years? of strength, power, numbers
CD They are due to biodiversity. 0 unsustainable (a)

that cannot be maintained
CD They are caused by humans. for a length of time
CaD They may have been caused by predators or parasites. 0 chop down (v)
C They are caused by combining species from different regions. to cut down
o aggressive (a)
threatening or dangerous
towards others
0 exotic (a)
foreign; strange
50
Unit 2 I 'reference
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following about exotic species are true EXCEPT:
® They try to established a self-sustaining population when introduced to a new area.
ED They are a threat to biodiversity.
CP They assist the local species in finding nutrients.
CI They may be predators or parasites.

biodiversity
ED decline
ED loss
Earth
4. The word many in the passage refers to

(1.a) studies
ED plant species
CD lost plants
C) new drugs
(1) to Biodiversity
—Tht Introduction of exotic predators (super species)

Chopping down of rainforest to create pasture
and farmland
Increased extinction of indigenous animal life that

Increased rate of extinction of plant life
is unable to adapt or compete
51
Th
Tidal Power Plants Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
Tidal power is a way of creating electricity. Tidal power systems capture the energy contained
in masses of water as the tide moves them. The ecological effects of this method are still
being studied, and there are only a few of these power plants in use around the world. But
many governments are making plans to build more. Right now, there are eight tidal power
plants proposed for America, Mexico, and Canada.
The Rance Tidal Power Plant was the world's first electrical generating station powered by
tidal energy. It is located on the Rance River in Bretagne, France. The construction of this
plant necessitated draining the surrounding area. Two dams were built over two years.
Construction of the actual plant took place on July 20, 1963. At this time, the Rance was
entirely blocked by the two dams. The plant was completed in 1966. On December 4, 1967,
it was connected to the French national power grid. The plant cost about 524 million Euros to
build. It produces 3% of the power consumed by Bretagne. The project had very high costs,
but these costs have been recovered. The power from this plant is cheaper than the cost of
nuclear power.
The plant's barrage has caused progressive silting of the Rance ecosystem. Sand-eels and
plaice have disappeared. But sea bass and cuttlefish have returned to the river. Tides still
flow in the estuary. The operators of the plant are still trying to minimize the biological impact.
The first and only tidal power plant in North America is the Annapolis Royal Generating
Station. It is located in Annapolis Royal in Canada. It was originally constructed in 1984 to
look at alternative methods for generating electricity. However, it has also created changes to
the local environment. The water and air temperature in the area have changed. Moreover,
the siltation patterns of the river have shifted, and the riverbanks on both sides of the dam
have increased.
,.;.) contain (v)
According to the passage, which of the following is true about to hold something within
the Rance Tidal Power Plant? something else
O necessitate (v)
® It is the first and only tidal power plant in North America.
to create a need
CD This project had very low costs.
O barrage (n)
© It produces 3% of the power consumed by Bretagne. repeated hits on
© Its costs have never been recovered. something
O estuary (n)
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true of the a place where freshwater
environmental effects of the Rance Tidal Power Plant EXCEPT: and saltwater mix
O minimize (v)
® The plant's barrage has caused progressive draining of the to shrink; to make smaller
Rance ecosystem.
O generate (v)
C) Sand eels and plaice cannot be found anymore. to produce: to create
© The estuary still experiences tidal flow.
CD Plant operators try to lessen the biological impact.
52
Lim tt,,_ Toppi' 're,s :.

(9 tidal power systems
(i) masses of water
ED ecological effects
C) governments

® North America
® Annapolis Royal Generating Station
ED electricity
C) local environment
Tidal Power Plants
• create (1)
• cheaper/safer/cleaner than (2)
• (3) (the world's first power plant)
• only 1 tidal power plant in North America

(Annapolis Royal Generating Station in Annapolis, Royal, Canada)
53
1111 Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The Komodo Dragon Time Limit: 3 min.

The Komodo dragon is the largest living lizard in the world. It grows to an average length
of 2 to 3 meters. In the wild, adults tend to weigh about 70 kilograms. It is a member of the
monitor lizard family.
Komodo dragons inhabit various islands in Indonesia. Sightings of them were first reported
to Europeans in 1910. Widespread knowledge came after 1912 in which Peter Ouwens, the
director of the zoological museum at Bogor, Java, published a paper on the topic. In 1980,
Komodo National Park was funded to help protect their population.
Komodo dragons are carnivorous. Although they like the flesh of dead animals, they hunt
live prey. They begin with a stealthy approach. Then they launch into a short, sudden charge.
During this time, they can run briefly at speeds of up to 20 kilometers per hour.
The Komodo dragon is not considered venomous, but its teeth are home to over 50 strains
of bacteria. If the initial bite does not kill its prey, deadly infections will kill the creature in a
week. Then the Komodo dragon finds its victim. It follows the smell and feeds upon the dead
flesh.
The dragon also has large claws that are used when it is younger. It uses these to climb
trees to escape from the jaws of older dragons. But when they get older, these claws are
used mainly as weapons.
The Komodo dragon's prey is wide-ranging. They include wild pigs, goats, deer, and water
buffaloes. In the wild, it has also been observed to eat smaller dragons. Occasionally, it has
eaten humans and human corpses. Over a dozen human deaths have been attributed to
dragon bites in the last 100 years.
The Komodo dragon is a vulnerable species. There are approximately 6,000 living Komodo
dragons. Mating occurs between May and August, with the eggs laid in September. The
female lays her eggs in the ground or in tree hollows. This gives some protection. Clutches
usually contain an average of 20 eggs. Once born, they take about five years to mature. They
can live for up to 30 years.
O inhabit (v)
1. According to the paragraph, which of the following is true to live somewhere
about Komodo Dragons? 0 carnivorous (a)
meat-eating
C They tend to weigh 12 kilograms.
C) They only eat humans. 0 prey (n)
a living thing that is killed
(I) They are members of the monitor lizard family. to feed another living
C) They can live for up to 100 years. thing
O stealthy (a)
secretive
O charge (n)
attack
54
Unit 2 I Reference
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true of the Komodo Dragon EXCEPT:
C) Over 50 strains of bacteria live in its teeth.
®3 It will not eat rotten flesh.
© It follows the scent of rotting flesh to find its victim.
CD A victim of its bite will die from infections within a week.
.
die '0L7F.1—
1

® Komodo dragons
• islands
® Europeans
ED Komodo National Park
4. The word these in the passage refers to

® claws
C) trees
© jaws
© weapons
The Komodo Dragon
• (1) in the world — 2 to 3 meters long

• A member of the monitor lizard family
• Inhabits (2)
• First sighted by Europeans in 1910
• Teeth hold over 50 strains of bacteria
• Eats wild pigs, goats, deer, water buffaloes, and humans
• (3) Komodo dragons currently living
55
Nanotechnology Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
Nanotechnology is a new field of applied science. It is an effort to create very tiny machines
on a nano scale. A nano is a unit of measurement which stands for ten to the negative power
of nine. It is used to describe very small things.
One example of nanotechnology in modern use is the making of polymers. These are
based on molecular structure. Another is the design of computer chip layouts. These are
based on surface science.
At the nano-size level, the properties of many materials change. For example, copper
changes from opaque to clear. Solid gold becomes liquid at room temperature. Insulators like
silicon become conductors. All of these activities open up many potential risks.
Due to their altered states, nano particles become more mobile. They are also more likely
to react with other things. There are four ways for nano particles to enter the human body.
They can be inhaled, swallowed, absorbed through the skin, or injected. Once these particles
are in the body, they are highly mobile.
In fact, the way these particles react inside living things is still not fully understood. But
scientists guess that these tiny objects could easily overload defensive cells. This would
weaken a body's defenses against diseases. Humans could easily lose control of particles
this size. This would lead to mass epidemics that would cause widespread disease and death.
Another concern about nanotechnology is of the environmental risks. One report details the
possible disaster of the Earth being covered in a gray, sticky substance. This terrible event is
attributed to the unrestrained self-replication of microscopic robots. These robots are called
nanobots and are able to control themselves.
Therefore, scientists need to collect much more data before they are allowed to create and
release nanobots. They should be highly regulated by laws that only allow licensed scientists
to do safe experiments.
LleneL-al_
0 apply (v)
1. According to the passage, a modern use of nanotechnology is to use something
C) for the construction of microscopic robots 0 regulate (v)
c) for creating gray, sticky substances to control something

using laws
C) in the making of polymers 0 opaque (a)
C) to create environmental weapons that cannot be seen
through.
2. According to paragraph 1 which of the following is NOT true 0 inhale (v)
about nanotechnology? to breathe in
® Its name describes things that are very small. 0 epidemic (n)
ED It describes the effort to make machines on a tiny scale. a wave of sickness that
sweeps over a group of
(1) Its name describes the measurement of ten to the negative people
power of nine.
C) It is an old field of theoretical science.
56
Unit 2
On tb_c- 7011,111. Test.
3. The word another in the passage refers to

C) example
CD nanotech
© molecular structure
© surface structure
4. The word they in the passage refers to

C) scientists
C) data
© nanobots
C) experiments
computer chip layout
polymers
Nanotechnology
the properties of materials change
(2) ' humans could lose control of self-replicating nanobots
nano particles can enter into the human body
57
Tr Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The Dust Bowl Time Limit: 2 min. 30 sec.

The Dust Bowl was a series of dust storms in the central United States and Canada. These
took place in the mid to late 1930s. They were caused by massive droughts and decades of
inappropriate farming techniques. The fertile soil of the Great Plains was exposed through
the removal of grass during plowing.
During the droughts the soil dried out, became dust, and blew away. The wind blew the
dust east in very large black clouds. The clouds made the sky appear black all the way to
Chicago. Eventually the soil was lost when it blew out to the Atlantic Ocean.
The Dust Bowl began in 1934 and lasted until 1939. On November 11, 1933, a very strong
dust storm stripped topsoil from parched South Dakota farmlands. It was just one of a series
of terrible dust storms that year.
Then, on May 11, 1934, a strong, two-day storm removed massive amounts of Great Plains
topsoil in one of the worst storms of the Dust Bowl. Once again, the dust clouds blew all the
way to Chicago, where the filth fell like snow.
April 14, 1935, is known as Black Sunday. One of the worst "black blizzards" occurred
throughout the Dust Bowl. It caused extensive damage and turned the day to night.
Witnesses reported that they could not see five feet in front of them at certain points.
Topsoil across millions of acres was blown away because the indigenous sod had been
broken for wheat farming. Vast herds of buffalo were no longer fertilizing the rest of the
indigenous grasses. This ecological disaster caused an exodus from Texas, Arkansas,
Oklahoma, and the surrounding Great Plains. Over 500,000 Americans became homeless.
Many of these homeless people migrated west looking for work. These people were called
"Okies" even when they were not from Oklahoma.
Con pi -(2-11 c=f

inappropriate (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true about unsuitable; improper
the Dust Bowl? plow (v)
to break through the top
® It began in 1934 and lasted until 1939. layer of soil and mix it
CD These terrible dust storms were caused by tidal waves. before planting
© The worst dust storm occurred on April 1, 1930. soil (n)

E© It caused many homeless farmers to migrate east looking for work. dirt; dust; earth
blizzard (n)
2. According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true about a terrible snowstorm with
strong winds
the Dust Bowl EXCEPT:
0 extensive (a)
® The indigenous grasses were no longer fertilized by vast herds broad: far-reaching;
of buffalo. large-scale
C) Wheat farmers had broken the indigenous sod. 0 indigenous (a)

© Topsoil across hundreds of islands was blown away. that is born or comes
from a certain place
C) Many desperate farmers left their lands in Texas, Arkansas, and
Oklahoma.
58
Unit 2 I Reference
.D11, 1:11
ED drought
CD dust
© wind
C) soil
4. The phrase that year in the passage refers to
(Ks 1933
C) 1934
© 1935
C) 1939
Important Dates of the Dust Bowl of the 1930s
• (V – A very strong dust storm strips topsoil from South Dakota farmlands
• (2)1 – A strong 7-day storm removes massive amounts of Great Plains topsoil
1
• (3) – Black Sunday — one of the worst "black blizzards" occurs
• Results – By 1939, more than 500,000 Americans are homeless
59
_ t_qfd;11p- Sam niary
El Nino and La Nina
South America and Africa drought, flooding, and forest fires irregularly
migratory patterns temperature changes
El Nino and La Nina are major (1) that affect a large portion of the world's
climate. The economies of many nations in (2) are strongly affected
by these climate changes. El Nino and La Nina occur (3) and can cause
some damaging effects such as (4) . These changes also affect the
(5) of fish, which affects the fishing industry. Scientists do not fully
understand El Nino and La Nina yet, but they are studying them very closely.
2. The Decline of Biodiversity
living things unsustainable environmental practices biodiversity

rain forests foreign species
(1)
, which describes the range of (2) , has been declining rapidly
over the past century. Many species of plants are becoming extinct because of (3)
. Humans are the biggest cause of these environmental problems,
mainly because they chop down so much of the (4) . Another threat to biodiversity
is the introduction of (5) , which overtake local species. Humans need to take
strong steps to stop the decline of biodiversity.
3. Tidal Power Plants
local ecosystem moving water time and money

Annapolis Royal generating electricity
Tidal power plants are a method of (1) through the power of

(2)
and are gaining popularity around the world. The Rance Tidal Power Plant
in France is the world's first power plant that uses this method. The construction of the Rance
Tidal Power Plant took a lot of (3) , but it has generated enough power to cover
its costs. Tidal power plants affect the (4) , and scientists are still studying how.
The first and only tidal power plant in North America is in (5) in Canada.
60
Unit 2 I Reference
4. The Komodo Dragon
their own species infects the prey largest living lizards

population the islands of Indonesia
Komodo dragons are the (1) in the world today. They live on
(2)
. They eat meat, which they kill by a bite that
(3) and kills it over a period of days. Komodo dragons eat a wide range of
other animals, including (4) . Today, the (5) of Komodo dragons
is not very large.
5. Nanotechnology
human bodies microscopic machines nanotechnology

unpredictable self-replicating nanobots
(1)
is the risky science of building (2) . This technology could
be very useful, but it is (3) since the properties of many materials change
at the microscopic level. Some scientists worry that machines this small could easily enter
(4)
and cause effects that nobody can predict. Another concern is that
(5) could damage the environment on a very large and unexpected
scale. Experiments with nanotechnology should be done in a very cautious fashion as regulated
by the government.
6. The Dust Bowl
blown away a series of terrible storms natural disaster

dusty, infertile ground America and Canada
The Dust Bowl was (1) in the 1930s that damaged the farming
industries in (2) . Farming was damaged because the fertile layer of topsoil
was (3) by powerful winds, leaving only (4)
Some of these storms were so bad that the sky was turned black and no one could see the sun.
Many farmers were made homeless by this (5) and were forced to travel ,
west looking for work.
61
0 Min TO T77
1. The word deduced in the passage is closest in meaning to

C) reduced
C) inferred
C) told
(L)
) eliminated

® climate models
ED weather data
© current conditions
® supercomputers
3. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of meteorology?

q_
k) It explains the science of outer space bodies such as meteors.
C) It explains biological phenomena.
© It explains events that occur in the weather.
C) It explains the science of things that fall to Earth such as rain and snow.
4. According to paragraph 2, all of the following are true EXCEPT:

® Aristotle was the first to use the term meteorology.
CD Aristotle was the first to examine the evaporation process.
• Aristotle could predict the weather up to a week in advance.
E Aristotle saw how the hot sun turned water into mist.
5. According to the passage, what can be inferred about satellites and weather
forecasting?
C) Global weather information was not available before the launch of satellites.
CD Satellites enabled scientists to identify the cause of El Nino.
C) Satellites are responsible for influencing weather patterns.
C) Human methods of weather forecasting have become useless because of satellites.
6 Why does the author mention a Norwegian scientist in paragraph 6?

ED To explain why the purposes of weather forecasting changed
C) To show how modern methods of weather forecasting began
© To describe when scientific concepts began to be used in forecasting
(2) To claim that weather forecasting should be based on natural laws
62
Unit 2 I Reference
Meteorology
Meteorology is the study of the Earth's atmosphere. It focuses on weather processes
and forecasting and explaining weather events. These events are bound by the factors
that exist in the atmosphere, such as temperature, air pressure, and water vapor. These
factors interact to create climate patterns.
The term meteorology was first coined by Aristotle in 350 B.C. He was the first to
observe and record the process by which water evaporates. He noticed how the hot sun
turned it into mist and then the cool air returned it to Earth on the following day.
In 1607, Galileo made the first tool to measure temperature. A few years later, his
assistant made the first barometer. By 1648, Pascal saw that air pressure falls with
height. He also guessed that there is a vacuum above the atmosphere.
In 1667, Robert Hooke built a tool to measure the speed of wind. Later, Edmund Haley
mapped the trade winds for sailors. He also deduced that changes in the atmosphere are
driven by solar heat.
By the 20th century, science began to understand many important weather events.
Perhaps the most important concept was how the rotation of the Earth affects the flow of
air. This large-scale force was named the Coriolis Effect.
In 1904, a Norwegian scientist said that it was possible to predict the weather by means
of calculations based on natural laws. This led to the field of modern weather forecasting.
By the 1950s, forecasters began using computers. These early machines helped them
to do experiments. The first forecasts were produced using models of low and high
temperatures.
After about a decade, the first weather satellite was launched. This event led to the age
of global weather information. Satellites became important tools for studying everything
from forest fires to El Nino. They gave scientists a large-scale view of the planet.
These days, climate models are used to compare weather data from past years. The
historical data is cross-referenced with current conditions. This gives scientists data to
study long-term climate shifts. Effects such as global warming are now better understood.
Currently, powerful new supercomputers are being used. With them it is possible to create
working models of the atmosphere.
Many human methods of weather forecasting are also employed. These methods rely
on the skill and judgment of the forecasters who used them. Many of the methods allow
us an accuracy rate of more than 50%.
In this age of weather forecasting, many people depend on information about the
weather. It increases the successful production of food. It also saves lives when natural
disasters strike. Mankind's ability to predict the weather has reached new levels of
unprecedented accuracy.
63
7. The phrase fend for in the passage is closest in meaning to
® take care of
ED move
C) feed
(1) look for
8. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of chipmunks?
® The chipmunk breeds during two seasons every year.

C) The average number of offspring is six.
C) Chipmunk mothers hide their young underground.
C) Chipmunks have various kinds of natural predators.
9 Which of the following can be inferred about chipmunks?
® They cannot fight against their predators.

CD They grow their own food.
© They use the homes of other animals.
C) They cannot climb trees.
10. Why does the author mention the chipmunk's cheeks?
Clic) To show that the chipmunk uses them to defend itself

C To explain that they help the chipmunk carry and store food
© To show that they are extremely large
CD To describe the chipmunk's ability to fly
1 In stating that chipmunks are traditionally hoarders, the author means that
chipmunks
C) can run extremely fast to escape predators

En_ can fly using their cheek muscles
32
C) have twelve breeding sessions per year
C) store food in order to survive during the long winter months
C) seeds
® animals
© chipmunks
© habitat
64
Unit 2 I Reference
Chipmunks
The Earth is covered with millions of species of animals, and each is responsible for
filling an important niche in the delicate ecosystem of the planet. The chipmunk, although
small in size, is no less vital to the health of a habitat. Chipmunks are small rodents that
inhabit the forests of North America and Asia. There are twenty-five different species of
chipmunks. Many of them are marked by their reddish-brown fur with white and black
stripes that cover the length of their bodies.
Unlike many of its rodent relatives, the chipmunk has two breeding seasons a year.
The first spans from February to April, and the second from June to August. The average
number of offspring for a chipmunk is four, but there have been litters as small as one and
as big as nine. Mothers keep their young hidden underground in their homes for up to six
weeks until they are old enough to fend for themselves. Some of their natural predators
include cats, dogs, eagles, hawks, foxes, coyotes, and wolves. In the wild, a chipmunk's
lifespan is typically only a year, but some have been known to live up to five years.
Although mating season is an exception, chipmunks spend most of their time alone
building their homes, looking for food, and hiding from predators. They are often found
climbing in trees looking for food.
Chipmunks are traditionally hoarders. They spend the spring and summer stocking their
burrows with nuts, seeds, insects, berries, and other foods in order to hibernate during the
long winter without starving. Other sources of food include fungi, bird's eggs, grain, and
worms.
One of the most remarkable features of chipmunks is their cheeks. Chipmunks have
special pouches on both sides of their head that can be stretched and filled with food.
Once completely filled, each cheek can become as large as the chipmunk's head. This
ability allows chipmunks to carry a large amount of food to and from their burrow with
ease.
Chipmunks, like other small rodents, are known as "spreaders." They are responsible
for the spreading of seed, fungi, and other types of vegetation. Often times, a few pieces
of food that the chipmunk brings to the burrow get left behind or dropped along their way.
This seed begins to grow, in turn providing more food and shelter for other animals in the
habitat.
Whether they are spreading seeds or they become the prey of other animals, chipmunks
are an important part of any habitat. They are very much a part of the ever-evolving cycle
present in nature.
65
0 Vocabulary Review
• Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. The sign indicates the correct direction to the store.

A looks 'C) shows CO says r© needs
2. The impact of the tidal wave on the coastal people was terrible.
EAD time ® cost © effect CD use
3. The decline of the African elephant can be linked to poaching.
(D decrease. CD change © growth (D limitation
4. Because of his hard work, he was able to recover his losses from the accident.
(-2 ) find CD, sell © take back © escape
5. This dinosaur was known to be carnivorous.

(A) vegetative (-§- nocturnal © tardy flesh-eating
6. His approach was so stealthy that no one noticed him coming.

C) fast ‘C) secretive © expected C) noisy
7. He is applying everything he learned in photography class at his new job.

using ® needing © saying © wanting
8. If you look at the watch, you can tell it is exotic.

C.6--) sharp C normal CI) original o> unusual
111 Match each word with the correct definition.
1. upswell a. to cut down

2. soil '• b. to break through the top layer of soil and mix it before planting
3. phenomenon • c. a wave of sickness that sweeps over a group of people
4. plow • d. the forceful movement of water rushing up towards the surface
5. chop down • e. a natural occurrence that requires a scientific explanation
6. epidemic • f. to control something using laws
7. barrage • g. a living thing that is killed to feed another living thing
8. regulate • h. to create a need
9. necessitate • i. a nutrient-rich layer of dirt for planting
10. prey j. repeated hits on something
66
,. _
gS73.17,AnWevr.Firmew R
Factual Information
■Introduction
Factual Information questions ask you to identify facts, details, or other information that is
explicitly mentioned in the passage. The information is often found in just one or two paragraphs
of the passage. So you can find the correct answer without even reading the whole passage. You
just need to quickly find the right spot in the passage that has the information about which the
question asks. This is one of the most frequent question types on the TOEFL® iBT.
■Question Types
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true of
2. According to paragraph X, who [when/ where/ what/ how/ why]
3. According to the passage, X did Y because
4. The author's description of X mentions which of the following?
■Useful Tips
• Read the questions first to know what exactly is being asked.
• Scan the passage to find out where the relevant information is in the passage.
• Remove the choices that are not relevant to the passage.
• Do not choose an answer just because it is mentioned in the passage.
68
Unit 3 I Factual Information
CLEsti.en.
According to the passage, what are Ballet

ballet dancers famous for? Ballet is an art form that makes use of
C) Their dancing, miming acting, and dancing, miming, acting, and music.
music It can be performed alone or with an
CL3D Their clothes and shoes opera. Ballet dancers are famous for their
© Their elegant movements gracefulness. They are also known for
ED Their balancing skills amazing feats of physical strength. Many
ballet techniques resemble positions
and footwork used in fencing. Both ballet
and fencing have similar requirements
of balance and movement. Also, both of
these forms developed during the same
historical period. Ballet became popular
in the royal courts of Italy and France
during the Renaissance. For the past
four hundred years, this dance form has
been refined, most notably by Russian
dance companies that travel and perform.
Today, ballet is one of the most well-
preserved dances in the world.
Correct The question asks what is famous about ballet dancers. The third sentence of the passage
Answer says that they are famous for their gracefulness. So the correct answer is (C) because 'elegant
movement' is a paraphrase of 'gracefulness.'
69
Sl:-111 1-)1411
The key to success in Factual Information questions is the ability to scan for correct information in
the passage. You need to practice reading the questions first and spot the relevant information in the
passage quickly. You do not have to read every part of the passage.
Read the questions first. Use the key words highlighted in each question to scan for the
answer in the passage.
Opinions
An opinion is a thought or idea held about something that is important to the holder. It is not a
fact, so it cannot be proven correct or incorrect. But in the case of the United States Supreme
Court, the word "opinion" has a different meaning. For the court, an opinion is a decision. It
establishes the way a law will be followed in the future. The court gave an opinion in the 1971
case of Roe vs. Wade. It was in favor of abortion being legal. This made it possible for pregnant
women in the United States to have an abortion. It is an example of an opinion that has caused
controversy. This has continued for many years after it was issued.
1. According to the passage, what does a court's opinion establish?

® Thoughts or ideas about a particular event
C) Controversy over important issues
CD Future interpretations of the law
Cj) Facts about legal matters
Quilting
Quilts were traditionally used to cover beds as warm, top blankets. But these days, many
quilts are treated as works of art and are hung on walls to be displayed. In colonial times, most
women spent their time weaving and making clothing. But wealthy women were able to spend
their time making fine quilts. These women formed groups called quilting bees. Quilts are often
sewn to commemorate important events such as a wedding or a birth. Quilters sew important
dates or names into a quilt using a needlepoint technique. They also incorporate pieces of a
person's clothing or an important flag in the quilt to create a historical document.
2. According to the passage, why do people often sew quilts?

® To remind people of historic events
C) To make flags that people can enjoy and use to represent them
© To make lots of money for use by the federal government in wars
C) To make them displayed in cultural exhibits
70
The History of Medicine

In 1960, the earliest proof of medicine was found buried with a prehistoric man. With him
were eight kinds of plants. All of these are still used for their healing benefits today. In cultures
around the world, medicine has developed differently. In traditional Chinese medicine, doctors
heal by changing the flow of energy through the body. In India, doctors heal by trying to
restore harmony between the mind, the body, and the soul. Western medicine first developed
in Europe. Doctors focus mainly on diet and hygiene as a way to restore health. Now, as
technology grows and the world becomes smaller, doctors are using the best parts of medicine
from all over the world.
3. According to the passage, what are doctors doing with medicine from all over the world?
They bury it with prehistoric men in order to create historical records.
C) They develop it in European clinics.
C) They use it to heal the mind, body, and soul of wounded people.
' C). They combine and use the most effective parts.
Print Journalism
Print journalism can be split into several categories. They are newspapers, news magazines,
and general interest magazines. There are also trade and hobby magazines. Finally, there are
newsletters, private publications, online news pages, and blogs.
Newspaper journalists use the inverted pyramid style. This style is used for straight or hard
news reports rather than features. Written hard news reports are expected to be spare in the
use of words, and to list all of the important information first. The story can be cut from the
bottom when there is not enough space for it. Feature stories are written in a looser style.
4. According to the passage, what is the characteristic of written hard news reports?
C) They are long and wordy.
C) They do not use many words.
© They deal with as few facts as possible.
C) They are printed in a magazine.
71
1'-i-::-1.crice N.N7i1:11 .,Ono', a
Optical Fiber Time Limit: 2 min. 30 sec.

Optical fibers are thin and transparent fibers made of glass or plastic. They are used for
sending light signals. The signals can carry information or light. Optical fibers are commonly
used in communication systems.
The study of optical fibers and their uses is called fiber optics. Optical fibers transmit light
because of a scientific principle called total internal reflection. According to the principle, light
continues to bounce through an optical fiber when the outer layer of the fiber is thicker than in
the center.
The history of fiber optics began in England during the Victorian period. At that time,
scientists used the total internal reflection principle to light streams of water in public
fountains. In the middle of the 20th century, fiber optics was used by doctors. They created
a tool called the gastroscope. This tool allowed doctors to see into a patient's stomach and
intestines. By 1977, telephone companies began to use fiber optic cables. They used them to
send telephone signals very long distances.
In the past, copper cable was used to send electric signals. But the optical fiber has
become more popular because it offers several advantages over copper cable. Optical fibers
can send signals very long distances with low loss. It is also much lighter than copper. Just 7
kilograms of optical fibers can replace 20 tons of copper cable. This is very useful for aircraft.
The only disadvantages of optical fibers are in short distances. In small amounts, optical
fibers can be more expensive than copper cable. It is also harder to splice and cannot send
power along with a signal.
In this age of computers, there is an increased need for bandwidth. Optical fibers can send
huge amounts of data over long distances. The science of fiber optics is more useful than
ever.
General Conwrebension
transparent (a)
clear and easy to see
1. The word transmit in the passage is closest in meaning to
through
CD send internal (a)
ED control inside
CI trap bounce (v)
CD, save to rebound off of
something
2. The word them in the passage refers to 0 intestine (n)

the tubes in a human
C) telephone companies body that process food
,CD fiber optic cables and carry waste out of
body
C) telephone signals
splice (v)
C very long distances
to connect two cables
72
Unit 3 Factual Information
• CFI 111- e 1:71=1. i±s‘ -
3. The author's description of total internal reflection mentions which of the following?
CAD the explosion of light

ED a vacuum of light
`ED the continuous bouncing of light
© the absence of light
4. According to the passage, copper cable was used in the past to
(2a) make optical fibers

C) send light through streams of water
C) see into patients' stomachs
send electric signals
Optical Fiber vs. Copper Cable
Advantages of Optical Fiber: Advantages of Copper Cable:

• sends signals (1) • (3) for short distances
with low loss • easier to splice
• (2) • sends electrical power with signal
• increased bandwidth
73
BI Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The American Revolution lime Limit: 2 min. SO sec.

The American Revolution ended British rule over America. The result was the formation of
the United States in 1776.
The American Revolution began with a shift in ideology. The Americans were unhappy with
the British monarchy. Founding fathers such as Thomas Jefferson and Samuel Adams led
the new way of thinking. People from all classes wanted to have a voice in the government.
Corruption was seen as the greatest evil. Civic virtue was seen as the greatest good. Family
status no longer decided a person's place in society.
The unrest that led to the Revolutionary War can be linked to three events. First, in 1765,
the British Parliament passed the Stamp Act. This tax on all paper goods was passed to pay
for more British troops in America. The colonists complained because they were already
being taxed to pay for troops to put them down. This led to more protests and disobedience.
The Stamp Act was repealed.
The second wave came in 1767. Parliament passed the Townshend Acts. These acts taxed
goods such as glass, paint, and paper. Colonists organized boycotts of these products. More
British troops arrived in Boston, and violence broke out. British soldiers fired their guns into
an angry mob. They killed five colonists. This was called the Boston Massacre.
The third event leading to the revolution took place in 1773. Although the British
government repealed the Townshend Acts, it left behind one tax on tea. A group of angry
Bostonians boarded a British ship. They dumped all of its tea into the harbor. This event was
called the Boston Tea Party.
The British government and the American colonists could not repair their relationship. By
1775, fighting broke out in Lexington. In 1776, the American Declaration of Independence
was passed. By 1781, the fighting ended. The British withdrew from America.
J
O ideology (n)
1. In stating that people from all classes wanted to have a voice in way of thinking
the government, the author means that they wanted to O corruption (n)
dishonesty
® speak out in favor of the government
O unrest (n)
® overturn the government dissatisfaction; protest
© participate in the government
O repeat (v)
© be united in opinion about the government to cancel a law
O board (v)
2. The word them in the passage refers to to get on; to embark
® paper goods O boycott (n)
® colonists an organized effort by
a group of people not
(9 troops to buy something as a
© protests means of complaining
O massacre (n)
slaughter; holocaust
74
an Ll .11 1=1 est
3. According to the passage, which of the following is true of the American Revolution?
C) It helped the British gain more land.
ED It freed America from British rule.
CD It was a minor war.
® It was triggered by the British government's corruption.
4. According to paragraph 5, why did the American colonists bring about the Boston Tea
Party?
CAD They were angry about the British tax on tea.
CD They did not want the Townshend Acts.
I They wanted to fight the British.
® They wanted to go back to Britain.
Events Leading to the American Revolution
1765: • Stamp Act 1767: • Townshend Acts

• colonists complain, protest, • colonists organize boycott
and disobey . (1)
• Stamp Act repealed
1773: • tax on tea remains 1775: • fighting breaks out

• (2)
is published
75
American Newspapers in the 19th Century Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

In 1844, the telegraph became widely used. Now newspapers could get reports from far
away. A wire service called the Associated Press (AP) was started to gather news. With fresh
daily news reports, local newspapers began all around the country. But New York City was
the center of the newspaper industry.
Newspapers around the nation entered an age of growth. This lasted until the Civil War
broke out in 1961. During this time, newspapers improved. Methods of printing and delivery
were perfected, and writing and reporting became clearer and fresher. Editors such as
Samuel Bowles and Horace Greeley made editorials popular again. At .that time, editorials
had fallen into disfavor. Most people felt they were just tools for the propaganda of political
parties. Through his editorials, Greeley became a leading voice against slavery.
In 1851, Henry J. Raymond began the New York Times. This paper greatly improved upon
the other newspapers. People thought that Greeley's New York Tribune was too political.
On the opposite end, James G. Bennett's New York Herald was only concerned with looking
nice and selling more copies. But the New York Times had both journalistic integrity and
visual appeal. It reached a new height of excellence. The New York Times became the most
respected newspaper in the country. It still is today.
By 1895, two men ruled media empires. Both Joseph Pulitzer and William Randolph Hearst
owned newspapers in cities around the country. In New York, Pulitzer's New York World and
Hearst's New York Journal battled to win readers. They were both accused of focusing on
crime stories and deaths. People felt they were exaggerating headlines. They only wanted
to attract the curiosity of readers. This practice was termed "yellow journalism." It was called
"yellow" for two reasons. One reason was that both papers published a cartoon about the
same popular character named the Yellow Kid. The other reason is that yellow was the color
used to describe anything cowardly and dishonest. Many people think this problem still takes
place in journalism today.
Collprelleilzon
0 editorial (n)
1. The word integrity in the passage is closest in meaning to a written opinion
published in a newspaper
C) authority
0 disfavor (n)
C) preciseness dislike; disapproval
sC) morality 0 propaganda (n)
C) swiftness material that promotes
the views of one group
2. The word they in the passage refers to 0 integrity (n)
honesty; uprightness
® newspapers
ED methods of printing
© editors
ci) editorials
76
it(±
3. According to paragraph 1, newspapers were able to get reports from far away because
(I) they had long-distance reporters
'® the telegraph was used to send information
CD New York City started a wire service
CD lots of local newspapers began throughout the country
4. According to paragraph 4, why was the practice of exaggerating headlines to win readers
called "yellow journalism"?
® The color yellow described actions thought to be cowardly.
® Yellow was the color that stood for both the New York World and New York Journal.
'(I) People liked a cartoon character called the Yellow Kid.
® The newspapers were printed on yellow paper.
American Newspapers in the 19th Century
1844: 1851: 1895:

• (2) • (3)
• Advent of (1)
— journalistic integrity — competition between
• Wire service called AP
and visual appeal Joseph Pulitzer's
started
• New York Tribune New York World and
• New York City William Randolph
— the center of the —too political
Hearst's New York
newspaper industry • New York Herald Journal
—too commercial
77
Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

The Statue of Liberty and the Liberty Bell
In America, two monuments symbolize the ideal of freedom that the country holds dear.
The Statue of Liberty and the Liberty Bell represent freedom in different ways. The Statue
of Liberty brings about feelings of hope for freedom to immigrants who enter the USA. The
Liberty Bell commemorates the struggle for freedom that marks America's past.
In the past, the Statue of Liberty was the first thing people saw when their boats
approached America. The statue stands over 45 meters tall. It was given as a gift to the
United States in 1885 by France. The date was chosen to mark the centennial of the
establishment of the United States.
The sculpture is made of copper. The internal structure was designed by Gustave Eiffel,
who also designed the famous tower bearing his name in Paris. The statue is located on
Liberty Island in New York Harbor. In her right hand Lady Liberty holds a torch. It is meant
to light the way of freedom across the land. In her left hand she holds a tablet with the date
1776 inscribed on it. This is to commemorate the year America declared its independence
from Great Britain. It is possible to go inside the statue. Many people enjoy climbing the stairs
to enter her head and torch.
The Liberty Bell is located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and is most famous for being rung
on July 8, 1776. It was rung to summon citizens for the first public reading of the Declaration
of Independence. It was also rung in 1774 to announce the opening of the First Continental
Congress. Inside the bell is cast an inscription from the Bible's Leviticus 25:10. This passage
states, "Proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof." The Liberty
Bell was originally cast in 1752. It got its famous crack in 1753 the first time it was rung.
In 1965, the FBI uncovered a plot by terrorists to destroy the Statue of Liberty and the
Liberty Bell. But these attacks on the symbols of freedom were quickly stopped.
0 monument (n)
1. The word lIffIMITMENITOS in the passage is closest in meaning to an object meant to
symbolize an important
® celebrates event or concept
C) commences 0 immigrant (n)

C) destroys a person who moves from
one country to another
CI) claims
0 commemorate (v)
to celebrate
2. The word her in the passage refers to
0 struggle (n)
® the Liberty Bell fight: conflict
® the famous tower 0 centennial (n)
ED the statue a 100-year birthday
CD America 0 sculpture (n)
a structure that
represents the image of
something
78
411L1 rh. '1'01.-- T,1
According to the passage, why did France give the Statue of Liberty to the United States?
® To pay off a debt
,-,C) To build up the friendship between both countries
© To make New York Harbor look nicer
® To celebrate the hundred-year birthday of America
4. According to paragraph 4, the Liberty Bell is most famous for being rung when?
® On July 4, 1776
• On July 8, 1776
© On December 25, 1776
© On January 1, 1776
Syrnbo • icaodom.
I(1) (2)
• a gift from France • located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

• stands 300 feet tall • famously rung on July 8, 1776
• designed by Gustave Eiffel • inside bell is cast inscription from
• Lady Liberty holds the freedom torch Bible's Leviticus 25:10
and a tablet marked with 1776 • cracked the first time it was rung in 1753
79
Dime Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Acid Rain
Acid rain occurs when sulfur and nitrogen gases are released into the air. Once in the air,
the chemicals are absorbed by rain clouds. The polluted water droplets fall to Earth as rain,
snow, or sleet. This increases the acidity of the soil. It also affects the chemical balance of
lakes and streams.
The United States Environmental Protection Agency says that acid rain is a serious problem
which affects large parts of the U.S. and Canada. It damages rivers, streams, lakes, and forests.
The best way to show the increase in acid rain is to check glacial ice. Scientists can see
the drastic increase of acid levels. These changes have been occurring since the Industrial
Revolution.
This industrial acid rain is also a large problem in China, Eastern Europe, and Russia.
Areas downwind from these places, such as Korea and Japan, suffer the negative effects.
Acid rain was first reported in Manchester, England. This was an important city during the
British Industrial Revolution. But the acid rain problem was not studied closely until the late
1960s. A Canadian scientist named Harold Harvey was the first to research a "dead" lake.
In the 1990s the New York Times published reports about acid rain effects. This brought the
problem into public awareness.
Acid rain can be caused by natural occurrences such as the eruption of a volcano. But
the main causes of acid rain are from fossil fuel combustion and industry. Factories, motor
vehicles, and electricity generation are the leading causes of this problem.
Acid rain kills many forms of animal life, such as birds, fish, and insects. It also damages
buildings. It is even suspected to have negative health effects on humans. In addition, acid
rain damages soil. This makes it difficult for farmers to grow food.
Scientists are searching for ways to reverse the effects of acid rain. There are some
international treaties that hope to reduce this global problem. One such treaty is the
Convention on Long Range Transboundary Air Pollution, which is to protect human
environment against air pollution.
'2,11TriNrri
lr_b
ilirliirt
absorb (v)
1. The word drastic in the passage is closest in meaning to to soak up; to take in
droplet (n)
r-
ie■ slight the form in which water
C) endless collects when in motion
C) moderate 0 sleet (n)
© radical icy rain
glacial (a)
2. The phrase this problem in the passage refers to related to ice or glaciers
C) acid rain 0 awareness (n)

alertness: consciousness
C) the eruption of a volcano
0 eruption (n)
C) fossil fuel combustion explosion; ejection
E) industry
80
I
'1:017-01.
3. According to paragraph 1, when does acid rain occur?
C When the sun is too hot and burns the atmosphere

(9 When sulfur and nitrogen gases escape into the air
© When airplanes pollute the atmosphere
(9 When greenhouses release gas into the atmosphere
4. According to the passage, what is the best way to show the increase in acid rain?
CA) Check the floor of the ocean
CD Test many small animals
© Check the ice on a glacier
CD Check with many scientists
Acid Rain Cycle
(1) released
Chemicals are absorbed by clouds
Polluted water falls to Earth
_ (2) damaged —affects (3) in soil

— kills animals —hurts farming
— harms humans —damages buildings
L I
I 81
III• Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Vaudeville Time Limit: 3 min.
Before the age of radio, movies, and television, many people enjoyed variety theater. In
America this entertainment theater was called vaudeville. The term vaudeville comes from
the French "voix de ville." It means "voice of the city." For just five cents, people could be
entertained. Popular acts included music, comics, magic, animal acts, acrobatics, and even
lectures.
A routine vaudeville show usually began with a silly act, such as acrobats or trick bicyclists.
This allowed audience members to arrive late and find their seats. The show peaked in
the middle with the "headliner." This act was usually the best in the show. The show would
conclude with a "chaser" act. This act was considered good enough to feature but dull
enough to make audiences leave the theater.
Between the years 1880 and 1920, vaudeville enjoyed great popularity. Industry was
growing in the U.S. People had more money to spend on entertainment. Many theaters
tried very hard to appear polite and family-oriented. They wanted to draw in middle-class
customers. Performers were not allowed to use bad language. They could not even say the
word "hell." But the performers often disobeyed the rules, and this delighted the audiences.
Successful theater owners insisted their theaters appear rich and majestic. The curtains
and seats were covered in the finest red velvet. The beautiful woodwork was gilded with gold
trim. They made the theaters look like palaces. Still, they housed silly acts such as juggling
dogs. By the 1890s, vaudeville peaked. It became equal to churches and public schools in
popularity. It was a great place for people to gather.
There was no exact end to vaudeville. But in 1910, movie theaters opened. They offered
entertaining films at a lower price. This shrank vaudeville's audience continually. Ironically,
movies were first shown in vaudeville theaters. By the 1930s, the Great Depression hit the U.S.
Vaudeville disappeared.
Many famous American film and television stars began on the vaudeville stage. Performers
such as the Three Stooges, the Marx Brothers, Buster Keaton, and Judy Garland all began
their careers in vaudeville.
o acrobatics (n)
1. The word peaked in the passage is closest in meaning to a form of entertainment
in which people perform
® thrived great feats of balance,
C) climaxed strength, and bravery
© began O conclude (v)

to finish
C) disappeared
O delight (v)
2. The word they in the passage refers to to please immensely
O majestic (a)
® theater owners appearing royal; grand
C) curtains and seats
C) theaters
CD palaces
82
On the TOEFL Test
3. According to paragraph 2, why did a vaudeville show usually start off with a silly act?
CD Because the audience needed time to arrive and find their seats
CD Because the audience preferred to begin with silly acts
CD Because silly acts got the audience ready for serious ones
t© Because that was the only type of act the theater owner could find
4. According to the passage, what led to the disappearance of vaudeville?

the invention of radio and television
C) the decline of the middle class
CI) politicians and religious figures
`CD movie theaters and the Great Depression
1880 — Vaudeville begins in U.S.

—Consists of to
1890s — The most popular entertainment
The History of
Vaudeville
1910 — Appearance of (2)
—Decrease of Vaudeville audience
1930s — (3)
— Vaudeville disappears
83
0 Building Summary Skills
1. Optical Fiber
in England copper cable glass or plastic

medical equipment light and information
Optical fibers are made of (1) and are very useful for sending (2)
. The study of fiber optics has shown that light can be bounced continuously down an
optical fiber. The concept behind optical fibers was discovered (3) and later adapted
into (4) . An optical fiber has many advantages over (5)
In this age of information, an optical fiber is very useful.
2. The American Revolution
Thomas Jefferson the Boston Tea Party British rule

the United States the Revolutionary War
The American Revolution was the war that ended (1) over the colonies of North
America and established (2) as a country. The revolution began with a shift
in ideology that was led by great men such as (3) and Samuel Adams.
Three main events led up to (4) . These events were the Stamp Act of
1765, the Townshend Acts of 1767, and (5) in 1773. By 1781 the fighting
ended, and the British withdrew from North America.
3. American Newspapers in the 19th Century
New York Times the writing and visual presentation the newspaper industry
the telegraph William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer
In the middle of the 1800s, the wide use of (1) enabled newspapers to get
reports from far away. This led to a new age of growth in (2) . During
this time, everything from (3) to the delivery of
newspapers improved. New York was the most competitive place, and the (4)
emerged as the most respected newspaper in the country. Meanwhile, two newspaper owners,
(5)
, battled to win readers, giving rise to the
unethical practice of yellow journalism.
84
Unit 3 I Factualinformation
4. The Statue of Liberty and the Liberty Bell
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania America's ideal of freedom Gustave Eiffel

the Declaration of Independence the 100-year birthday
Two monuments are the best symbols of (1) : the Statue of Liberty
and the Liberty Bell. The Statue of Liberty was given to the United States by France as a gift
in 1885 to mark (2) of the United States. It was designed by
(3) , and stands 45 meters tall in New York Harbor. The Liberty Bell is located in
(4) , and was most famously rung on July 8, 1776, to announce the
first public reading of (5) . It has a crack which was made when it
was rung for the first time.
5. Acid Rain
sulfur and nitrogen gases the health of humans acid rain

industrialized countries the poisoning of bodies of water
(1) is a pollution problem caused by the release of (2)

into the air. This problem has been observed in many (3) . Acid rain
causes many problems such as (4) , killing animals, damaging

soil, and harming (5) . Scientists are searching for ways to reduce this
problem.
6. Vaudeville
a variety of acts inexpensive live entertainment the Great Depression

a headliner the late 1800s and early 1900s
Vaudeville was a form of (1) that was very popular in the United
States in (2) . Vaudeville entertained the audience with
(3) including trained animals, acrobats, magic, comedy, musical performances,
,
and lecturers. A typical vaudeville show began with an opener, peaked with (4)
and closed with a chaser. At the height of its popularity, vaudeville theaters were among the most
popular places for people to gather. By the early 1900s, movie theaters and (5)
caused vaudeville to disappear.
85
'1\1;H 1-J1','Pl.
The word assassinate in the passage is closest in meaning to

cD, help
iED kill
© elect
ED hurt
2. The word his in the passage refers to
CA) her first husband

C) one man
C) Charles Dickenson
P Andrew Jackson
3. According to paragraph 1, the meaning of Andrew Jackson's nickname was
, sharp steel
Ca)
c) hard wood
(i) strong wind
ED tough leather
4. According to paragraph 2, which is NOT true about Andrew Jackson?
E He joined the army in his late teens.

C) He and his brother were captured by the British.
C) He got wounded by a British soldier.
C) He found all his family dead when he got free and returned home.
5. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 4 about Andrew Jackson?
® He liked to swim in Florida.

C) He did not like Seminole culture.
© He was a strong military leader.
(11) He wanted to be president of the United States.
6. The author discusses Andrew Jackson's treatment of the Native Americans in

paragraph 6 in order to
ED show the negative side of Andrew Jackson's presidency

® show that Andrew Jackson was a ruthless leader
© show that Andrew Jackson helped his country
C) show how patriotic Andrew Jackson was
86
President Andrew Jackson

Andrew Jackson was the seventh president of the United States. He was also the first
governor of Florida. Jackson was known to be a very tough soldier. His nickname was "Old
Hickory," after the hard wood.
At age 13, Jackson joined the army to fight against the British in the Revolutionary War.
He and his brother were captured. He was cut in the face and hand by a British soldier
because he refused to clean the soldier's boots. Afterwards, he always hated the British.
After being released, his brother died. He returned home and found his mother and the
rest of his family dead.
In the Battle of New Orleans in 1815, Jackson led 6,000 soldiers against 12,000 British
soldiers. America was victorious. The British army lost 2,000 soldiers while only 8 of
Jackson's men died.
In 1817, Jackson led his men against the Spanish and the Seminole Indians in Florida.
He crushed the Seminoles. Then he forced the Spanish to cede power of Florida to the U.S.
He was made the first U.S. governor of Florida.
Andrew Jackson ran for president in the election of 1824. Many people, like Thomas
Jefferson, thought he was too lawless to be president. Jackson lost the election to John
Quincy Adams. By the election of 1828, Jackson was able to come back. He defeated
Adams and became president.
The most controversial part of Jackson's presidency was his treatment of American
Indians. In 1830, his Indian Removal Act became a law. At this time, 45,000 Cherokee
Indians were forced to give up their land and move west. Thousands died on a march
called "the trail of tears." One historian called this period "one of the unhappiest chapters
in American history."
On January 30, 1835, Richard Lawrence tried to assassinate President Jackson. The
mentally ill man approached Jackson and fired two pistols at him. The bullets missed
Jackson. Then the president attacked Lawrence with his cane.
Andrew Jackson married his wife Rachel after she divorced her first husband.
Afterwards, many people attacked her honor. Jackson fought in 103 duels to defend
his wife's honor. In all of those duels, Jackson only killed one man, named Charles
Dickenson. He insulted Jackson's wife, so they had a duel. Dickenson shot first. His bullet
hit Andrew Jackson in his ribs. Then Jackson shot and killed Dickenson. Jackson had
many wounds from his numerous duels. They hurt him for the rest of his life. He often
coughed up blood. He died at the age of 78 of tuberculosis and heart failure.
87
7\ 1
7 The word infallible in the passage is closest in meaning to

® correct
® valuable
logical
® doubtful
The word it in the passage refers to

® knowledge
CD, truth
® dialectic
© logic
9 The author's description of Aristotle mentions which of the following?

C) Hercules
ED Julius Ceasar
® Aristophenes
CD King Philip of Macedon
10. The author's description of Aristotle's life mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
He became the leader of ancient Greece.
® He was a student of Plato.
© He spent time on islands studying biology.
© He opened an academy called the Lyceum.
1 Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 3 about Aristotle?

C) He did not like to think about science.
ED He was most interested in drama.
(9 He was primarily a poet.
C) He was of very high intelligence.
12. Why does the author mention Aristotle's system of logic?

C) To show how smart he was
® To prove that he was the greatest thinker of all time
C) To show his influence on the formation of the scientific method
E To prove that Plato was a greater thinker than Aristotle
88
t
Aristotle and the Development of Science in Ancient Greece

Western science comes from ancient Greece. Aristotle was a great thinker of this era.
Although he was not the first scientist or philosopher, he was the most influential. He was
a student of Plato and the teacher of Alexander the Great.
From the ages of 18 to 37, Aristotle was a student. He attended Plato's school, called
the Academy. Then he traveled for a few years. He studied biology on various islands.
Then King Philip of Macedon called for Aristotle. He wanted him to teach his son
Alexander. The boy was then 13. Years later, Alexander left Aristotle and went on to
conquer Asia. Aristotle returned to Athens. He opened an academy called the Lyceum,
where he trained scientists.
Aristotle wrote books on many subjects. His works covered every topic. He was aware
of everything from science to art. None of his books have survived in their entirety.
However, Aristotle's studies became the foundation of western philosophy and science.
Aristotle valued knowledge gained from the five senses. He used his senses and the
dialectic to seek truth. This dialectic originated with Plato, but Aristotle refined it. Aristotle's
dialectic relied on logic. It was a way of answering a question with another question. The
answers could be used to find truth. These methods are called inductive and deductive
logic.
Based on Aristotle's logic, the scientific method was formed. The scientific method
is a process used by scientists. First, they make a hypothesis. Then they test it with
an experiment. The scientific method is the most important method in modern western
science. Aristotle did not do many experiments himself. But his system of logic led others
to discover many things. Sir Isaac Newton and Galileo used the scientific method. Their
discoveries are an example of Aristotle's influence.
Aristotle also created the idea of categories. He studied every branch of science
possible. Then he separated them into different groups. He was familiar with every subject
from zoology to geology. His written works make up a huge body of Greek knowledge.
Aristotle has many critics as well. Some scholars think he did not have respect for
women. Some think his work is too confusing. He often seems not to obey his own logical
rules. And in the Middle Ages, his work, which was treated as infallible, was used to
oppress people. But Aristotle's work has been referenced for thousands of years. His
studies are a pillar that holds up our modern society.
89
To c b L11-7
The computer was experiencing an internal problem.

international 'CD inner ,---. ) outside ,'1nT) lasting forever
His job was to splice electrical wires inside houses.

destroy C) remove IC) connect ® buy
The group had an ideology that many other people found offensive.
vehicle i® smell CD haircut 'C) way of thinking
The citizens protested until the unfair law was repealed.

canceled CD noticed C) joined CD doubled
The actress fell into disfavor when she changed her style.
fame CD unpopularity wealth CD debt
The park was unveiled to commemorate the veterans of World War I.

remember (2) scold E thank C) show
The worker's struggle to receive fair pay was finally successful.

long question ,j3-
__) long time long fight CD long speech
Their new house looks very majestic with its huge columns and beautiful entryway.
(752) splendid ® enormous © expensive ff) attractive
1. propaganda a. the quality of coming from a large ice mass

2. unrest • b. an internal explosion that causes outward movement
3. corruption • c. the tubes in a human body that process food and carry waste out
of the body
4. integrity • d. an event in which three or more innocent people are killed
5. glacial • e. material that promotes the views of one group
6. massacre • f. the form in which water collects when in motion
7. eruption • g. an object meant to symbolize an important event or concept
8. monument • h. dishonesty in a publicly held office
9. intestine • = i. dissatisfaction; protest
10. droplet j. the quality of being honest and upright
90
Negative Factual Information
111
0 very ievv
i Introduction
I-
Negative Factual Information questions ask you to find wrong information that is not mentioned in
the passage. You should decide which of the answer choices is not discussed in the passage or
does not agree with one or more statements in the passage. Like Factual Information questions,
scanning is the key skill for this question type. However, you need to scan more of the passage to
make sure that your answer is correct.
■Question Types
1. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of
2. All of the following are mentioned in paragraph X as EXCEPT:
3. The author's description of mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
4. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
■Useful Tips
• Make use of the key words in the question and answer choices to spot relevant information in
the passage.
• Don't forget that the necessary information may be spread out over an entire paragraph or
several paragraphs.
• Make sure that your answer is NOT mentioned in the passage or contradicts the passage.
92
Unit 4 I Negative Factual Information
• REVIEW HELP ✓
OK
E?)
-
c,-- [Li
L E [1:
According to the passage, all of the Ladybugs

following are true EXCEPT: Many people do not like insects. They
C) Ladybugs are helpful for gardening. scream or attempt to squash a bug when
CD Ladybugs are poisonous to other they see it. One exception is the ladybug.
insects. Most people see this colorful little beetle
CD Ladybugs are insectivores. as a friend.
CD Ladybugs are sold at many garden The ladybug is an especially useful
supply shops. friend to gardeners. Many garden supply
shops sell these beetles. Gardeners
buy them and put the ladybugs in their
garden. This is because ladybugs eat
other harmful insects.
Once in the garden, the ladybug will eat
all sorts of pests. Aphids and fruit flies
become meals for this insectivore. These
pests would otherwise threaten the plants
in the garden. Some gardeners even
install special rows of grass called beetle-
bunkers to give the ladybugs a place to
thrive.
Correct Check and make sure which choice is not mentioned in the passage. Ladybugs help with
Answer gardening because they eat harmful insects. For that reason, they are sold at garden supply
shops and even raised by gardeners. So the correct answer is (B).
93
Scanning is the key skill to deal with Negative Factual Information questions. But unlike Factual
Information questions, you should scan more of the passage because relevant information may
be spread out over more than one part of the passage. You need to decide which of the answer
choices is not true or not mentioned in the passage.
Read the questions and answer choices first. Then scan for the information you need to
answer the questions. Try to eliminate obviously wrong answer choices.
Caterpillars
A caterpillar is the larval form of a butterfly or a moth. It has a long, segmented body. The body
is soft. This allows it to grow quickly as it consumes much food, like a balloon. Caterpillars are
eating machines as they prepare to enter the pupa stage.
Like all insects, caterpillars do not breathe through their mouths. They pull in air through tubes
along the sides of their body. Their eyesight is very poor, so they use antennae to locate food.
Caterpillars have various defenses to protect them from birds and other animals. Their bodies
are capable of adapting camouflage. Some caterpillars look like snakes or leaves. Some
caterpillars eat poison leaves and become toxic.
1. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of the caterpillar?
CD It locates food with feelers and eats a lot.
(1) It protects itself from enemies in various ways.
© It is the larval form of all insects.
© It breathes through the sides of its body.
The Refrigerator
One invention that changed the daily lives of humans is the refrigerator. In the time before its
invention, people had to spend a lot of time gathering fresh food every day. The only way to
keep food cold was to have a large block of ice delivered to the home. This was costly and very
inconvenient.
The first home refrigerators came onto the market in 1911. At that time, a refrigerator cost
almost twice as much as a new car. The early models took up a lot of space in the home.
Sometimes two rooms were needed.
By 1927 General Electric introduced the Monitor-Top refrigerator. This was the first model to
be widely used and is still functional today.
2. The author's description of the refrigerator mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
CD the effect of refrigerators as an invention
C) the convenience of using ice to keep food fresh
© the size of early refrigerators
(1) the popularization of refrigerators
94
Kinds of Wind
Wind is the movement of air over the Earth's surface. It is caused by uneven heating of the
atmosphere. The two major influences on wind are the heating between the equator and the
poles and the Earth's rotation.
One way to classify different kinds of wind is by the forces that cause it. Prevailing winds,
such as the trade winds, the westerlies, and the jet streams, are caused by global circulation.
Synoptic winds are caused by warm and cold fronts clashing. Mesoscale winds are produced
by thunderstorms. Microscale winds are very short bursts that happen suddenly.
Winds are some of the most common yet powerful forces shaping our lives and our planet
every day.
3. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about wind?
C) The clash of cold fronts causes synoptic winds.
CD Very short, sudden bursts of wind are called microscale.
C) The trade winds are caused by global rotation.
C) Thunderstorms produce mesoscale winds.
Hummingbirds
Hummingbirds are known for their ability to hover in mid-air by rapidly flapping their wings. A
hummingbird flaps 15 to 80 times per second. This action enables them to maintain position
while drinking from flower blossoms. They get their name from the humming sound made by
their wings.
The Bee hummingbird is the smallest bird in the world, weighing 1.8 grams. The Rufous
hummingbird is more typical, weighing 3 grams. The Giant hummingbird weighs as much as 24
grams.
Hummingbirds have the highest metabolism of any animal beside insects. Their hearts can
beat as many as 1,260 beats per minute. In order to sustain this, they must consume more
than their own body weight in food each day.
4. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about hummingbirds?
(1) Their name comes from the humming noise their wings make.
Cf-3D Their wings can beat from 15 to 80 times every second.
The Rufous hummingbird is about twice as heavy as the Bee hummingbird.
CO They have a higher metabolism than insects do.
95
0 .Practice Vdt-.11
Coral Reefs Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Coral reefs grow in photic zones of ropical seas, where sufficient light penetrates into the
water. In order to survive, the reef m ust be in an area with mild wave action. Mild wave action
is not so strong that it tears the re ef. But it is strong enough to stir the water and deliver food
and oxygen.
Coral reefs are made of millions of skeletons from small animals called polyps. After polyps
die, waves and fish break down their skeletons. Then the fragments settle into the reef and
cause it to grow. Algae feed on the skeletons and convert the material to limestone. The
limestone is deposited over the reef and forms a protective crust. These algae grow best in
clear, shallow water.
Most of the world's reefs are located in the tropical waters of the Pacific or Indian Oceans.
There are few reef s on the western coasts of North and South America and Africa. This is
due to the strong cold coastal currents in these areas.
Coral reefs s upport a vast array of biodiversity. They create a habitat for many species of
fish and plant life to thrive. Without the reefs, many of these species would face extinction.
Currently there are several threats to the reefs of the world. Much pollution that runs off
from facto ries and farms kills coral reef life. The water quality in these areas often becomes
poisono us, killing off the coral reefs and the creatures that live on and around them.
Anot her threat to coral reefs is over-fishing and destructive fishing by humans. Many
fishe rmen who trap exotic fish for pet shops use cyanide gas to stun fish. This process
de reases the lifespan of the captured fish and poisons the reef. Dynamite fishing is another
ethod that damages reef ecosystems. It kills the corals which are the habitat for a healthy
reef. Many conservation groups are actively trying to protect the coral reefs of the world.
O photic (a)
1. The word abilirreit in the passage is closest in meaning to penetrated by light,
especially of the sun
C) destroy 0 stir (v)
C) change to mix; to shake
© condense O fragment (n)
® eliminate a small piece
0 shallow (a)
2. The word them in the passage refers to not deep
C) factories 0 current (n)

a force of waves that do
CD, farms not break the surface of a
© these areas body of water
© coral reefs habitat (n)

a place where one or
more species of living
organisms thrives
96
IV die TOPPI.

® Thousands of polyp skeletons settle into the reef and cause it to grow.
CL3D The skeletons of reefs are decomposed by waves and fish.
© Clear, shallow water is the best place for algae to grow.
C) Algae eat skeletons, turning them into limestone.
4. According to paragraph 6, which of the following is NOT true about coral reefs?
® Many fishermen catch exotic fish for profit by using helium gas.
CD Coral reefs can be damaged by over-fishing.
© A lot of conservation groups work hard to protect coral reefs.
© The process of cyanide fishing poisons coral reefs.
Conditions for growth: (3)
• (1) of the tropical • pollution from factories and farming

Pacific and Indian Oceans • over-fishing and destructive fishing with
• (2) to deliver food dynamite or cyanide gas
and oxygen
• algae to build coral reefs
97
Mass Production and the Ford Model-T Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
The production of large amounts of products on an assembly line is called mass production.
The advent of the production line changed the way people worked and lived in the 20th
century. This method did not become popular until Henry Ford's Ford Motor Company began
manufacturing the Model-T car in 1908.
Henry Ford was the inventor of the car and president of the company. He was always
searching for a more efficient method of production. In 1913 he introduced moving assembly
lines to his. production plants. By 1914, the Ford assembly line was so efficient that it took
93 minutes to produce one Model-T. They came off the assembly line every 3 minutes. Ford
produced more cars than all of its competitors combined.
In addition, Ford's assembly line introduced a new level of worker safety. This method of
having workers stay in an assigned position led to fewer accidents. Ford also shocked the
nation with an unprecedented $5 per day pay scale. This effort on the part of Ford to attract
talented workers more than doubled the worker's minimum wage.
In 1908, the price for a Model-T was $825, and it fell every year after. By 1916, the price of
the Model-T had dropped to $360. There were more Model-Ts than any other car on the road.
The only color available in this model was black. This was because black paint was cheaper
and dried faster, keeping production costs down. Henry Ford was heard to have joked, "Any
customer can have a car painted any color he wants, so long as it is black."
By the 1920s, 15 million Model-Ts had been produced. This record held for 30 years. Many
people learned to drive in a Model.-T. They had very fond memories of the car.
The Model-T revolution changed the way people around the world work and travel. Now,
assembly lines employ people in every industrial nation. Also, people use cars in their
everyday lives.
0 assembly (n)
1. The word aZ1VEft in the passage is closest in meaning to the act of putting
something together
® improvement
0 manufacture (v)
® increase to make; to produce
C) appearance 0 efficient (a)
C) efficiency productive: competent
competitor (n)
2. The word it in passage refers to rival
®this model 0 unprecedented (a)

not having happened
® any customer
before; unusual
© a car •
0 have fond memories of
CID any color (phr)
to remember something
with affection and
pleasure
98
On the TOEFL Test
3. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of Henry Ford?
(9 He surprised the nation with a $5 per day pay cut.
C) He was president of the Ford Motor Company.
C) He tried to find new and better ways to produce cars cheaply.
C) He brought automated assembly lines into the Ford production plants in 1913.
4. The author's description of the Model-T revolution mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
CD It changed the lives of people around the world.
CD It changed the way people went on vacation.
CD It made every industrial nation employ people on assembly lines.
C) It made cars a part of people's everyday lives.
1908: Model-T production begins

— $825 per car
1913: Moving (1)
introduced
1916: Price of Model-T drops to
$360
1914: It takes (2)
to produce one Model-T
1920s: (3)
Model-Ts produced
99
J Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Pioneers in Neurology Time Limit: 2 min. 30 sec.

The history of neurology goes back to ancient Egypt. Scrolls depict disorders of the brain.
They had a basic understanding of the nervous system. Egyptians even performed simple
brain surgery.
In ancient Greece, the famous physician Hippocrates was convinced epilepsy had a
physical cause. Before him, it was considered a punishment by the gods. Another Greek
physician, Galen, looked at the nervous system in specimens. He cut a certain nerve in the
brain of an ape. Then he noticed the ape lost its voice.
In 1664, Thomas Willis published Anatomy of the Brain. In it he described the circle of
Willis, which enables the flow of blood through the brain. He was also the first to use the word
neurology. In the 1700s, Bailie and Cruvielher published the first illustrations of the brain. This
helped doctors and scientists. They began to understand diseases such as brain damage in
stroke.
In 1837, J. E. Purkinje was the first to look at a neuron. He saw it through a microscope.
This led to an understanding that progressed past crude drawings. The famous philosopher
Rene Descartes thought about the brain. He had a theory about behavior. He thought
every activity of an animal was a necessary reaction to an external stimulus. Some doctors
experimented on patients. They were able to understand more about the nervous system.
A new understanding of neurological behavior was reached by Pavlov, a Russian
physiologist. He trained his dogs to salivate at the ring of a bell. This established that a
simple reflex could be modified by higher brain functions.
By 1878, William McEwen removed a brain tumor from a patient. The patient lived for
many years after. When he performed his surgeries, he used tools such as the tendon
hammer. X-rays and the CT scan were not far behind. These developments led to the field of
neurology that helps people today.
depict (v)
1. The word crude in the passage is closest in meaning to to describe; to show
epilepsy (n)
® detailed
a disease of the nervous
C) rough system that causes
© natural victims to shake violently
© original specimen (n)

a scientific sample
2. The word he in the passage refers to 0 flow (n)
the quality of continuous
C) Thomas Willis motion
C) J. E. Purkinje O crude (a)
© Rene Descates simple; not advanced
© Pavlov 0 modify (v)

to change
100
-7,4'.7111WW.7:
3. The author's description of the ancient Egyptians mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
C) Disorders of the brain are shown in their scrolls.
They successfully completed brain transplants.
C) The nervous system was understood on a basic level.
CD Simple brain surgery was completed.

Ga.) A working model of a human brain was built by scientists.
ED Rene Descartes theorized about the brain and behavior.
C) More about the nervous system could be explained by experimenting on patients.
C) The first to look at a neuron through a microscope was J. E. Purkinje.
Development of Neurology Timeline
Ancient Egypt: scrolls depict brain disorders; (1) : epilepsy has physical
simple brain surgery performed cause; physician experiments on ape's brain
f
1664: Thomas Willis publishes 1700s: Bailie and Cruvielher publish first
(2) illustrations of the brain
1837: J. E. Purkinje examines a neuron 1878: William McEwen removes

through a microscope (3) from a patient
,,•
After 1878: the tendon hammer, X-rays, and the CT scan developed
101
elEms.1■11111011110.1.■
,t
The Effects of Desert Weather Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
A desert is a type of landscape that receives little pmcipitation. Deserts are normally defined
as areas that receive annual precipitation of less than 250mm. But some places such as
Tucson, Arizona receive more but are still called deserts. That is because they have a much
higher rate of evaporation.
Many environmentalists argue that desert regions are increasing. This process is called
desertification. It happens when useful soil is blown away by wind. Then the temperature
rises, and an area that was once fertile becomes desert. They say that this is due to global
warming. It is also due to overdevelopment. Both of these problems are major threats to
humanity.
True deserts have very sparse vegetation. These deserts exist in the most arid regions of
Earth. In these places, rainfall is rare and infrequent.
Deserts have a reputation for supporting little life. But this is not true. Deserts have many
animals that hide during daylight. About one fifth of the Earth is covered in desert.
Desert landscapes are often composed of sand and rocky surfaces. Sand dunes and
stony surfaces called regs are often found in deserts. Cold deserts have similar features but
receive snow instead of rain. Antarctica is the largest cold desert. The largest hot desert is
the Sahara.
Most deserts have an extreme temperature range. The temperature is very low at night.
This is because the air is so dry that it holds little heat. The desert cools as soon as the sun
sets. Cloudless skies also increase the release of heat at night.
Sand covers only about 20% of Earth's deserts. There are six forms of deserts. One of the
forms is a mountain or a basin desert. Hamada deserts are comprised of plateau landforms.
Regs consist of rock pavements. Ergs are formed by sand seas. Intermontane basins occur
at high elevations. Finally, badlands are arid regions comprised of clay-rich soil.
0 precipitation (n)
rain, snow, sleet, or hail
1. The word MIllaabi in the passage is closest in meaning to
0 evaporation (n)
® heat the process by which
C) desertification water is turned into gas
ED moisture by heat
© sand O fertile (a)

productive; fecund; rich
2. The word if in the passage refers to 0 reputation (n)

fame: renown
® the desert
0 arid (a)
CI) the sun very dry; lacking moisture
© the temperature
® the air
102
On the TOEFL Test
3. According to the author's description of deserts, all of the following are true EXCEPT:
© They receive much precipitation during the nighttime.
ED There is a small amount of vegetation in them.
Cji) They are often covered in sand and rocky surfaces.
CD There are six forms of them.
4. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
® Desert regions are on the rise, according to many environmentalists.
ED Deserts are found only in hot regions on the earth.
CD As soon as the sun sets, the desert becomes cooler.
CD Global warming is said to be a cause of desertification.
• have little precipitation, normally less than 250mm

• are increasing through desertification
• (1) - the largest cold desert
• the Sahara — the largest hot desert
Hamada: (2)
Mountain or basin desert
plateau landforms rock pavements
Intermontane basins: Badlands:

(3) : sand seas
at high elevations arid regions of clay-rich soil
rli
103
1E 1 Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The Migration of the Monarch Butterfly Time Limit: 2 min. 30 sec.
The Monarch butterfly is found in North America. Since the 19th century, it has also appeared
in New Zealand, Australia, and the Canary Islands. It can also be found as a migrant in the
Azores, Portugal, and Spain. In some places, the Monarch is also known as the wandering
butterfly.
Monarchs are known for migrating long distances. They migrate every year. They fly
southward in large numbers from August through October. Then in the spring they migrate
northward.
During the migration, females deposit eggs for the next generation. North American
Monarchs are separated into two populations. One group lives east of the Rocky Mountains.
This group spends winters in Michoacan, Mexico. The group that lives in the west spends
winter in central California, mainly in Pacific Grove and Santa Cruz.
The length of the Monarch's migration journey is longer than a single butterfly's lifespan.
Butterflies born in early summer live less than two months. The final generation of the
summer lives about seven months. During this time they fly to their winter home. This
generation does not reproduce until it leaves the winter location in the spring.
Scientists still do not understand how the species can return to the same winter location
over a gap in generations. This is the subject of much research. It is assumed that the flight
patterns are inherited. Studies suggest that they are based on a combination of circadian
rhythm and the position of the sun in the sky. A new study suggests that the Monarchs have
special ultraviolet photoreceptors that give them a sense of direction.
A few Monarchs appear in Great Britain in years with favorable conditions. Some Monarchs
also live on the island of Hawaii. These butterflies do not migrate. They live for six to eight
weeks if the gardens have enough nectar-producing flowers to support them.
0 generation (n)
1. The word Migrate in the passage is closest in meaning to a group of the same
species all born at the
ND travel seasonally same time
C) escape from danger 0 reproduce (v)
© search for food to have babies
ED prepare for winter 0 inherit (v)

for parents to pass down
traits to offspring
0 circadian rhythm (n)
® scientists biological behavior based
C) the species on day and night cycles
© generations 0 nectar (n)

the sweet; nutritious fluid
CD the flight patterns within the blossom of a
flower
104
On the TOEFL Test
3. The author's description of the Monarch butterfly in paragraphs 1 and 2 mentions all of the
following EXCEPT:
(11), the locations where it lives
CD its migration route
• its nickname
CD the time and direction of its migration

CD Hawaiian butterflies do not migrate.
C) Early summer butterflies do not live to be two months old.
© A few Monarchs appear in Russia with the proper conditions.
C) Monarch butterflies migrate each year.
Facts about Monarch Butterflies
• to every year
• Fly southward during August to October and northward in
the spring
• (2)
—One group living east of the Rocky Mountains winters in

Michoacan, Mexico.
—Western group winters in central California.
• Scientists don't fully understand their migration patterns.
• Some Monarchs live in (3) and don't migrate.
105
The Development of the Typewriter Time Limit: 2 min. 30 sec.
No single person invented the typewriter. A number of people have contributed to its creation.
In 1714, Henry Mill received a patent. It was for a machine similar to the typewriter. But
nothing else is known about it. Another early innovator was a man named Turd. His machine
allowed the blind to write. Turri also invented carbon paper.
In 1829, William Austin Burt patented a machine called the Typographer. Some consider it
the first typewriter. This machine was slower than handwriting.
In 1865, Reverend Hansen created the Writing Ball. This was the first typewriter to go into
production. But it was still too slow. The first machine to type faster than a human hand could
write was built in 1867 by Sholes and Glidden. They sold the patent to Remington. He began
producing this machine in 1873.
One problem with the early typewriters was visibility. The position of the typebar blocked
the page. So, the typist could not see what they had just typed. In 1895 this problem was
solved. "Visible" typewriters were produced. The older models stayed on the market as late
as 1915.
IBM began producing the electric Selectric typewriter in the 20th century. It featured a
spherical type ball. It immediately dominated the market. The type ball was an important
improvement. It eliminated jams when two keys were struck at once. Many of these machines
are still used today.
In the 1980s came the final major development. The type ball was replaced with the daisy
wheel. The daisy wheel is simpler and cheaper than the type ball. But it wears out more
quickly.
Today, typewriters are still sometimes used. They are useful when a computer is impractical
or inconvenient. Companies such as Smith Corona, Olivetti, and Brother still make them.
Generally, however, typewriters have been replaced by computers.
0 invent (v)
1. The word innovator in the passage is closest in meaning to to discover or create
something for the first
C) inventor time
C) owner carbon (n1
E philosopher an element present in all
living things
c) typist
0 visible (a)
2. The word it in the passage refers to able to be seen by the
naked eye
C), IBM
0 dominate (v1
C) the electric Selectric typewriter to control with power
C) the market 0 replace (v)
C) the type ball to take the place of
something: to substitute
106
On the TOEFL Test
3. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT:

® There were many contributors to the development of the typewriter.
TO It can be said that the first typewriter was developed by William Austin Burt.
Sholes and Glidden created a typewriter that was faster than handwriting.
ED Visible typewriters went on the market starting in 1915.
® Remington produced Sholes and Glidden's typewriter in 1873.
® The IBM Selectric typewriter solved the jamming problem of older models.
© The daisy wheel replaced the type ball since it cost less and was more durable.
C) Some companies still produce typewriters because they are still in use.
p
1714: Typewriter-like machine 1829: Typographer machine
by Henry Mill by William Austin Burt
1865: (1) by 1867: Faster typing machines

Rev. Hansen by Sholes and Glidden
velopMent 1873: Remington produced the 1895: Production of "visible"

rt Sholes and Glidden machine. typewriters
1900s: (2) 1980s: Type ball replaced with

(3)
Today: Decline of typewriters due to computers
107
Building Summary Skills
1. Coral Reefs
become extinct the tropical Indian and Pacific Ocean regions tiny polyps
mild wave action pollution, over-fishing, and destructive fishing
Coral reefs grow best in photic tropical zones with (1) . Reefs are made of the
skeletons of millions of (2) that have been turned into limestone by algae. These
reefs are most common in (3) . Reefs are
important because they support a wide range of species that would otherwise (4)
There are many threats to reefs, such as (5) that
conservation groups are fighting against.
2. Mass Production and the Ford Model-T
by the 1920s moving assembly lines the Model-T car

became lower Henry Ford
(1)
changed the way people worked and lived in the 20th century with his Ford
Model-T and the mass assembly line it was produced on. After beginning Ford Motor Company
and inventing (2) , Ford introduced (3) in his
production plants. These were so effective that the Model-T car became common around the
world and the price (:=9 every year. (5) , there were
more Model-Ts on the road than any other car, and people around the world worked on assembly
lines and drove cars.
3. Pioneers in Neurology
describing its anatomy Egyptians and Greeks microscopes

Thomas Willis successful brain surgery
The ancient (1) were the first to experiment on and begin to understand
the brain. Scientists such as (2) created the study of neurology and furthered
knowledge of the brain by (3) By the 1800s, scientists and
doctors, such as J. E. Purkinje began using (4) to expand their knowledge
of the human nervous system. By 1878, (5) was performed,
leading the way to a modern age of neurological understanding and treatment.
108
4. The Effects of Desert Weather
global warming receive little precipitation desertification

intermontane basins, and badlands supporting life forms
Deserts are regions that (1) (2) is the process

by which fertile land becomes desert. Many environmentalists argue that temperature increases
due to (3) are accelerating the rate of desertification around the world. Deserts
are capable of (4) that have adapted to their harsh environments.
There are six kinds of deserts, including mountain or basin deserts, hamada deserts, regs, ergs,
(5)
5. The Migration of the Monarch Butterfly
migrate so far alive the same winter location

very different lifespans North America
The Monarch butterfly is found in some parts of the world, including (1)
Scientists wonder how the Monarch is able to (2) every year. New generations
of the Monarch return to (3) every year even though they were not
(4) at the time of the last migration. Scientists are curious about the fact that
Monarchs have (5) based on their place in the seasonal
migration cycle.
6. The Development of the Typewriter
typewriters full of small improvements the computer

no single person over the years
(1) invented the typewriter, but many people have contributed to its creation
(2) . The history of the typewriter is (3) made
over the years. When problems such as the type bar blocking the typist's view arose, new
improvements corrected them. These days the typewriter has been replaced by (4)
But some people still use (5) , and some companies still make them.
109
'1\ i i,i 1 117 1' J-V-1'
The word fatal in the passage is closest in meaning to

® harmful
® deadly
C) surprising
® dangerous
According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of chimpanzees?

c West and Central Africa are home to the common chimp.
® The bonobo chimp lives in Madagascar.
C) There are five kinds of chimps.
C) The three species of chimp are separated by the Congo River boundary.
3. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT:

® Wild chimps rarely live past the age of 40.
® Chimps can make and use simple tools.
CD Chimps sometimes attack children.
® Adult male chimps can be up to 3m tall.
4. Which of the following can be inferred about chimpanzees?

E They are as intelligent as humans.
® They can be very dangerous.
C) They can do factory work if trained properly.
ED They are not genetically related to humans.
5. In paragraph 5, why does the author mention that plans were made to create a
workforce of chimps?
(D To show that chimps can use simple tools
C) To show that chimps like helping humans
CD To show that the intelligence of chimps is sometimes exaggerated
C) To show that chimps make excellent menial workers
6. The word their in the passage refers to

® chimps
® humans
ED observers
ED plans
110
Chimpanzees
There are two types of chimpanzees. The common chimp lives in West and Central
Africa. Its cousin is the bonobo or pygmy chimp, which comes from the forests of the
Democratic Republic of Congo. The Congo River forms a boundary between the two
species.
Adult male chimps can weigh between 35 to 70kg. They usually stand 0.9 to 1.2m tall.
Females usually weigh 26 to 50kg and stand 0.66 to 1m tall. Chimps rarely live past 40
years old in the wild. But in captivity they have been known to reach the age of 60.
African people have been in contact with chimps for thousands of years. The first
recorded encounter between a European and a chimp occurred in the 1600s. The diary of
Portuguese explorer Duarte Pacheco Pereira documented chimps. He noted their simple
use of tools.
Chimps were brought from Angola to Europe in the 1600s. The first was given as a gift
to the Prince of Orange in 1640. Scientists were fascinated at the similarities between the
chimps and humans. Over the next 20 years, many chimps were exported to Europe.
In 1859, Darwin's Theory of Evolution was published. This spurred interest in chimps
as a link to humans. Observers at the time were interested in the chimp's behavior.
They were searching for similarities to human behavior. Their main goal was to discover
whether chimps were inherently "good." Their interest was not grounded in practical
science, however. The tendency of the time was to greatly exaggerate the chimp's
intelligence. At one point, plans were made to create a workforce of chimps. The idea was
make chimps fill menial labor positions such as factory work.
Chimps were treated with much more serious scientific interest in the 20th century.
Before 1960, almost nothing was known about chimps' behavior in their natural habitat.
Then Jane Goodall went to live in Tanzania's Gombe Forest. There she lived among
the chimps and observed their habits. Her discovery of chimps making tools was
groundbreaking. It was previously believed that only humans did this.
Common chimps sometimes attack humans. In Uganda, many children have been
attacked by chimps. These attacks are usually fatal for the children. One reason for these
attacks is that the chimps mistake the children for a species of monkey. This monkey is
called the Western Red Colobus. It is one of the common chimp's favorite foods.
Humans must be very careful around chimps. They view humans as their rivals. Also,
the average chimp has five times the upper body strength of an adult human male.
This was proven when former NASCAR (National Association for Stock Car Automobile
Racing) driver Saint James Davis was attacked and almost killed by a chimp.
111
-C_,)EFL
C glass
® sand
c silicon
® iron •
8. Which of the following is the author's definition of glass?
® uniform, amorphous, solid material

® silicon dioxide formed into a shape
C) solid material with iron content
CO tin oxide mixed with sulfur and carbon
9 According to paragraph 3, which of the following is NOT true about glass?
C) Obsidian is a naturally occurring form of glass.

CD Stone Age people made weapons and tools from glass.
C) It is believed that the Phoenicians produced glass for the first time in history.
© The Phoenicians coated their pottery with glass 3,000 years ago.
10. The author of the passage implies that
® the Romans were the first to produce soda glass using a new technique
Mediterranean people did not use potash in their glassworks
CD hand-blown glassworks are now considered antique items due to their scarcity
CD delicate crystal works are created by many diamond artisans
11. The author discusses glass jars and beads in paragraph 4 in order to show that
(I) glass comes from natural sources in ancient Egypt

® glass was once a rare and prized object in ancient Egypt
CD glass was used as a currency in ancient Egypt
CD glass was invented by the ancient Egyptians
12. The word polish in the passage is closest in meaning to
ED rub
C) break
© bond
(I) sell
112
Unit 4 I
Glassmaking
Glass is a uniform, amorphous, solid material. It is composed mainly of silicon dioxide.
This is the major raw material of sand. If raw materials contain as much as 1% iron, the
glass will come out colored. So fine glass factories enrich their silicon to make it more
pure.
When glass is made naturally, it tends to be colored green. This is due to the iron
content. But glassblowers add powdered metals to change the color of the glass. By
adding sulfur and carbon, glass will become colored yellowish to black. Tin oxide can
be used to create white glass. Also, a little cobalt will color glass a deep blue. And small
concentrations of selenium can yield a brilliant color known as "selenium ruby."
Obsidian is glass that occurs naturally from hot magma flows. This glass has been used
to create sharp knives, arrowheads, and tools since the Stone Age. According to history,
the first glassmakers were the Phoenicians. They used glass to coat their pottery as early
as 3000 B.C.
Around 1500 B.C., the ancient Egyptians made glass, jars and beads. The beads they
created consisted of metal rods with melted glass wrapped around them. The beads were
prized possessions. They were thought to have magic powers.
The Romans developed many new glassmaking techniques. They also spread the use
of glass as far as China and the British Isles.
In Northern Europe, around 1000 A.D., a new method of glasswork was discovered.
The use of soda glass was replaced with some other glass contained potash. This was
important because potash was much more plentiful. Potash is obtained from wood
ashes. From this point on, Northern European and Mediterranean glassworks were
distinguishable from each other.
In 11th-century Germany, the techniques for making sheet glass were invented. This
led to the modern methods of making the windows we use in all houses and buildings. By
the 14th century, Venice was the center for fine glassworks. In that city, all sorts of luxury
items, such as mirrors, dinnerware, and vases, were made.
Hand-blown glass is still considered a commodity to this day. Some of the most famous
fine glass artists are Dale Chihuly, Rene Lalique, and Louis Comfort Tiffany. Their works
are in museums such as the Smithsonian. Some of their works sell for many thousands of
dollars.
Cold work techniques are used for turning glass into fine crystal. Crystal manufacturers
such as Edinburgh Crystal and Waterford Crystal used diamond saws to cut and polish
glass into beautiful designs.
113
\To.cab al ary CNN'
1. Many people enrich themselves by taking educational classes.

CAT) damage J3--- ) improve ,,,)C); help ;--5" research
2. His business specialized in manufacturing vacuum cleaners.

(A) selling buying CC-) making rti) fixing
The filmmaker tried to depict the lives of the early colonists in his movie.
A) laugh at
-- C) destroy name ® show
4. He spent many months working on his car to modify its fuel injection system.
change ED remove © transfer C) resell
5. She was disappointed that her garden couldn't grow vegetables because it was so arid.
CA) dry CE-3-) flooded CO fertile c_- j) ugly
ca
6. He hoped to inherit his father's successful business.

A buy a) receive © find '©J take
7, Anybody who has seen him play the game chess has seen him dominate the board.
CA) lose I'd) win Cap control Clq) tie
8. Their first encounter was at the birthday party of a mutual friend.

;, ,k) meeting argument :if; disagreement formal introduction
1. evaporation a. a disease of the nervous system that causes victims to shake

violently
2. migrant • b. a place where one or more species of living organisms thrives
3. scroll • • c. a small piece
4. epilepsy d. one who improves pre-existing objects or solves problems
practically
5. lifespan b e. the process by which water is turned into gas by heat
6. advent • • f. one who goes to a new country for an extended period of time
7. habitat • • g. an old form of paper that writings were kept on
8. fragment • • h. the bone structure within an organism
9. innovator • i. the arrival of an important person or thing
10. skeleton • • j. the expected length of life for a living organism
114
Sentence Simplification
OvervicAv
• Introduction
Sentence Simplification questions ask you to choose a sentence that best paraphrases the
original sentence in the passage. The correct answer uses different vocabulary and different
grammar to restate the essential meaning of the original sentence in a simpler way. This type of
question does not appear in every reading passage. Also, there is never more than one Sentence
Simplification question in a passage.
[
• Question Type
Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the highlighted sentence?
Incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information.
• Useful Tips
• Figure out what essential information is in the original sentence.
• Don't focus on minor information such as details and examples.
• Keep in mind that incorrect answers contradict something in the original sentence or leave out
important information from the original sentence.
• Make sure that your answer agrees with the main argument of the paragraph or the passage as
a whole.
■
..
116
Unit 5
L---, arnpLe
Which of the following best expresses The Blue Mussel

the essential information in the The blue mussel is an edible bivalve.
highlighted sentence? Incorrect It is commonly farmed and harvested
answer choices change the meaning in for food around the world. They attach
important ways or leave out essential
themselves to rocks and other objects
information.
by strong, thread-like structures called
OD Blue mussels use special bodily byssal threads. The shell of the blue
structures to stay on objects. mussel is smooth, with a sculpting of
Blue mussels have strong thread- concentric lines but no radiating ribs.
like appendages growing out of their They are purple, blue, or sometimes
bodies. brown in color. Blue mussels are preyed
CO Blue mussels live on rocks and other
upon by starfish. They are also eaten by
things that grow strong thread-like
the Dogwhelk, a carnivorous, rocky-shore
strings.
mollusk. Blue mussels are part of a long-
©Blue mussels eat thread-like
term environmental monitoring program
substances on rocks and other
in Prince William Sound, Alaska. The
objects to survive.
study examines how the blue mussel's
hydrocarbon signature helps with
ecosystem recovery.
The essential information in the original sentence is that the blue mussel has special bodily
structures and uses them to cling to objects. So the correct answer is (A).
117
Sl<i 1 1 11
In order to answer Sentence Simplification questions, you should choose the sentence that best
paraphrases the essential information in the highlighted sentence. A good paraphrase has different
words and sentence structure from the original sentence. It does not focus on minor information such
as details and examples.
Folk Medicine
Folk medicine refers to traditional methods of healing. It is used to deal with illness and injury.
It is also used to aid with childbirth and to maintain wellness. It is a body of knowledge distinct
from scientific medicine. But both types of medicine may coexist in the same culture. It is
usually unwritten and transmitted orally until someone collects it. Within a culture, elements
of folk medicine may be known by many adults. It is gathered and applied by healers and
shamans. Midwives, witches, and dealers in herbs also use it. This medicine is not always
collected into a system. Many treatments may seem to contradict each other.
Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the highlighted
sentence?
® Many people in cultural groups think folk medicine is good.
® Folk medicine is part of a culture known to many grown-ups.
© Within some cultures, only adults can practice folk medicine.
ED Adults treat themselves with folk medicine in some cultures.
Jury Selection
In the United States, the criminal justice system and some civil cases require a jury. These
people are selected at random from the adult population in the same district served by the
court concerned. A person who is serving on a jury is known as a juror. The number of jurors
is usually six or twelve. They are chosen based on their ability to consider the trial fairly. There
is always the possibility of jurors not completing the trial for health or other reasons. So, some
alternate jurors are often nominated. They also follow the trial but do not take part in deciding
the verdict.
sentence?
® The people on a jury are randomly chosen from the same jurisdiction.
ED The adult population in the same area randomly selects the people on the court.
ED The jury is made up of the entire adult population in the same jurisdiction.
CO There is a random selection of courts by the adult population.
118
Unit 5 I Sentence Simplification
Oaks
The term oak can be used to name hundreds of species of trees and shrubs. Oaks are native
to the northern hemisphere. They include deciduous and evergreen species, extending from
cold latitudes to tropical Asia and the Americas.
Oaks have spirally arranged leaves with a lobbed margin in many species. Some have
serrated leaves or entire leaves with a smooth margin. The flowers are catkins, produced in
spring. The fruit is a nut called an acorn, borne in a cup-like structure. Each acorn contains
one seed and takes 6-18 months to mature. The length depends on the species. Oaks with
evergreen leaves are called "live oaks," but they are not a distinct group. Their members are
scattered among other sections.
3. Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the highlighted
sentence?
CD All the deciduous and evergreen trees in Asia and the Americas are oaks.
EC Deciduous and evergreen oaks are found in cold and hot Asia and the Americas.
c Oaks are deciduous or evergreen trees found in both cold and hot regions.
CI Deciduous and evergreen species of oaks survive best at cold or hot latitudes.
The Lumber Industry

Trees felled to make wood are called timber, and wood cut into boards is called lumber. Lumber
is supplied either rough or finished. Rough lumber is the raw material for furniture making. It
is available in many species, but usually hardwoods. Finished lumber is supplied in standard
sizes and is used mostly by the construction industry. Lumber was one of the first industries in
the United States. Maine and New York were early leaders in production. Later expansion led
to Michigan, Oregon, Washington, and California. The men who cut the trees down to make
lumber are known as lumberjacks. These men are often characters in early American folklore.
sentence?
® The construction industry accounts for most of the use of standardized lumber.
C) Lumber comes in standard sizes provided by the construction industry.
C) The construction industry provides most of the lumber in standard sizes.
C) Standard sizes in the construction industry are important for finished lumber.
119
P- i-j_cui cc- vyi LI, .1 .0 no- 'j
Wheat Production Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
Wheat is cultivated worldwide. Globally it is the most important human food grain. It ranks
second in total production as a cereal crop behind maize. The third is rice. Wheat is a staple
food used to make flour for leavened, flat, and steamed breads. It is also used for cookies,
cakes, pasta, noodles, and couscous. In addition, it is used to make forms of alcohol such as
beer and vodka. These days it is even being used in biofuel. The husk of the grain, separated
when milling white flour, is bran. Wheat is planted to a limited extent as a forage crop for
livestock. The straw can be used as fodder for livestock or as a construction material for
roofing hatch.
Harvested wheat grain is classified according to grain properties for the purposes of the
commodities market. Wheat buyers use the classifications to help decide which wheat to
purchase. Each class has special uses. Wheat producers determine which classes of wheat
are most profitable to cultivate with this system.
Wheat is widely cultivated as a cash crop because it produces a good yield per unit area.
It also grows well in a temperate climate, even with a moderately short growing season. It
yields high-quality flour that is widely used in baking. Most bread is made with wheat flour,
including many breads named for the other grains they contain, like rye and oat breads. Many
other popular foods are made from wheat flour as well. This results in a large demand for the
grain, even in economies with a significant food surplus.
There are six classes of wheat grown in the United States. Durum wheat is very hard with
light colored grain. Hard Red Spring wheat is brownish and contains a lot of protein. Hard
Red Winter wheat is similar and is primarily grown in Kansas. Soft Red Winter wheat is soft
and low in protein. Hard White wheat is light colored and chalky. Soft White wheat has very
little protein and is grown in temperate, moist areas.
cultivate (v)
According to the passage, which of the following is true to grow: to farm
about wheat? o rank (v)

to achieve a level or
CD It has a low yield per unit area. place on a list
C) It has a long growing season. o maize (n)
C) It is the most important cereal crop to humans. corn
© It is primarily grown in Kansas. 0 staple (n)
something that is used
According to paragraph 4, the six classes of wheat include all every day
of the following EXCEPT: 0 profitable (a)

able to be sold for money
® Durum
0 yield (n)
C) Soft Red Winter
the amount of something
CD Hard White that is produced
C) Blue Sweet
120
Unit 5 I
Cn V -1 =,1=1 "1 -vst-
sentence? Incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out
essential information.
Wheat is planted to a limited extent as a forage crop for livestock.
ED Wheat is planted to increase crops and livestock.

a) Some wheat is planted for farm animals to eat.
CapWheat can be found planted on farms with animals.
CO Many farms plant less wheat if they have animals.
Wheat is widely cultivated as a cash crop because it produces a good yield per unit area.
(_,,a) High productivity of wheat makes people grow a lot of it for profit.
CD Wheat is widely grown in places where people need lots of cash.
CD Wheat must be grown over a wide space, which costs a lot.
CD Wheat is the most abundant cash crop in the world.
Used to make bread, pasta,

Used to feed livestock
and alcohol
Facts About heat
r
(-) commonly Most important (2) Cultivated as (3)
grown varieties because of high yield
121
Cryonics Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.

Cryonics is the practice of cooling dead organic tissue. This is used on humans or animals
that have recently died. The hope is to bring them back to life in the near future. By law, it can
only be performed on humans after they are legally dead. Many scientists and doctors think
cryonics is totally unethical. However, there are also many who support cryonics.
Supporters of cryonics hope that future technology will improve. Molecular technology is
especially hoped to reverse the early stages of clinical death. It is hoped that this will enable
the repair of tissue on a very tiny level. It could also allow damaged tissues and organs to be
regenerated. They also assume that disease and aging will one day be reversible.
These supporters want to store the memory and identity from the brain of people who have
recently died. Cryonics attempts to do this by using fluid that preserves the brain. If this is
done before cooling, it will prevent injury. This cooling fluid saves the fine cell structures of
the brain where memory and identity reside.
Critics of cryonics think this process is a waste of time and money. They base their opinions
on the current level of science. It is true that cells, tissues, blood vessels, and some small
animal organs can be reversibly preserved. Some frogs can even survive for a few months in
a partially frozen state if they are kept a few degrees above freezing. But this is not true cryo-
preservation. There is no proof that the identity and memory of a person can be restored after
death has occurred.
Critics also think that if it were possible to bring dead people back to life, it would cause
many social problems. Critics worry it would cause a huge overpopulation problem. Many
also think trying to reverse death is immoral because it goes against the will of their God.
0 tissue (n)
1. According to paragraph 2, all of the following statements the material that life
forms are made of
about advancements in molecular technology are true EXCEPT:
O unethical (a)
C) It is hoped to enable the repair of tissue. not morally acceptable;
CD It can cool and preserve the fine cell structures of the brain. immoral
C, It will make the early stages of clinical death reversible. O regenerate (v)
C) It will allow damaged tissue and organs to be restored. to grow again
reside (v)
2. According to the passage, many critics think bringing dead to live somewhere
people back to life would O partially (ad)
not completely
EDI cause a serious overpopulation problem
O immoral (a)
CD make their memories lost
not considered to be
C) help to reverse disease and aging good or honest by most
CD go along with the will of God people
122
By law, it can only be performed on humans after they are legally dead.
U Laws forbid the use of cryonics on dead people.

CS) Cryonics is legally used to bring dead people back to life.
CO By law, cryonics should be used prior to people's death.
CD Laws limit the use of cryonics to legally dead people.
There is no proof that the identity and memory of a person can be restored after death has
occurred.
C - Human memory and identity can be saved by the process of cryonics.

60
- A person should prove that his identity and memory can be restored after death.
D
C) Nobody knows if a person's memory and identity can be brought back after death.
CO Death is the first stage of proving that memory and identity can be restored.
The Cryonics Controversy
1
(1) of Cryonics: (2) of Cryonics:
• Scientific advances reverse clinical death • A waste of time and money
• Damaged organs regenerated • Population problems created
• Memory and identity cryogenically preserved • An unethical use of science
and restored • Against God's will
123
Road Law in Rome Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Roads were essential for the growth of the Roman Empire. These roads enabled them to
move armies quickly and efficiently. There is even a proverb that says, "All roads lead to
Rome." At its peak, the Roman road system spanned 53,000 miles and contained about 372
links. The Romans were adept at constructing these roads, which were called viae.
Prepared viae began in history as the streets of Rome. The laws of the Twelve Tables,
dated to approximately 450 B.C., specify that a road shall be 8 feet wide where straight and
16 where curved. The tables command Romans to build roads and give wayfarers the right to
pass over private land where the road is in disrepair. Therefore, building roads that would not
need frequent repair became an ideological objective.
Roman law defined the right to use a road as a servitus, or claim. The right of going
established a claim to use a footpath across private land. The right of driving allowed for a
carriage. A road combined both types of claims as long as it was of the proper width, which
was determined by an arbiter. The default width was 8 feet. In these rather dry laws, the
prevalence of public domain over private can be seen, which characterized the republic.
The Romans had a preference for standardization whenever they could. After being made
permanent commissioner of roads in 20 B.C., Augustus set up a golden milestone near the
temple of Saturn. On this were listed all of the cities in the empire and the distance to them.
This was later called the navel of Rome.
Roman roads were very important in maintaining both the stability and the expansion of the
empire. The legions made good time on them. These roads are still used a thousand years
later. During the fall of the Roman Empire, the same roads offered avenues of invasion to the
barbarians. This contributed to Roman military reverses.
O adept (a)
According to the passage, roads were important to the highly skilled at
something
Roman Empire because
wayfarer (n)
® they were the symbol of the Roman republic a traveler
C they had signs that listed the distance from cities around O in disrepair (phr)
the world to Rome in a state of poor
(9 they allowed quick and efficient movement of armies condition
C) they showed the Romans' eagerness for standardization 0 arbiter (n)

a judge or decision maker
2. According to the passage, all of the following statements prevalence (n)

about Roman road law are true EXCEPT: commonness
permanent (a)
® The right to use roads was defined as a servitus. everlasting; constant
E® Roads were required to be eight feet wide where straight. stability (n)
0
ED Roads were called viae. steadiness; firmness
CD The right of driving did not allow for carriages.
124
Unit 5 I "entence Simplification
1-1 t1
In these rather dry laws, the prevalence of public domain over private can be seen, which
characterized the republic.
C, Roman republicans believed privacy was more important than public life.
C) The Romans separated public life from private life by law.
C) One characteristic of the Roman republic was the strict enactment of public law.
CDI
I The laws of the Roman republic tended to put public life before private.
4_ Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the highlighted
During the fall of the Roman Empire, the same roads offered avenues of invasion to the
barbarians.
( The Roman Empire built roads to allow the barbarians to invade.

ED The barbarians invaded Rome on those roads, leading to its downfall.
(1) The barbarians preferred to invade the Roman Empire on roads and avenues.
® The Roman Empire offered the barbarians a chance to invade on different avenues.
The Roads of Ancient Rome
Were Gave people Helped Were Distances

important to (1) maintain the ordered to between
the empire stability and be built and cities were
expansion of repaired recorded on
the empire (2) roads
125
NI Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Animal Territoriality Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
The term territory refers to any area that an animal defends. Animals that defend territories
are territorial. The idea of animal territories was first introduced by Eliot Howard. He wrote
of this concept in a book published in 1920. In the 1930s the concept was developed further
by Margaret Morse Nice, who elaborated on it through her studies on the song sparrow.
Later, it was widely popularized by Robert Ardrey in his book The Territorial Imperative. The
popularity of the book led to an exaggerated idea of the importance of territory. This concept
was thought to be part of the field of social ecology. In fact, however, only a small number of
species have territories with clear boundaries. Within these boundaries, they live and find all
the resources they need.
The most obvious examples of territory are with birds and fish. These animals often develop
bright colors to warn others away from their territories. The European robin and the Siamese
fighting fish adopt these kinds of colors to defend their territories. These areas usually contain
their nest sites and offer sufficient food for them and their young.
Defense rarely takes the form of overt fights. More frequently there is a highly noticeable
display. This display may be visual. An example of this is the red breast of the robin. Or it
may be auditory. Many bird songs or the calls of gibbons are made for this reason. Or it can
be olfactory. This is carried out through the deposit of scent marks. These marks may be
deposited by urination or by defecation. Dogs mark their scent in these ways. Or scent marks
can be placed by rubbing parts of the bodies that bear specialized scent glands against the
objects in a territory. Cats mark their scent by rubbing their faces and flanks against objects.
exaggerate (v)
to overstate
According to paragraph 2, animals often develop bright colors
in order to 0 overt (a)
done or shown in an
attract the opposite sex open and obvious way
(1) mark clear territorial boundaries 0 auditory (a)
© provide food for their young in the nest related to sound
® send a warning to other animals 0 olfactory (a)

related to smell
According to the passage, all of the following about animal urination (n)
territories are true EXCEPT: the act of getting rid of
liquid waste from the
® The concept of animal territories was first created by Eliot Howard. body
■
,t_ Many species create territories with clearly marked boundaries.
q) 0 defecation (n)
CC) Animals rarely fight overtly to defend territory. the act of getting rid of
solid waste from the body
© Defecation or urine scent markers mark territories.
126
In the 1930s the concept was developed further by Margaret Morse Nice, who elaborated on it
through her studies on the song sparrow.
® In the 1930s, Margaret Morse Nice began to study the song sparrow.
CI) The concept of the song sparrow territories was suggested by Margaret Morse Nice in the
1930s.
CO Margaret Morse Nice furthered the concept of animal territories by studying song sparrows in
the 1930s.
CF
R) Studies on the song sparrow were popularized by Margaret Morse Nice in the 1930s.
Or scent marks can be placed by rubbing parts of the bodies that bear specialized scent glands
against the objects in a territory.
(9 Rubbing particular body parts against the objects in a territory is a way of leaving scent
marks.
CD Some animals have scent glands that are marked by different objects in their territories.
C) The objects in a territory contain specialized scent marks from different body parts of different
animals.
COD With scent marks left by rubbing, animals claim different objects in their territories.
Territory-defending Methods Used by Animals
(1) (2) (3) Fights:

bright coloring scent marks by strange noises rarely happen
used to scare away urination, by used to scare or
invaders defecation, or by hurt the ears of
rubbing body parts invaders
127
The Flow of Activity in the U.S. Economy Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
The United States has the largest economy in the world. But since the early 1980s, the United
States has changed. It once was the world's largest creditor, but now it has a substantial
current account deficit. It has also taken on a large national debt. The national debt is now
about 64% of the current GDP and is the highest since the 1950s.
The federal government guides the economic pace to maintain steady growth. Not only
does it attempt to maintain steady growth, but it also works for high employment and price
stability. Adjusting spending and taxes can slow down or speed up economic growth.
Managing the money supply and controlling credit can also affect this rate. This process also
affects the level of prices and employment.
In the past, the Great Depression of the 1930s had a great effect on the U.S. economy.
Periods of slow economic growth and high unemployment were seen as the greatest
economic threats. The danger of recession was serious. The government tried to make the
economy stronger by spending more money. It also cut taxes so that consumers would spend
more. It fostered rapid growth in the money supply.
Also, in the 1970s there were major price increases, particularly for energy. This created
a strong fear of inflation, which led to an overall increase in the level of prices. As a result,
government leaders began to focus more on holding back inflation.
Many changes took place between the 1960s and the 1990s. In the 1960s, the government
had faith in fiscal policy. The president and the U.S. Congress played a large role in directing
the economy. But periods of high inflation and joblessness weakened the public's faith in
them. The overall slow pace also damaged their image. Now, monetary policy is used to
control the flow of economic activity. This policy is directed by the nation's central bank,
known as the Federal Reserve Board (FRB). It has much independence from the president
and Congress.
LIcTil erai
creditor (n)
one who extends credit,
According to paragraph 3, all of the following are true of the
usually by loaning money
Great Depression EXCEPT:
substantial (a)
® It did not have a very strong impact on the U.S. economy. considerable; ample
® It was marked by slow economic growth and high unemployment. 0 deficit (n)
C) It was considered a serious danger to the economy by the government. a situation in which more
money is spent than
® The government spent more money trying to strengthen the economy. made
0 adjust (v)
2. According to the passage, loss of public faith in the president
to change; to become
and Congress was caused by accustomed to; to adapt
® the Federal Reserve Board 0 foster (v)

to promote; to encourage
® high inflation and unemployment
© monetary policy O inflation (n)
a period that marks a rise
ci) high employment and price stability in prices
128
On the TOEFL Test
Not only does it attempt to maintain steady growth, but it also works for high employment and
price stability.
® The federal government keeps growth steady but cannot maintain high employment and
stable prices.
® Because it needs high employment and stable prices, the federal government needs steady
growth.
• Without constant growth, the federal government cannot have high employment and stable
prices.
CD The federal government tries to achieve growth, high employment, and unchanging prices.
This created a strong fear of inflation, which led to an overall increase in the level of prices.
(2) Worries about inflation caused by increasing energy prices raised overall prices.
CD The high increase in prices caused a strong fear of inflation of energy prices.
C) People were afraid of inflation and also worried about increasing prices of energy.
ED The overall increase in prices caused inflation in fuel and energy prices.
Managing the U.S. Economy
(1) (2)
• Government changed spending and tax rates • Money supply and credit managed by the FRB
• Government controlled the level prices and • Independent of the president and Congress
employment
129
Evolution of the Elephant Time Limit: 2 min. 50 scc.

Elephants are the only remaining family in their biological order. There are three living
species of elephants. These are the African bush and forest elephants and the Asian. Other
species have been extinct since the last ice age.
Elephants are the largest land mammals alive today. Their pregnancy period is 22 months.
It is the longest of any land animal. At birth, it is common for an elephant calf to weigh 120kg.
An elephant may live as long as 70 years, and some even live longer. The largest elephant
ever recorded was shot in Angola in 1956. It was male and weighed about 12,000kg. The
smallest elephants were about the size of a calf or a large pig. They were a prehistoric variant
that lived on the island of Crete. They existed until between 3000 and 5000 B.C.
Elephants are increasingly threatened by humans. Human-elephant conflicts are often
deadly. They kill 150 elephants and up to 100 people per year in Asia. The African elephant
population has gone from 3 million in 1970 to about 600,000 in 1989. The numbers of this
beast then dropped even further. By 2000 the number was down to 272,000. In recent years,
efforts to save these animals have helped it rise. The elephant is now protected around the
world. Many restrictions have been enacted for their benefit, strictly limiting their capture and
domestic use. Trade in products such as ivory is also controlled.
Some scientists believe the elephant family is distantly related to sea cows. They also think
there is a link between elephants and hyraxes. The fossil evidence does not offer certain
proof while many believe the genetic evidence shows this. One theory suggests that these
animals spent most of their time underwater. They would have used their trunks like snorkels
for breathing. Modern elephants still have this ability, and they are known to swim like that.
They can swim for up to 6 hours and 50km.
mammal (n)
The author's description of elephants mentions all of the birth
following EXCEPT: to babies and feed their
young with milk
C) Three different species exist today. O prehistoric (a)
ED They are pregnant for a period of 22 months. from the time before
recorded human history
C) They can swim for less than 6 hours.
ED They can live to be 120 years or longer. 0 variant (n)
something that slightly
differs from something
2, According to paragraph 4, which of the following is true about else
modern elephants? conflict (n)
Cic_c) They can spend most of their time underwater. disagreement; argument
ED They are the size of a calf or large pig. 0 restriction (n)
ED They use their trunks like snorkels. a rule that limits
something
C) They can run up to 50km per hour.
enact (v)
to make or pass a law
130
atho'r 1='1=i1 tais
Many restrictions have been enacted for their benefit, strictly limiting their capture and domestic
use.
C) Laws have been passed to help protect elephants from people.

C) Laws allowing elephants to be captured and raised domestically have been passed.
C) Without laws, elephants would be captured and put in zoos.
C) The laws benefit people by allowing elephants to be captured.
The fossil evidence does not offer certain proof while many believe the genetic evidence shows
this.
C) People believe what the fossil and genetic evidence shows about the link between elephants
and hyraxes.
C) The fossil and genetic evidence clearly shows the link between elephants and hydraxes.
CD The genetic evidence is believed to show the link between elephants and hydraxes by
supporters of the fossil evidence.
ED Unlike the fossil evidence, the genetic evidence seems to show a clear link between
elephants and hydraxes.
The Elephant
• Three species in existence — (-) & one Asian type

• The largest land mammals
• Pregnancy period — 22 months
• Lifespan — up to 70 years
• Weight — (2)
• The largest elephant ever weighed — 12,000 kg
• A long nose — breathing underwater for up to (3)
131
1. Wheat Production
classification system the quality and price six classes

profitable crop widely grown
Wheat is one of the most (1) and important crops in the world. It has many
important uses by humans. Wheat grain is harvested according to a (2) that
determines (3) . Wheat is a very (4) because it is used
so widely in products that are consumed daily. There are (5) of wheat grown in
the United States.
2. Cryonics
not possible preserve the memory unethical

cryonics freezing animals or humans
(1) is the controversial process of (2) immediately

after death in hopes of reviving them at a later date. Although reversing death is (3)
through current scientific methods, practitioners of cryonics hope future advances
will make it possible. Their current goal is to (4) and identity of those
who die. Critics of cryonics think it is (5) as well as a waste of time.
3. Road Law in Rome
invade and conquer building and administering laws Roman roads

the golden milestone in disrepair
Roads were a very important part of the Roman Empire, and the Romans were very advanced at
(1)
to control them. (2) were built to very
strict measurements, and laws protected travelers when roads were not available or (3)
. There was even a point from which all roads to Rome led, called (4)
. Roman roads eventually enabled barbarians to (5) Rome,
but its roads still exist today.
132
4. Animal Territoriality
territories bright colors or strong smells mark their territory

few animals in the early 20th century
Animals defend areas called (1) , which are important to them. This concept
was introduced (2) although it was greatly exaggerated. Many animals
develop (3) to protect their territories. (4) fight over
territory. Many common animals (5) with their own smell.
5. The Flow of Activity in the U.S. Economy
the direction of the economy the U.S. economy the nation's central bank
the president and Congress's role the Great Depression
(1) was once the most powerful in the world, but it is now the most indebted.
The federal government controls many factors that change (2)
During (3) , the federal government shifted its economic philosophy from
creating growth to holding back prices. Because of these changes, the public has lost faith in
(4) in influencing the economy. (5) now
independently attempts to guide the economy.
6. The Evolution of the Elephant
by humans the longest pregnancy period increase their numbers

three species sea cows and possibly hyraxes
There are only (1) of elephants still living today. They are the largest of all
land mammals and have (2) . These days, elephants have been
endangered (3) , but efforts are being made to (4)

Scientists think elephants are genetically related to (5) although
there is not enough evidence to prove this.
133
1\; 1;1;1_ i1;1

® John Deere
C steel plow
® farming
® soil
According to paragraph 1, the U.S. economy became the largest and most modern in
the world because
the U.S. won the American Revolution
® there were many new inventions
© America imported many European products
© the economy grew steadily for more than 150 years
sentence? Incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important ways or leave
out essential information.
® New England grew more rapidly than European countries.
C) There was rapid growth everywhere in the United States, including New England.
© Only one area besides New England in America experienced fast growth.
(_12„) Fast growth occurred in New England first in America.
4_ Which of the following can be inferred about Pennsylvania's industry?

Ejj) It had a textile industry similar to. Massachusetts'.
C) It often competed against Massachusetts and other states.
© Its iron industry was stronger than in other states.
CD It was the richest state in the country.
Why does the author mention practical inventions in paragraph 4?

® To exemplify the reasons for the development of industry in America
® To show how America became so rich by selling new products
C) To illustrate how intelligent American inventors were
® To prove that most useful inventions came from America
6. The word boomed in the passage is closest in meaning to

imploded
C) increased
© shrank
continued
134
The Development of Industry in America
After the American Revolution, industry in the U.S. was behind Europe. But it was not
very far behind. Several waves of inventions and growth soon hit. This happened over
a period of 150 years. These advances made the U.S. economy the largest and most
modern in the world.
During the American Revolution, America had not yet entered its industrial age. Most
manufacturing was done in people's homes. Whereas Britain was industrialized, America
had not caught on yet. Then Francis Cabot Lowell went to Britain in 1811. He memorized
the secrets to constructing a power loom. After he and his associates returned to
America, they founded some textile plants in Boston. The most famous was in Lowell,
Massachusetts. It was built in 1822. The Lowell system employed many "mill girls." They
lived in dormitories in order to run the factory.
New England was the home of a growing textile industry. It was the first area of
the United States to experience such rapid growth. This growth also occurred in
Pennsylvania. The iron industry pushed that state along and helped it to grow even faster.
Then the direction of progress began to change. This new period took place between
1810 and the 1860s. Factories continued to expand. But greater strides were being
taken in inventing. American manufacturing and agriculture was greatly improved. These
improvements came from practical inventions. Richard Chenaworth invented the cast-
iron plow. It was useful because it had replaceable parts. John Deere created the steel
plow, which made farming faster because the soil did not stick to it. Eli Whitney invented
the cotton gin and the jig. This began a huge cotton industry in the south. Samuel Morse
invented the telegraph, which began the age of long-range communication. Elisha Otis
invented the passenger elevator. This led to modern-day skyscrapers. Finally, George
Pullman created the sleeping car for trains. This allowed for long-distance travel.
From the 1850s on, industry in the United States boomed. The Civil War was over. With
the victory of the North, Northern business entrepreneurs flourished. Government was
eager to see business expand. The innovations listed above caused swift and dramatic
changes. Railroads were now needed to carry goods across the country. People in the
south traded cotton. They sold their product to the north and to Britain.
By the early 1900s, cars were needed by many people. The auto industry introduced a
new dimension of growth to America. By the 1920s, Henry Ford introduced his Model-T.
With it came the modern assembly line.
135
0 TV:La; 701-71Th
7. The word specialize in the passage is closest in meaning to

® focus
® prefer
© examine
i® discuss
sentence in paragraph 1? Incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important
ways or leave out essential information.
C ; Small living creatures that people cannot see are always in food.
i® No one realized that our foods consisted of small, living organisms.
CD People did not realize that our foods held invisible, tiny, living creatures.
C) Nobody thought organisms living in food were too tiny to see.
9. The word reproduce in the passage is closest in meaning to

become pregnant
C) fertilize
© duplicate
® combine
10. Why does the author mention the first single-celled microbes formed around 4 billion
years ago?
® To show how basic they are
® To indicate how long they have been on Earth
© To show how much they have mutated over the years
C) To explain why they are still in existence
11.The author mentions all of the following as places where extremophiles have been
found EXCEPT:
® the Arctic area
C) oceans
© volcanoes
i© deserts
12. Which of the following can be inferred about extremophiles?

ED Scientists have discovered simple ways to kill them.
i® They are less resistant to influences than microbes.
© There are more of them in existence than microbes.
i© Scientists will possibly find them in outer space in the future.
136
Microbes
Before the discovery of microbes, the changes that took place in foods as they aged
were a mystery. Nobody knew why grapes turned into wine and milk turned into cheese.
No one even thought that there were living organisms too small to be seen by the naked
eye at work on our foods. Then, in 1676, a Dutch scientist discovered these microscopic
creatures.
We now know much more about microbes. Scientists who specialize in their study
look at the various forms of these tiny creatures. These microbes can take the forms of
bacteria, fungi, archaea, or eukaryotes. Viruses are not considered to be microbes since
they are not alive. Microbes can be single or have multiple cells. A few single-celled
microbes, known as protists, are visible to the naked eye.
Microbes are usually found in water or other liquids that are below the boiling point.
Scientists have taken samples of microbes from hot springs, on the ocean floor, and even
from deep within the Earth's crust. These microbes are important parts of the Earth's
many ecosystems. They are responsible for recycling nutrients and are also an important
part of the nitrogen cycle.
Scientists believe the first single-celled microbes formed around 4 billion years ago.
These were the first life forms on Earth and were the only ones for 3 billion years.
Microbes reproduce quickly and vastly. They are able freely to exchange genes between
different species. They also mutate at an accelerated rate, which allows them to evolve
swiftly in order to adapt to new environments. A problem associated with the ability of
microbes to evolve so rapidly is the development of 'super bugs' that are able to resist
modern antibiotic drugs.
The simplest microbes are bacteria. They are also among the most common group
of living things on Earth. They can be found in all environments where the temperature
is below 140 degrees Celsius. They are present in sea water, soil, and even within
the human stomach and intestines. The genome of bacteria is a single strand of DNA.
Bacteria are surrounded by a cell wall. They are known to reproduce by a process called
binary fission. By this process they split again and again. Some bacteria are able to
double every ten minutes under prime conditions.
Another variety of microbes is archaea. These are single-celled creatures with no nuclei.
These microbes are common in all types of habitats, including extreme environments.
Eukaryotes are different from bacteria and archaea. They have multi-celled structures
called organelles within them. The eukaryote DNA is housed within the nucleus organelle.
One of the most interesting kinds of microbes is the extremophile. These are microbes
that have adapted to highly hostile environments. These robust creatures can be found
at the North and South Poles, in deserts, and in the deep sea. These microbes have
even been found as far as 7km below the Earth's surface. Some extremophiles have
survived in a vacuum and are resistant to radiation. This leads scientists to believe that it
is possible for them to survive in space.
137
I \._C-\7 ..C7A7\7
_
They wanted to cultivate tomatoes in their backyard.

ITA—, eat find use C) grow
She hoped to prevent an accident by checking the brakes on her car.

help ,82) encourage a) stop © need
The scientists were experts at tissue and organ regeneration.

--A`: removal repair damage (Di replacement
He wanted to increase the pace of our walking.

difficulty B) ease style ED speed
He was known to help wayfarers in need.

people (BD travelers stray animals © vegetables
The popular new product was based on the designer's concept.

idea D work ED promise (1) design
A mother moose will always defend her young children.

- T,) hurt CA) help CD protect © enjoy
We were fascinated to view so many exotic creatures at the nature park.

people scenes D[ plants © animals
B Match each word with the correct definition.
1. prevalence a. not morally acceptable; immoral

2. creditor • b. a line that marks an area
3. staple c. from the time before recorded human history
4. olfactory • d. a period that marks a rise in prices
5. unethical e. the amount of something that is produced
6. inflation f. one who extends credit, usually by loaning money
7. prehistoric • g. a situation in which more money is spent than made
8. deficit • h. something that is used every day
9. yield • i. commonness
10. boundary • j. related to smell
138
"-WISFPRTIPw*T
-,..
PART
-
1\/1-a 0- 1-

include: rhetorical purpose, inference, and insert
text. The learning objectives of these comprehension
questions are to understand the rhetorical function of a
statement or paragraph, the logic of the passage, and
strongly implied ideas in the text.
• Unit 6 Rhetorical Purpose

Astronomy / History / Zoology / Physics
• Unit 7 Inference
Biology / Music / History / Geology
• Unit 8 Insert Text

Culture / Astronomy / Literature / Chemistry
jr
• Rhetorical Purpose
Overview
EIntroduction
7
Rhetorical Purpose questions ask you to understand why and how the author uses a particular
piece of information in the passage. This information can be used to argue, define, explain, or
compare ideas. Because this type of question usually focuses on the logical development of the
passage, you need to figure out how one sentence or paragraph relates to another.
■Question Types
1. The author discusses X in paragraph in order to
2. Why does the author mention X?
3. The author uses X as an example of
4. Why does the author quote X in the passage?
5. In paragraph , why does the author give details about X?
6. In paragraph , the author explains X by
7. How does the author explain the idea of X in paragraph
■Useful Tips
• Read the question first, and then recognize the author's purpose immediately by scanning the
specific phrases or paragraphs.
• Focus on the logical links between sentences and paragraphs, not on the overall organization of
the passage.
• Familiarize yourself with the words or phrases for rhetorical functions like to illustrate, to
criticize, to explain, to contrast, to compare, to note, etc.
J
142
Unit 6 I Rhetorical Purpose
c, arnp[c_= 0,Last[en.
Why does the author mention it is Astrophysics

much different from the physical Astrophysics looks at the makeup of
activity of observing the stars? outer space as a branch of astronomy.
CAD To support why astrophysics is Scientists in this field consider the
difficult to study brightness and density of objects in
(-.D To explain why astrophysicists study space. They examine the fabric of all
objects in space celestial objects. This is a difficult science
C) To show how different astrophysics is because it is purely theoretical. It is much
from other sciences different from the physical activity of
C) To explain how astrophysicists solve observing the stars. None of the events
theoretical problems that astrophysicists study can be created
on Earth. These scientists must create
theoretical models from real observations.
Then, they solve the problems that arise.
Astrophysics is said to be the only branch
of science that has never been able to
obtain a single specimen.
The highlighted sentence elaborates on the fact that astrophysics is purely theoretical by
Cu [Ted
/=,.tis.wer contrasting it with the visible activity of stargazing. This is to provide a supporting detail as to
why astrophysics is difficult to study. So the correct answer is (A).
143
Sl;-111' 1
Rhetorical Purpose questions ask you why the author uses particular words, phrases, or sentences in
particular paragraphs. These expressions can be used to define, argue, explain, illustrate, or contrast
ideas. So you need to look at the logical links between ideas rather than focusing on the overall
organization of the whole passage.
Comb Jelly
The comb jelly is a sea creature but not a true jellyfish. This is because it lacks poison stingers.
There are more than 100 kinds of comb jelly living in the world's oceans. They make up a
large amount of plankton biomass. One species is the sea gooseberry, which is native to the
North Sea. It has reached a very high population. Its numbers are so high that it often clogs
fishermen's nets. Few other species are known to do this. The fragile makeup of comb jelly
makes it very difficult to research, so data on its lifespan is not available. But it is known that
comb jelly reproduces even before adulthood. So it is assumed that their generational cycle is
short.
1. Why does the author mention that it lacks poison stingers?

C) To explain how comb jelly is not fully understood by scientists
C) To note that comb jelly often clogs the nets of fishermen
(9, To contrast comb jelly with species of true jellyfish
C) To discuss how comb jelly make up a large amount of plankton biomass
White and Brown Dwarfs

A low or medium mass star goes into the white dwarf stage when it dies. They reach this stage
after entering the red giant stage and shedding their outer material. A white dwarf is the size of
the Earth but has the density of the sun. It is the densest mass in the universe except for black
holes and neutron or quark stars. On the other hand, the brown dwarf is different from the white
dwarf because it has a very low density. It is made mostly of gas and is often difficult to tell
apart from a large planet.
Why does the author mention that a white dwarf is the size of the Earth but has the density
of the sun?
To show that white dwarfs are made mostly of gas
C) To illustrate that white dwarfs have very high density
C) To explain that white dwarfs were once red giants
ED To highlight that a white dwarf is often hard to tell apart from a large planet
144
Spider Sociality
Spiders are predatory animals. In many cases, the female will eat the male after mating. Some
types of female spiders are also known to eat their own babies. Most spiders are solitary
creatures, but a few species of spiders that build webs live together in large colonies. Although
they show social behavior, they are not as well evolved as social insects such as bees and
ants. The most social species are probably Anelosimus eximius. They can form colonies of
up to fifty thousand individuals. Many spiders only live one or two years. But it is common for
tarantulas to live around twenty years.
3. The author uses tarantulas as an example of

® spiders that eat their young
OD solitary spiders
C) socially evolved spiders
CbD spiders that live relatively long
Handicrafts
Handicrafts are useful and attractive devices. They are usually made by hand, but sometimes1
simple tools are used. The term is usually applied to traditional ways of making goods. The
unique style of the items is important. Such items often have cultural and religious meanings.
Items made by mass production or machines are not handicrafts. Handicrafted items are
intended to be used and worn. This is what makes them different from decorative arts and
crafts. They have a purpose beyond simple decoration. Handicrafts are usually thought of as
more traditional works. They are created as a part of daily life.
4. Why does the author mention that Items made by mass production or machines are not
handicrafts.?
ED To highlight that the author does not like these types of items
C) To explain that handicrafts cannot be produced in large quantities
(1) To show that handicrafts must be produced by hand
OD To demonstrate that handicrafts are better than machine-produced items
145
•
0 Practice with Long Passages
Neptune Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
Neptune is the solar system's eighth and outermost planet. It has the fourth largest diameter
of the planets, and its mass is the third largest. In fact, it is 17 times the mass of Earth.
Although Uranus is the near twin of Neptune, Neptune is slightly more massive. Neptune is
named after the Roman god of the sea.
Neptune's atmosphere is mostly made up of hydrogen and helium. There are also traces
of methane.- These cause the planet's blue appearance. It is more vivid than that of Uranus,
which has similar amounts of methane. Therefore, it is assumed that an unknown comport
causes Neptune's intense color.
This planet has many strange aspects that make it interesting to scientists. One such aspect
is that Neptune has the strongest winds of any planet in the solar system. They blow as fast
as 2,500km per hour. Also, there are thirteen confirmed moons orbiting Neptune. Notable for
its retrograde orbit is Triton. This moon has a nitrogen/methane atmosphere and is very cold.
The temperature at the top of Neptune's clouds stays around —210 degrees Celsius. This
makes it one of the coldest planets in the solar system. This coldness is caused by Neptune's
great distance from the sun. The temperature at the center of the planet is about 7,000
degrees Celsius due to extremely hot gases and rock in the center. This is hotter than the
surface of the sun. But the planet's outermost layers are extremely cold.
The Voyager 2 probe flew by Neptune in 1989 and discovered a region called the Great
Dark Spot. This spot was viewed on its southern hemisphere. This is comparable to the
Great Red Spot on Jupiter. Also, faint rings have been detected around the planet. These are
much smaller than Saturn's rings. These rings were discovered by Edward Guinan's research
team. They were at first thought to be incomplete, fading out before they rounded the planet.
But Voyager 2 disproved this belief with photos of complete rings.
outermost (a)
1. According to the author's description of Neptune, which of furthest from the center
the following is true? component (n)
a part of a whole of
(9 It has the fifth largest diameter of the planets in the solar system. something
C) It was discovered by Edward Guinan and his team. O vivid (a)
© It is about 9,000 degrees Celsius at its center. very bright
C) It has a very cold atmosphere containing hydrogen, helium, o notable (a)
and methane. important or interesting;
noteworthy
2. According to paragraph 3, all of the following about Neptune O retrograde (a)

are true EXCEPT: moving backwards
O region (n)
C) No other planet in the solar system has stronger winds than Neptune. an area
C) Triton has a very cold, oxygen/methane atmosphere. O detect (v)
C) The moon Triton has a retrograde orbit. to discover; to notice
Neptune has 13 moons orbiting it.
146
n L1i 7017,1::1
3. Why does the author mention that Neptune is 17 times the mass c f Earth?
CLO To give an idea of Neptune's massive size
alp To show that we could have much more space if we lived on Neptune
CD, To show that Neptune is a better planet than Earth
ED To give an idea of how tiny and insignificant Earth is
4. Why does the author say that an unknown component causes Neptune's intense color?
E) To show that Neptune is much larger than Earth
(D To tell that Neptune is named after the Roman god of the sea
CO To explain that Neptune is more vivid than Uranus
CO To indicate that Neptune's atmosphere has some amounts of methane
• Core temperature: (1)

• Eighth and outermost planet in solar system
• Fourth largest diameter of all planets in solar system
• Atmosphere of (2)
• Strongest winds of any planet in solar system
• Orbited by (3)
147
The Metaphysics of Aristotle Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Aristotle was one of the most influential thinkers of all time. In an age before science and
technology existed, he created many fields of study. One of these was metaphysics. He
argued that the causes of all things could be understood by studying their beginnings. He
claimed that we have scientific knowledge when we know the cause of something. To know a
thing's existence is to know the reason for its existence. He was the first to set the guidelines
for all later causal theories. According to Aristotle's theory, all the causes may fall into several
groups.
He defined causes by placing them in four major divisions. The Material Cause is the
way a thing comes into existence from the combination of its parts. An example of this is a
cheeseburger. It is assembled from meat, bread, and cheese. Alone, these do not make a
cheeseburger, but together they are the cause of its existence. The Formal Cause tells us
what a thing is. The Formal Cause of a flood is an overabundance of water. The Efficient
Cause describes the reason for a change. An example of this is that a fire was burning, but it
was put out by rain, which caused it to end. The Final Cause is the reason that something is
done. For instance, a country may go to war to protect its borders, which is the cause for the
war.
The concept of substance is also examined in the metaphysics of Aristotle. He concludes
that a particular substance is a combination of both matter and form. He went on to define the
five major elements. He named Fire, which is hot and dry. Earth, he said, is cold and dry. Air
he claimed to be hot and wet. Water was cold and wet to him. Finally, he named Aether, the
divine substance that makes up the heavenly spheres and bodies.
These classifications recorded by Aristotle paved the way for the modern physical sciences.
One can imagine his work as the concrete foundation upon which the building of modern
physics is built.
0 influential (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true of Aristotle? important: authoritative
0 metaphysics (n)
® He determined the parameters for later causal theories. the theoretical philosophy
® His classifications were rejected by modern science. of being and knowing
© He claimed that the element Fire was hot and wet. 0 causal (a)
(9 He said the Final Cause describes the reason for a change. relating to the cause of
something
2. According to paragraph 3, all of the following are true about the 0 overabundance In)
an excess
concept of substance EXCEPT:
0 border (n)
(1) Matter and form combine to make something. a line that separates two
® Aristotle classified the elements of substance into five categories. distinct areas
© The elements Earth and Air were defined as having opposite
characteristics.
C) Aether is the divine substance that makes clouds.
148
,C) di_(±
3. Why does the author mention a cheeseburger?

C) To explain the Formal Cause
El) To exemplify the Material Cause
C) To illustrate the Efficient Cause
i© To introduce the Final Cause
4. Why does the author mention Aether?

CA) To prove it was used to make up the heavenly spheres and bodies
C), To exemplify an element that is hot and wet
C) To show that Aristotle thought it was a useful substance
C) To list a major element named by Aristotle
Aristotle's Major Causal Division
e"
(1) (2) (3) (4)
the way a thing what a thing is the reason for a the reason
comes into existence change something is done
from the combination
of its parts
a
Example: Example: Example: Example:

a cheeseburger a flood caused by an rain causes a fire the cause for a
caused by meat, overabundance of that was burning to country to go to war
bread, and cheese water be put out to protect its borders
149
Sequoyah Time Limit: 2 mitt. 40 sec.

Sequoyah was a Cherokee Native American. He was also known as George Gist. His main
skill was as a silversmith. But he is famous for inventing the Cherokee written language. This
earned him a place of honor on the list of those who invented writing systems.
Sequoyah's place and exact date of birth are unknown. This is because no written recordS
exist. Guesswork by historians places his birth somewhere between 1760 and 1776. Places
in Tennessee, Georgia, North Carolina, Alabama, or South Carolina are suspected to be
the location. James Mooney, a prominent historian of the Cherokee people, quotes a cousin
who said that Sequoyah and his mother spent his early years in the village of Tuskegee,
Tennessee.
The name Sequoyah comes from the Cherokee word meaning "hog." This nickname may
be a reference to a childhood deformity. Or it could refer to later injury that left him disabled.
Sequoyah's father was either white or part-white and part Native American. But Sequoyah
could not speak English. This may be proof that he and his mother were abandoned by his
white father. Sequoyah moved to Willstown, Alabama, at some point in 1809. He established
his trade as a silversmith there.
The white settler's writing often impressed Sequoyah. He called papers with English written
on them "talking leaves." Sequoyah began work on creating a system of writing for the
Cherokee language around 1809. He created 85 characters to represent various syllables. It
took Sequoyah 12 years to complete this work.
Sequoyah then taught his daughter to read and write in the new system he had created.
The locals were amazed by this. But the medicine men of the tribe said he was being
controlled by evil spirits. So Sequoyah taught his system to a group of warriors. Then the
other people of the tribe accepted it. The Cherokee nation fully embraced the new system by
1823. It gave them a way to record their history for future generations.
0 prominent (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true well known
about Sequoyah's name? 0 reference (n)

mention; allusion
® Sequoyah was a reference to a deformity from his childhood. 0 deformity (n)
C) The name Sequoyah means "tree" in the Cherokee language. an irregularity in the body
Sequoyah's real name was George Gist. of a living thing
C) The name Sequoyah was given to him by his mother. 0 disabled (a)
not having full use of
2. According to paragraph 5, all of the following are true about one's body
Sequoyah EXCEPT: represent (v)

to show; to describe
(---
Q_D \ He was very interested in the English writing system.
0 embrace (v)
(1) He wrote the Cherokee language on "talking leaves." to accept; to adopt
c His writing system has 85 characters.
C) He spent 12 years creating his writing system.
150
C die. 70 P1---,1
Why does the author mention no written records exist?

CA) To state the fact that Sequoyah was also known as George Gist
(A) To illustrate the reason Sequoyah was famous
jc) To preface the fact that Sequoyah's main skill was as a silversmith
(11) To explain why Sequoyah's exact date and place of birth are unknown
4. Why does the author mention that Sequoyah taught his system to a group of warriors?
Cij) To show how Sequoyah got his tribe to accept his writing system
® To illustrate Sequoyah's intelligence
© To show that even warriors could become literate
C) To define this as the event that made Sequoyah famous
(1) (2) (3)
• begins working on • finishes Cherokee • teaches respected

system of writing for language writing warriors to read and
Cherokee language system write with new system
• teaches daughter to • the writing system is

read and write with new finally embraced by
system Cherokee nation
151
The First Transcontinental Railroad Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
The first transcontinental railroad was built in the United States. It ran across North America.
It was begun and completed in the 1860s. This linked the railway network of the eastern
United States with California. The famous Golden Spike event was held on May 9, 1869.
It was a ceremony to open the railway. This railway created a nationwide mode of travel. It
changed the population and economy of the American West. It also completed the move
away from wagon trains.
This railroad was agreed to be built by the Pacific Railway Act of 1862. It was heavily
backed by the federal government. It was the victory of a decades-long effort to build such a
line. It was one of the great achievements by Abraham Lincoln. It was completed four years
after his death. Building the railway took huge feats of engineering and labor. The tracks run
across the plains and high mountains. The railway is comprised of the Union Pacific Railroad
and the Central Pacific Railroad. The two were privately built, but both were backed by the
federal government. They lead westward and eastward.
The building of the railroad was meant to bind the Union together during the strife of the
American Civil War. It filled the West with white settlers. This contributed to the decline of the
Native Americans in these areas.
Most of the Union Pacific track was built by Irish laborers. Veterans of the Union and
Confederate armies and Mormons also helped build the tracks. Most of the Central Pacific
was built by Chinese laborers. At first, Chinese people were thought to be too fragile to do
this type of work. But later, more people were brought over from China. Most workers were
paid between one and three dollars per day. But the Chinese workers received much less.
Eventually, they went on strike. This gained them a small increase in salary.
transcontinental (a)
crossing a continent
1. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true about
the Golden Spike event? ceremony (n)
an event held to mark a
C) It was the name of the first transcontinental railroad. special occasion
C) It took place in California to celebrate the opening of the local railway. O mode (n)
© It required great amounts of engineering and labor. a method or type
© It was a ceremony held in 1869. 0 decade (n)
ten years
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true of the feat (n)
transcontinental railroad EXCEPT: an effort
Irish laborers laid much of the Union Pacific track. 0 strike (n)
O
®
an event in which workers
ED People thought the Chinese lacked the strength for hard work. do not work to express
© Soldiers in the Confederate army helped build the track. their dissatisfaction
C) Workers typically got three dollars or less each day.
152
-77
Lc= 70=1=1
How does the author explain the idea that the railroad contributed to the decline of the
Native Americans in paragraph 3?
A` By saying the railroad increased the number of whites in the West
B By saying the railroad brought guns to the settlers
c By saying the railroad bound the Union together
D By saying the railroad carried troops to fight the Native Americans from the Atlantic to Pacific
4. Why does the author mention Chinese people?

® To explain that they were not paid as much as other laborers
C) To show that they were too weak to build the railroad
C) To describe their actions while they were striking
(1) To mention that they were the most responsible for the Central Pacific line
The First Transcontinental Railroad
Connected the east and west coasts of America
(2)
• built mostly by Irish immigrants, veterans of the • built mostly by Chinese laborers
Union and Confederate armies, and Mormons
153
Mechanization lime Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
The shift from human labor to machines is called mechanization. It has changed human
history forever. Machines enable people to do much more work while using much less
strength. Humans have been making machines in simple and complex forms since before the
time of recorded history.
The simplest kind of machine is a lever. This can be a stick that is placed under an object
and over a stone or other object. The object underneath the stick acts as a fulcrum. This
gives the stick leverage. When the person presses down on the stick with force, it pushes off
the fulcrum and lifts the object on top of the stick. In this act, the person's strength is amplified
by the lever. They can use less force to lift more weight. This is one of the guiding principles
for the development of all machines. The machine does the work for the human, who exerts
a minimal amount of force.
One important machine was the steam-powered lathe. This device increased the speed
and accuracy at which metal and woodwork could be done. Another helpful machine was
the steam engine, which made steamboats and steam-powered trains possible. This led to
a revolution in transportation. The Colt revolver was the first machine pistol that was able to
fire repeated shots. This device made warfare more deadly. The early 20th century saw the
mechanization of car assembly lines with the Ford system. This changed the way people
worked and traveled.
The term mechanization is also used by military forces. This term refers to the use of
tracked armored vehicles. The armored personnel carrier is one of these vehicles. It is used
to move large amounts of troops around a battlefield very quickly. It also protects them so
that as few soldiers as possible are killed on the way into battle. In the past, many soldiers
died before even reaching a battle. The mobility and fighting capability is greatly increased by
mechanization. In modern countries, all armed forces are supported by mechanized infantry.
I k±1_1_1' 011
o shift (n)
According to the passage, which of the following machines a noticeable change
is the most primitive? O fulcrum (n)

the point against which a
C) a steam lathe lever is placed
C) a lever O leverage (n)
(1) a steam engine the action of a lever
C) an armored vehicle o amplify (v)
to make something or
2. According to paragraph 3, all of the following are true about someone stronger
important machines EXCEPT: o exert (v)

to use force
(L) The steam-powered lathe made metal and woodwork much faster.
O lathe (n)
(D The steam engine completely changed transportation. a machine used in wood
c) The Colt revolver helped armies kill more soldiers. and metalworking
C) Car assembly lines relied on steam engines. infantry (n)
soldiers who fight on the
ground
154
3. Why does the author mention the shift from human labor to machines?
® To explain how humans discovered mechanization
ED To explain what mechanitation is
C) To show that machines replaced human labor
CD To prove machines are more efficient than human labor
4. The author mentions that in the past, many soldiers died before even reaching a battle in
paragraph 4 in order to
CD, explain the usefulness of the Colt revolver
CD show that the steam powered lathe was useful
© emphasize the value of the armored personnel carrier
CD describe mechanized infantry
Mechanization
• the shift from human labor to machines — more work with less strength
• (1) — the simplest machine
• steam-powered lathe — speedier and more accurate metal and woodwork
• steam engine — steamboats and steam-powered trains
• (2) deadlier warfare
• (3) changed the way people work and live
155
r- The Mammoth Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
The most commonly found prehistoric fossil is that of the mammoth. It was a variety of
elephant that is now extinct. Mammoths had long, curved teeth called tusks. The northern
species were covered in thick, woolly hair. They roamed the earth during the Pleistocene
epoch. This time period spanned from 1.6 million to around 10,000 years ago.
The mammoth blood line is related most closely to the modern Asian elephant. The genes
of the two African elephant varieties do not resemble those of the mammoth as closely. The
Asian elephant and mammoth's common ancestor split off from the African elephant's line.
This divergence took place about 6 to 7.3 million years ago. Asian elephants and mammoths
diverged from one another a half million years later.
Scientists believe that the mammoth originally evolved in North Africa. Its origins stretch
back some 4.8 million years ago. Bones that date back this far have been found in Chad,
Libya, Morocco, and Tunisia. Sites in South Africa and Kenya have also revealed the ancient
remains that are thought to be the oldest of the species.
The African mammoth then migrated. The fossil record shows that it eventually reached
north to Europe. A new species, which is termed the southern mammoth, soon came about.
This was the species that lived throughout Asia and Europe. Studies deduce that it then
crossed the now-sunken Bering Strait Land Bridge. This was the frozen land structure that
linked Asia and North America through present-day Siberia and Alaska. This brought the
mammoth onto the North American continent.
Then around 700,000 years ago, the warm climate began to change. In Europe, Asia, and
North America, the savannah plains became steppes that were colder and less fertile. The
southern mammoths were the first variety of the species to die off. A new variety, the woolly
mammoth, evolved 300,000 years ago. This beast was covered in a thick coat of woolly hair.
It was able to cope with the extreme cold of the ice ages.
.1
epoch (n)
a period of history
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true of
marked by notable
the mammoth? events
c Its bones have been found in New York City. diverge (v)
C) Scientists find its fossils more than any other animal. to separate; to split
© It became extinct 10,000 years ago. 0 reveal (v)

to uncover: to disclose
CD) Its blood line is not related to the modern Asian elephant.
0 deduce (v)
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following about the to infer
mammoth are true EXCEPT: 0 cope with (phr)

to deal with; to survive
ED The southern mammoth wandered the lands of Europe.
C) The southern mammoth evolved from the African mammoth.
© The southern mammoth came to North America over a land bridge.
C) The fossil record shows the African mammoth was related to the dinosaurs.
156
C OIL= TC1717-1.
3. Why does the author mention the modern Asian elephant?

CD To support the belief that it became extinct at the same time as the mammoth
C) To compare its physical features to the woolly mammoth
C) To define it as the closest genetic relative of the mammoth
CD To portray it as a common enemy of the mammoth
4. The author uses Chad, Libya, Morocco, and Tunisia as examples of
® places where the mammoth never existed
CD places where remains of mammoths have been found
CD places that were too hot for the woolly mammoth
C) places where the oldest mammoths were lived
500,000 years later (1)

6-7.3 million years ago
- blood line diverges - blood line diverges - mammoth blood line fully
evolves
- southern mammoth evolves
Mammoth Time ine
(2) 300,000 years ago (3)
- southern mammoth dies off - woolly mammoth develops - woolly mammoth becomes
extinct
157
1. Neptune
a vivid blue appearance Voyager 2 hot core temperature

the fourth largest the outermost planet
Neptune is (1) of the solar system and is (2) in

diameter and the third largest in mass. Its atmosphere is composed mostly of gas, and it has
(3) . There are many strange facts about the planet, such as its high
winds, 13 moons, and (4) that make it interesting to scientists. The
only human probe ever to visit and collect information on Neptune was (5)
2. The Metaphysics of Aristotle
the causes of things the substance of matter and form modern science
metaphysics four major categories
Aristotle was one of the most important thinkers of all time because he created many fields
of study, one of which is (I) . He created the guidelines for understanding
(2)
of which there are (3) . He made
many conclusions about (4) as well as defining five major
elements. His classifications laid important foundations for (5) that are used
today.
3. Sequoyah
85 characters a group of respected warriors a system of writing

(record their history Cherokee Native American
Sequoyah was a (1) who is famous for creating the first system
of writing for the Cherokee people. His exact place and date of birth are unknown because his
people lacked (2) for recording historical data. After 12 years of work,
Sequoyah created a writing system for the Cherokee language that used (3)
to represent the sounds of the language. This system was at first rejected by the Cherokee
people, but they later accepted it after Sequoyah taught it to (4)
This system gave the Cherokee people a way to (5) for future
generations.
158
4. The First Transcontinental Railroad
the federal government Ireland and China Native Americans

President Abraham Lincoln run across North America
The first transcontinental railroad to (1) was completed in 1869

and commemorated with the famous Golden Spike event. The railroad was heavily backed by
(2)
and stands as one of the great achievements of (3)
. The building had many effects, such as bringing the Union states together
during the Civil War as well as leading to the decline of (4) in the West
by populating it with white settlers. Much of the railroad was built by immigrant laborers from
(5) as well as by veterans of the Union and Confederate armies and
Mormons.
5. Mechanization
the steam-powered lathe warfare mechanization

human history the lever
(1)
has been changed by the shift from human labor to (2)
A good example of a simple machine that relieves a human of labor is (3) . Some
very important machines were (4) , steam-powered trains, the Colt
revolver, and the mechanization of car assembly lines. Military forces have also mechanized their
forces, which results in many advantages in (5)
6. The Mammoth
North Africa over 7 million years ago climate changes

a prehistoric variety the Asian variety of elephant
The mammoth was (1) that is now extinct and whose fossil remains
are the most commonly found. Mammoths are most closely related to (2)
, having genetically split off from the African varieties of elephant (3)
. Due to fossil evidence, scientists believe the mammoth originally
evolved in (4) and then migrated around the world, ending up in North
America. Mammoths began to die off due to (5) that began 700,000
years ago.
159
7\ Hy, TO 11-M-1-
The word inhibited in the passage is closest in meaning to

'C) strengthened
® weakened
© destroyed
C increased
2 The word it in the passage refers to

CD Central Asia
C) the West
cc) a large sunspot
-CD the mystery
3 According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of sunspots?

Galileo saw them through filtered dust.
Astronomers have puzzled over them for a long time.
© They were first observed during the Middle Ages.
® They are regions of the sun that have stopped burning.

® Dark spots on the surface of the sun are called sunspots.
CD Scientists have succeeded in estimating how often sunspots appeared as far back as
11,000.
C) Starspots are sunspots that appear on other stars.
® Sunspot activity was at its lowest 8,000 years ago.
5 Which of the following can be inferred about the normal convection of the sun?
CD It is not inhibited by areas with low levels of magnetism.
Ci) It is more inhibited by areas with low levels of magnetism.
(®Th It is not affected by the level of magnetism at all.
® It makes sunspots larger due to low levels of magnetism.
The author discusses magnetic flux tubes in paragraph 4 in order to

® show that scientists do not fully understand sunspots
C support the theory that sunspots are areas of low magnetism
© explain that they are closely connected with sunspots
C) prove that scientists fully understand sunspots
160
1.43"1.4".77.6
H
-
Sunspots
Sunspots are dark regions on the surface of the sun. They have been a mystery to
astronomers for thousands of years. Chinese astronomers made references to them in 28
B.C. They could see the largest spot groups. These were visible to them when the sun's
glare was filtered by dust blown by the wind from the deserts of Central Asia. In the West,
a large sunspot was viewed during the Middle Ages. But the mystery of this observation
was not clearly understood until 1612 when Galileo explained it.
Sunspots have been recorded by astronomers since the year 1700 A.D. Current
scientists have been able to estimate the cycle of appearance of these sunspots back to
11,000 B.C. The most recent trend of sunspots rises upward from 1900 to the 1960s. The
sun was similarly active over 8,000 years ago.
The sunspot areas have lower temperatures than the areas around them. They also
show heightened magnetic activity. The normal convection of the sun is inhibited by this
high level of magnetism. The result is formation of low surface temperature areas. But
these areas are still too bright to look at directly. These sunspots burn at temperatures
as low as 4,000 degrees Kelvin. Meanwhile, the rest of the sun burns at 5,700 degrees
Kelvin. This difference is the cause of the clearly visible dark spots. Similar spots
observed on stars other than the sun are called starspots.
It is not fully understood how sunspots come into being. But quite clear is the fact that
they are the visible counterparts of magnetic flux tubes in the convective zone of the sun.
The magnetic flux tubes get "wound up" by differential rotation. When the stress on the
flux tubes reaches a certain limit, they curl up like a rubber band and puncture the sun's
surface. At the puncture points, convection is inhibited. Then energy flux from the sun's
interior decreases, which drops the surface temperature.
The number of spots is connected to the intensity of solar radiation. This connection has
been recorded since 1979, when satellite measurements of radiation became available.
Since sunspots are dark, it would be natural to assume that more spots means less solar
radiation. However, the areas surrounding sunspots are brighter. The overall effect is that
more spots cause the sun to burn brighter. But this variation is too small to notice with the
naked eye. A period called the Maunder Minimum marked a time when there were hardly
any sunspots on the sun. At this time, the Earth was believed to have cooled by up to 1
degree Celsius.
161
7. The word severity in the passage is closest in meaning to
electricity
D intensity
CD frequency
® danger
8. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of thunderstorms?

CAD
D They are created by thundersnow.
CD They are produced by heavy rain and hail.
© They often cause snow to fall.
® A cumulonimbus cloud causes them.
9. According to paragraph 2, the author's description of the formation of thunderstorms

mentions all of the following EXCEPT:
• They form only when the atmosphere is unstable.
® They produce a large amount of condensation.
© It is characterized by moisture in the lower atmosphere.
OD The temperature of the air often rises.
10. According to paragraph 3, which of the following can be inferred about thunderstorms?
Thunderstorms occur in Europe.
C) Thunderstorms never occur in Australia.
CD Thunderstorms mostly occur in Uganda.
CD Florida has more thunderstorms than Bogor.
11. Why does the author mention Florida?

C) To show that it is in a temperate region
® To describe a place that receives few thunderstorms
CD To say it gets more thunderstorms than most places
® To prove that there are daily thunderstorms there all year long
sentence? Incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important ways or leave
out essential information.
® The Romans thought Jupiter and Vulcan were fighting each other with lightning bolts.
® The Romans thought thunderstorms were caused by Jupiter throwing lightning bolts.
C) The Romans wanted to fight against gods such as Jupiter and Vulcan.
® The Romans thought Vulcan created thunderstorms with which to battle Jupiter.
162
The Frequency of Thunderstorms
Thunderstorms are called electrical storms due to the presence of lightning and thunder.
These violent storms are produced by a cumulonimbus cloud, which can make heavy rain
or hail. On rare occasions the cloud can bring snow. This snow usually happens during
the winter months and is called thundersnow.
When heavy condensation occurs in an unstable atmosphere, thunderstorms form. This
event produces a wide range of water droplets and ice crystals. A deep, upward motion
supports it. It is often marked by the presence of three conditions. Sufficient moisture in
the lower atmosphere is the first. This is reflected by high dewpoint temperatures. A large
drop in air temperature and increasing height are the second. This is termed adiabatic
lapse rate. A force such as mechanical convergence is the third. This force occurs along
the cold front and focuses its lift.
Thunderstorms happen all over the world. They even hit the polar regions. The areas
with the most storms are tropical rainforest areas. Here they may occur on a daily
basis. Kampala and Tororo in Uganda are said to have more thunderstorms than any
other region on Earth. Bogor on the Indonesian island of Java is also said to be very
thunderous. In temperate regions, thunderstorms happen mostly in spring. However, they
can hit along with cold fronts at any time of year. Florida is the most thunderous region
outside the tropics. The violent storms hit over the south and central regions of this state.
They often happen daily in the summer.
The USA gets the most powerful and dangerous storms. The most severe storms touch
down in the Midwest and the southern states. These storms yield very large hail. They
also turn out powerful tornadoes. Thunderstorms are uncommon on the West Coast of
the United States. But they do hit inland areas. Sacramento and the San Joaquin Valley
of California get hit with thunderstorms. Storms in the Northwest take on similar patterns
as those in the Midwest. But their frequency and severity are much less.
Early human civilizations were powerfully influenced by the frequency of thunderstorms.
The Romans thought they were battles waged by Jupiter, who hurled lightning bolts
forged by Vulcan. Increased frequency of thunderstorms made the Romans anxious
to the point that they would sacrifice many animals to appease this angry god. Native
Americans believed these thunderstorms to be linked to servants of the Great Spirit. They
also felt the frequency was linked to the spirit's anger. Nowadays, storm chasers head to
the Great Plains of the United States and Canadian prairies every spring. They explore
storms and tornadoes visually and scientifically in the summer. For these thrill seekers,
more frequent storms satisfy their desire for adventure.
163
o L atarv- I \evi ew
Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. He gave a very vivid description of the accident.

graphic ® dim '-e-2) beautiful :J?
"-D ugly
2. They were unable to detect the problem with the airplane's engine.
® fix hear C) find lb-) cause
3. He was a very prominent politician in the town.

";---
A; beloved "E1' famous © disliked problematic
4. The teacher thought that it was an extraordinary feat for the student to come to class on time.
action i® foot 7-
6) trick II' hope
5. There was a shift in the mood of everybody in the room once the baby began to cry.
change 'T3
D emergency break 'J trouble
After running the marathon, he was unable to exert any strength.

7 make ® find use have
7. From the available evidence, the detective was able to deduce that he had committed the crime.
® know infer CC-) imply j5) decide
She was unable to cope with the cold weather and had to go inside.
enjoy deal with ) accept C_p_ block
1. spike a. an amount that is too much of something

2. retrograde b. to make something or someone stronger
3. deformity c. a period of history marked by notable events
4. epoch d. a large, metal nail that is driven through something to fasten or
hold it down
5. amplify e. furthest from the center
6. infantry f. a grassy plain in a tropical or sub-tropical region
7. savannah g. soldiers who fight on the ground
8. metaphysics h. moving backwards
9. outermost i. the theoretical philosophy of being and knowing
10. overabundance j. an irregularity in the body of a living thing
164
51? Inference
ONL-L-view
■Introduction
Inference questions ask you to understand an argument or an idea that is strongly suggested
but not clearly mentioned in the passage. So you should use logical thinking in order to make
an inference based on some information in the passage. You need to figure out the logical
implications of the author's words as well as the surface meaning of those words.
\..
■Question Types
1. Which of the following can be inferred about X?
2. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph about X?
3. According to the passage, it can be inferred that
5. It can be inferred from the passage that the author most likely believes which of the following
about X?
6. Which of the following statements most accurately reflects the author's opinion about X?
■Useful Tips
• Think logically to draw a reasonable conclusion from what is implied in the passage.
• Remember that the correct answer doesn't contradict the main idea of the passage.
• Don't choose an answer just because it is mentioned in the passage.
166
Unit 7 I Inference
qarnpLe [T Quest:Len_
Which of the following can be inferred The American Women's

about the American women's suffrage Suffrage Movement
movement?
Suffrage is the civil right to vote. It was
©Alice Paul led all of the major groups. the goal of many women's groups. In
C) Its leading groups did not agree with many western democracies, suffrage was
each other's methods. a major movement of the late 19th and
C) Most of the women in it used nonviolent
early 20th century. Suffragists protested
methods.
strongly for many years, demanding
Suffragists were unsuccessful at
equality with men and the right to vote.
achieving most of their goals.
Alice Paul was a well-known suffragist.
She was also the leader of the American
National Women's Party. There were two
suffrage parties in America around this
time. One was largely peaceful. They
tried to advance their cause in a peaceful
manner. But the other was willing to
commit acts of violence. This party once
released 100 rats at a polling station in
New Hampshire.
Correct The passage mentions two leading suffrage parties in America. One of them was peaceful while
Answer the other group was aggressive. Each group adopted different methods to gain women's voting
right. Therefore, the correct answer is (B).
167
1 1 L 1-111
Inference questions ask you to understand an idea that is not explicitly stated in the passage. You
need to use logical thinking to draw a correct conclusion from the author's words in the passage.
Your conclusion must agree with the main idea of the passage.
Sponges
Sponges are animals. They are members of the phylum Porifera. They are primitive filter
feeders that dwell underwater. They are able to pump water through their bodies to filter out
particles of food matter. Sponges are among the simplest of animals. They have no true tissue.
They also lack muscles, nerves, and internal organs. There are over 5,000 known species of
sponges. They can be found attached to surfaces of rocks and live in intertidal zones. They can
be found at depths of 8,500 meters and deeper. The fossil record of sponges dates back to the
Precambrian Era. But new species are still commonly discovered..

CD most sponges live in the deep sea
ED sponges are more complicated than people think
© sponges have been evolving since the Precambrian Era
(1) more species of sponges will be discovered in the future
Tenochtitlan
Tenochtitlan was the capital city of the ancient Aztec Empire. This is now the site of modern-
day Mexico City. This ancient city was constructed over a series of islets in Lake Texcoco.
The city plan was based on a symmetrical layout. Four sections divide the city into areas
called campans. Canals interlaced the city and were useful for transportation. The city was
built according to a fixed plan that centered on the ritual precinct. Here the Great Pyramid of
Tenochtitlan rose 60 meters above the city. Houses were made of wood and loam. Their roofs
were made of reed. But pyramids, temples, and palaces were generally made of stone.

CD Tenochtitlan had an important role in the Aztec's religion
(9 the Aztecs constructed many large pyramids
© Tenochtitlan was built completely on the water
(9, many buildings from Tenochtitlan still exist today
168
Electronic Music
Electronic music is created through the use of devices. All of these run on electricity. They are
systems that use low levels of power. Before electronic music, many composers wanted to use
new technology. They tried to use this technology to make music. Several instruments were
created that employed new electronic and mechanical designs. The Moog keyboard was one
such instrument. It was used to record the music of Beethoven for the film A Clockwork Orange
in the 1970s. This was one of the first electronic music recordings. In the late 1990s, electronic
music split off into many genres. Its styles and sub-styles are too many to list. There are no
strict rules for this kind of music.
It can be inferred from the passage that the author most likely believes which of the
following about electronic music?
C) It is not as good as music created by real instruments.
C) It has greatly increased in popularity.
0 It should be used more often in movie soundtracks.
C) It needs to have strict rules.
Ocean Current
The constant motion of water flowing into Earth's oceans creates ocean currents. Ocean
currents can flow for thousands of kilometers. This happens more often in regions bordering an
ocean. The Gulf Stream is the best example. This current makes northwest Europe much more
temperate than other regions at the same latitude. The Hawaiian Islands are another example.
The climate there is somewhat cooler than on other islands that occupy the same tropical
latitudes. This is because of the California Current. Knowledge of surface ocean currents is
important. The costs of shipping can be greatly reduced with such information. This is because
the current motion carries ships along. Fuel costs can be greatly reduced this way.
4. Which of the following can be inferred about ocean currents?

They are typically found in the middle of the ocean.
C) They always make places cooler when they pass through.
C) They tend to move slower than other parts of the ocean.
C) They can change the temperature of areas they flow through.
169
Bats and Echolocation Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.

Bats are mammals whose forelimbs have developed as wings. This makes them the only
mammal in the world that is capable of flight. There are about 1,100 species of bats around
the world.
Bats can be separated into two suborders: megabats and microbats. Not all megabats
are larger than microbats. There are two major differences between the two kinds of bats.
Microbats use echolocation to direct themselves. They also use this ability to find food.
Megabats do not have this ability. Instead, they have a claw on their second toe and forelimb.
Microbats do not have this claw.
Megabats are known to eat fruit, nectar, and pollen. Microbats eat insects, blood from
larger animals, small mammals, and fish. The echolocation used by microbats is a form of
biological sonar. It is also used by dolphins and whales.
Echolocation is a process by which animals emit calls out to the area around them. They
listen to the echoes that return from various objects in the area. They use these echoes to
locate, range, and identify objects. Ranging is done by measuring the time delay between the
animal's vocals and the echo's return. Microbats use their ears to perform this task.
In 1794, a scientist conducted a series of experiments on bats. He concluded that they
navigated through their sense of hearing. But the scientific community rejected his findings.
In 1938, another scientist described the ultrasound echolocation used by bats.
Microbats use echolocation to navigate and forage in total darkness. They emerge from
their caves or roosts as the sun sets. They forage for insects during the night. Their ability
allows them to occupy a special niche. This is the time where there are often many insects.
These insects come out at night since there are often fewer predators. There is much less
competition for food at this time and fewer species that may prey on the bats themselves.
0 separated (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true about bats? divided
® Scientists know that bats navigate with their eyes. 0 emit (v)
to send out
C) There are more than 1,200 kinds of bats around the world.
0 range (v)
E Bats are the only mammal in the world that can fly. to determine how far
C) All species of bats use biological sonar to locate objects. away something is
0 forage (v)
2. According to the passage, all of the following are true about to search for food
microbats EXCEPT: predator (n)
0
® They use their ears to perform echolocation. an animal that hunts
another animal
CA) They feed on fruit, nectar, and pollen.
© Their ability to live in the dark is advantageous for them.
® They hunt at night because there is more prey then.
170
Unit 7 I Inference
On the TOEFL Test
3. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 2 about bats?

C) There are a number of kinds of bats.
C) The wings of microbats and megabats look the same.
C) They all rely upon echolocation to find their food.
C) Some microbats are larger than megabats.
4. Which of the following can be inferred about research on bats?

C) It has gone on for a long time.
CD It must always be done at night.
Scientists need to conduct more experiments.
(ID It is mostly incorrect.
Eat fruit, nectar, and pollen Rely on echolocation
Hunt at night
Have a claw on their legs Eat mostly insects, fish, and animals
171
a Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Modernism Time Limit: 3 min.
Modernism was a movement that strove for progress. It swept through every aspect of
culture in the 20th century. It emphasized the power of human beings. It also encouraged the
overthrow of traditional ways. Modernists believed they could make, improve, and reshape
their own lives and the world. They thought they could do this through the use of science and
technology.
Modernism was very important because it signified a change in thought. It expressed the
effects of the Industrial Revolution on the human mind. It also served as a meeting point
between art, philosophy, and technology.
The history of modernism consists of a series of movements. The members of these groups
wanted to create progress. This began with painters in France in the mid-1800s. Some of the
first were Impressionist painters such as Eduard Manet and Claude Monet. These painters
showed that humans do not see the subject of a painting but rather the light and shading that
carries the image to their eyes. Another early modernist was Gustave Eiffel. His Eiffel Tower
changed people's ideas of architecture and its possibilities.
However, one major problem of modernists is that they often disclaimed the authenticity of
other modernists. These conflicts often occurred over very relative issues. They would argue
over who used a style first or whose style was more derivative of another popular modernist.
These arguments often had no resolution. They only served to waste time and energy.
Some historians divide the 20th century into modern and post-modern periods. They claim
that the post-modernists used modernist styles and principles in consumer products. These
styles showed up in many commercial products. Modern styles were used on record album
cover art, postcards, and even the graphic design of the signs for the London Underground.
But others see the modernists and post-modernists as parts of the same group. They
looked at everything skeptically. The goal is always to find anything that was "holding back"
progress. Whatever was found to be the cause was then replaced. It was replaced with a new
way of reaching the same end. Since this way was new, it was thought to be better.
Ci enic-i_111 Col vi 1:n v=l -R-_=m;sio

0 emphasize (v)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true of to stress the importance
modernists? of something
0 signify (vi
CLO They built on tradition to create progress. to represent or symbolize
C) They believed in the potential of modern science. something
CO They looked at everything innocently. O disclaim (v)
OD They usually got along well with one another. to reject
O resolution (n)
a solution: an answer
0 skeptically (ad)
doubtfully
172
Unit 7 I
2. According to paragraph 5, all of the following are true about

post-modernists EXCEPT:
(1) They created commercial products with modernist styles and principles.
Ci3D Record cover art is a common post-modernist product.
co The signs for the London Underground are post-modern designs.
0 The 20th century is divided into pre-modern and post-modern periods.
11-1 c, L)1-1-1
3. In paragraph 2, the author of the passage implies that

® modernism was independent of other disciplines
0 modernism was not particularly important
CD modernism was a reaction to the Industrial Revolution
ED modernism relied heavily upon philosophy
4. According to paragraph 3, what can be inferred about Eduard Manet?

C) He preferred architecture to painting.
0 He recognized the importance of light in painting.
Cap He tried to paint humans as they are seen.
® He was friends with Gustave Eiffel.
Was a change in thought Looked at things skeptically
Sometimes followers had

big arguments
Began with people who wanted to see progress
(2)
173
II Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Musical Theater Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
Musical theater is a form of entertainment that tells stories through songs, words, and
dancing. The history of this form goes back several thousand years. Some of the first
musicals were developed in ancient India and Greece. The Greeks added music and dances
to their popular stage plays. Some of the great Greek playwrights were even known to
compose their own music to accompany their plays.
Hundreds of years later, in 3 B.C., this form reemerged. The Roman comic writer Plautus
added songs, dances, and orchestrations to his plays. In order to make their dance steps
loud enough to be heard by audiences in large open theaters, the actors put metal chips on
their shoes. These were the earliest form of tap shoes.
During the Middle Ages, plays became a method for the Church to spread its teachings.
The liturgy was taught through religious dramas set to chants. These plays were so popular
that they became a form of entertainment separate from the Church. In them, prose dialogs
and liturgical chants alternated to keep audiences interested.
These forms developed into the time of the Renaissance, forming an Italian tradition. Silly
clowns acted their way through stories known by all of the common people. This comic
entertainment form was known as Opera Buffa. This new tradition carried over to France in
the 1600s. There, the great writer Moliere was able to convert some of his comedies into
musicals. These were accompanied by music written by Jean Baptiste Lully.
This form of entertainment spread between countries in Europe and kept changing. In
Germany and Britain, the 1700s saw the rise of two different forms of musical theater. The
first was the ballad opera. The writers of this dramatic form of theater borrowed popular
songs of the day and rewrote the lyrics to fit their needs. But comic operas were different in
that they had original scores and plot lines that were full of romance.
0 playwright (n)
a person who creates or
According to the passage, which of the following is true about
writes plays
musical theater?
0 liturgy (n)
C) Musical theater has existed only for hundreds of years in history. a kind of religious
C) The Romans were the first to use tap shoes. ceremony
C) During the Middle Ages, the church used musical theater to 0 convert (v)
to change
entertain followers.
C) Musical theater disappeared during the Renaissance. 0 lyric (n)
the words of a song
2. According to paragraph 5, all of the following are true about 0 plot (n)
a story
musical theater EXCEPT:
® Germany and Britain developed numerous types of musical theater
in the 1700s.
ED Writers for the ballad opera used songs popular at the time.
© Comic operas had original scores and romantic plots.
® Musical theater changed as it moved from country to country.
174
Unit 7 I Inference
On th
According to paragraphs 1 and 2, which of the following can be inferred about musical
theater?
® People were enthusiastic about musical theater in ancient India.
CD Roman theater had tap dancing as its main component.
© People did not perform musical theater for a long time in history.
® There were typically small audiences for Roman theater performances.

® every written story was changed into a musical
C) Opera Buffa was enjoyed by ordinary people
© Germany and Britain were the last countries to develop musical theater
© comic operas were first played in India
Developed in (1)
Went through many different changes
Was used by (2)
p
Developed as comedies during the Renaissance
Became more dramatic in (3)
175
The Fins of Fish

All fish have streamlined bodies that allow them to pass through water with ease. Part of
their evolutionary design are fins, which are flat appendages made of cartilage and covered
in scales. All fish have several different types of fins on their bodies that give them control as
they pass through the water. Fins allow them to turn, to slow down and speed up, and to stop
and hold a single position in the water.
The dorsal fins are located in the center of the back of a fish and can be pointed or blunt. A
pointed dorsal fin increases the fish's speed while the blunt-shaped fin offers more control to
small fish in strong waters. Fish can have up to three of these fins on their backs. They are
supported by two kinds of cartilage rays, spiny and soft. A fin can contain either or both types
of rays. The spiny rays sometimes also act as defensive weapons, having sharp points or
even poison tips.
The anal, pectoral, and pelvic fins of fish are also supported by rays. These small fins give
a fish control over fine movements, allowing it to dart quickly with flashes of motion. By using
these, fish can position themselves for feeding or in a school formation with other fish. The
anal fin is located on the bottom part of the fish behind its anus.
The pectoral fins are located on the sides of the fish,
like wings on a bird. Their cartilage structure is parallel in 1
design with the forelimbs of land creatures. The paired

pelvic fins are located below and behind the pectoral fins.
These are parallel to the hindlimbs of land creatures. By
flapping these fins, a fish gains momentum to move itself
through the water.
The tail fins are also referred to as caudal fins. These allow for turning and thrusting
through the water. Some fish that are able to swim very swiftly have a horizontal caudal keel
fin just in front of the tail fin. This forms a kind of ridge on the tail. It adds speed and stability
to the fish.
C51_1(7101 Q_OD1111-(141&1Ss 011

appendage (n)
an external organ or part
1. According to paragraph 2, all of the following are true about
dorsal fins EXCEPT: cartilage (n)
a substance in the body
C) Dorsal fins are found on the back of a fish. similar to bone but not as
hard
C) Small fish may have the blunt dorsal fins.
C) Fish can have a maximum of three dorsal fins: O dart (v)
to move very quickly
C) Dorsal fins are supported mainly by spiny rays.
thrust (v)
to propel
horizontal (a)
flat; level
O school (n1
a large group of fish
176
Unit 7 I Inference
2. According to the passage, which of the following is true

about fish fins?
® Fins are made of bones and covered in scales.

C) Pelvic fins are to a fish as forelimbs are to a land animal.
CD Pectoral fins add speed and stability to the fish.
OD Caudal fins enable a fish to turn while swimming.
L1„ Test
Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 1 about fish?
® They have at least ten fins on their bodies.

CD They would drown without fins.
© They are not constantly moving.
C) Every part of their bodies has fins.
4. The author of the passage implies that fish
Caj need all of their fins for different roles

C) can do without their dorsal fins
© used to walk on land
C) have too many fins in some cases
Types of Fins
Anal, pectoral, and Tail fins

Dorsal fins Pectoral fins
pelvic fins
— (3) ---. (4)
(1)
(2)
177
The Functions of the Human Brain Time Limit: 3 min.

The human brain is separated into two distinct sides by a fissure. Every structure in each side
of the brain is mirrored on the other side. But each side takes on different main functions.
This has led to the myth that people only use the right or left side of their brain. But this is
a misconception since a fully functioning human must use both sides of his or her brain to
perform the full range of skills and functions.
The human brain consists of five sections. These are the parietal, frontal, occipital, and
temporal lobes, as well as the cerebellum. The parietal lobe is the part of the brain that
combines sensory information from all of the body parts. It is also used to judge space
through vision. This is the least understood region of the brain.
The brain's frontal lobe contains the body's gyrus and motor cortex tissue. This is the
material through which the brain can control the body's voluntary movements. The frontal
lobe has also been found to govern impulse control, judgment, memory, language, motor
functions, problem solving, sexual behavior, socialization, and spontaneity. A large number of
the body's activities are managed through this lobe.
The occipital lobe is the part of the brain that processes vision. It is the smallest of the four
lobes, located in the rear area of the brain. Regions of this lobe process color, aspects of
space, and motion perception. If this lobe is damaged, the ability of sight can be diminished
or lost.
The temporal lobes rest low on either sides of the brain. This lobe contains the auditory
cortex. This controls the body's ability to hear and process sound. It also controls high-level
processing such as speech. It manages such functions as comprehension, verbal memory,
naming, and language.
The cerebellum lies at the base of the brain at the point where it connects to the spinal
cord. This region functions as the meeting point of sensory perception and muscle control
through the nervous system.
0 fissure (n)
1. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of the brain? a crack: a break
0 misconception (n)
® Humans cannot fully function without both sides of the brain.
misunderstanding
® One side of the brain makes up for any damage to the other side.
voluntary (a)
© The right and left side are asymmetrical in appearance. on purpose; willful
ED Normal people use only one side of their brain. auditory (a)
of or related to hearing
0 spontaneity (n)
unplanned, natural
behavior
0 diminish (v)
to decrease
178
Unit 7 I Inference
2. According to the passage, all of the following are true about the lobes of the brain
EXCEPT:
C) The parietal lobe processes sensory information from other body parts.
CD The frontal lobe controls impulse and problem solving skills.
C) The occipital lobe is the largest part of the brain.
CD The temporal lobe is connected to sound processing ability.
On the TOEFL Test

• scientists should learn more about the parietal lobe
C) the parietal lobe is not particularly important
ED the brain is the largest organ in the body
CD the cerebellum is the least interesting part

CD people with good judgment have large frontal lobes
CD people can function properly without their frontal lobes
C) a blind person may have damaged his or her occipital lobe
CD the occipital lobe has many different colors
The Human Brain
Two separate halves: Five different sections:

• right brain - • (1) - sensory information
- different main functions
• left brain — • frontal lobe — the body's movements
• (2) - vision
• temporal lobe — hearing
• (3) - senses and muscles
179
r Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Agriculture in America Time Limit: 3 min.

America's foundation rests on its agriculture industry. This industry feeds all of the citizens of
the country. It also exports food to other countries around the world. However, this industry
did not develop instantly. It took centuries of refinement to create an agricultural base that is
capable of sustaining the entire population.
The westward movement of colonies spread farms across the U.S. Settlers traveled to new
areas and built their farms. Their efforts created new towns and cities. The supply chains that
led to these new areas became the roads that run throughout the nation.
Wheat was often the crop of choice in northern regions. The reason for this is that wheat
crops are easily grown in cool regions. This crop was usually planted in newly settled lands.
These new areas were known as the "wheat frontier." This zone of newly settled wheat farms
moved west over the years. After these wheat farms moved on, more diversified farms took
their place.
In the Midwest, the farming of corn and raising of hogs was a common agricultural
combination. Hogs and corn complement each other. This is because in the time before
canals and railroads, it was difficult to get grain to market. So the grain could be fed to the
hogs, which were much easier to transport.
In the warm southern regions, cotton and herds of beef cattle were the most popular
products. The reason behind this was that both flourish in the heat. Tobacco farming was
also common in the South. Until the Civil War, this was done through the use of slave labor.
Slaves were also used in agriculture in the Northeast. They were used there up to the early
1800s. But slavery was prohibited in the Midwest. The Freedom Ordinance of 1787 outlawed
it.
During the time of the Great Depression, huge areas of the Midwest were abandoned. This
was due to the Dust Bowl storms that swept through the region and rendered the soil useless
for farming. These regions were then made into national forests. But in the 1940s, efforts to
use these areas for farmland resumed in support of the World War II effort.
General Comprehension.
O agriculture (n)
1. According to the passage, why was wheat the crop of choice farming
in northern regions? • diversified (a)

having many different
(A) It was complementary to hog farming. qualities
CD It could be easily grown without much labor. O complement (v)
© It was an ideal crop for newly settled land. to go well together
© It grew well in regions with lower temperatures. O flourish (v)
to grow well
O render (v)
to make
180
Unit 7 I Inference
2. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about American agriculture?
® Corn and hogs were often grown together in the Midwest.
CD The farming of beef cattle was widely performed in the South.
C) Tobacco farming was done through the use of slave labor in the Northeast.
C) Many Midwestern people had to give up farming due to the Dust Bowl.
fir' V 1241{1,
C) it takes a long time to build up a country's agricultural base
C) agriculture is the most important industry in a country
CD American agriculture cannot yet support the entire country
© America's economy is based on agriculture
4. Which of the following can be inferred about the Midwest?

CA) Hogs were the only animals raised there.
C) It did not have good transportation systems.
C) Many people grew wheat instead of corn.
(1) Trains were built there to transport the hogs.
Agriculture in America
Was important to settlers moving (1) were raised in

across the country the South
(3) were popular in

(2) often raised wheat
the Midwest
181
O J1(1;110.- Sani .7 Skills
1. Bats and Echolocation
herbivorous megabats and microbats hunt at night

the only mammals ultrasound echolocation
Bats are (1) that can fly. There are two suborders of bats: (2)
. These bats are different from each other. Megabats have a claw on their legs
and are typically (3) . Microbats use (4) to get
around and hunt insects, small animals, and fish. They usually (5) when there
are a lot of insects, much less competition for food, and fewer enemies.
2. Modernism
improve their lives Eduard Manet and Gustave Eiffel modernism

useless arguments the twentieth century
(1) was an important movement in (2) . It encouraged

people to forget about traditional ways and to try to (3) . Its members,
like (4) , wanted to create progress. But sometimes they got
into (5) Still, the effects of modernism can be seen everywhere today.
3. Musical Theater
religious stories ancient India and Greece entertainment

comedies or dramas musical theater productions
The musical theater is a kind of (1) that is very old. It goes back to (2)
. Over the years, it has undergone a number of different changes. The church
in the Middle Ages used it to tell (3) . Other cultures created (4)
that were (5)
182
Unit 7 I Inference
4. The Fins of Fish
dart quickly through the water dorsal fins control its speed
on the side of fish turn in the water
An important evolutionary development in fish is their fins. (1) are located

on the back and help the fish (2) . The anal, pectoral, and pelvic fins
let the fish (3) . The pectoral fins (4) help give them
momentum. And the tail fins let the fish (5)
5. The Functions of the Human Brain
the body's movements the occipital lobe the left and right
the senses and muscles the parietal lobe
The human brain is divided into two separate halves, (1) . There
are five different sections: the parietal, frontal, occipital, and temporal lobes and the cerebellum.
(2)
controls sensory information, while the frontal lobe controls
(4)
(3) controls vision, and the temporal
lobe controls hearing. The cerebellum controls (5)
6. Agriculture in America
moved west crops and animals farmed and unfarmed

agriculture farming the land
(1) has long been important in America for a number of reasons. As people
(2)
across the country, they lived by (3) . Various
regions in the country raised different (4) , including cotton, wheat,
corn, hogs, and cattle. Some parts of the country have gone back and forth between being
(5)
183
Mi T( 7,1P1. EI
i
The word confirmed is closest in meaning to

® verified CD, requested CD, assumed CD, denied

® parasites can prosper while living alone
® all parasitic relationships involve one form harming another
© many hunters have parasites
© mosquitoes and hunters are advanced parasites

® ectoparasites hosts © leeches ® chemical cues
4. The phrase fend for is closest in meaning to

® hatch ® live amongst © suffer C) take care of
5. According to the passage, all of the following are parasites EXCEPT:

® hookworms
® termites
ED human fetuses
C) Cuckoo birds
6. Directions: Complete the table below to summarize information about parasites. Match
the appropriate statements to the characteristics of the parasites with which they are
associated. This question is worth 3 points.
Answer Choices Endoparasites

CD They find new hosts in complex ways.
CD They find their host by passive means.
CD They feed off their host until it dies.
E They live in the intestines of their host.
0 Leeches are one example of them. Ectoparasites
® The hookworm is a member of this group.
® All free-living animals are this kind of parasite.
184
Unit 7 I Inference
Parasitism
Parasitism describes a relationship between two life forms of different species. It occurs
when one life form harms another. In order to be described as parasitism, the two life
forms must live together for long periods of time. This does not include animals that hunt
and eat their prey or the times when a mosquito feeds off its host.
There are two major kinds of parasites: endo- and ecto-parasites. Endoparasites live
inside the body of a host. An example is the hookworm, which lives in the stomach of a
human or animal. Many of these parasites find their hosts by passive means. They live
in the intestines. There they lay eggs, which are passed through waste products into the
outer environment. Once outside the host, they are picked up by other people or animals
in unclean areas.
Ectoparasites develop complex ways of finding new hosts. Some aquatic leeches
locate their hosts through their motion sensors. They learn their host's identity through
the temperature of the skin and chemical cues. Once they have confirmed that it is a
desirable host, they use hook-like teeth to attach themselves. After they are attached,
they dig through the skin and begin to suck blood.
The way a parasite feeds off its host is also separated into two major distinctions,
that of necrotrophs and biotrophs. Necrotrophs are parasites that consume their host's
tissue until the host dies. In this relationship, the host usually dies from loss of tissue or
nutrients. Biotrophic parasites cannot survive on a host once it has died. They must keep
their hosts alive to survive themselves. Many viruses are biotrophic. They use their host's
genetic and cellular processes to multiply.
Biotrophic parasitism is a very common way for life forms to survive. At least half of all
animals go through a phase of their life where they are parasitic. This includes human
fetuses during the time they live inside their mother's womb. This behavior is also
common amongst plants and fungi. All free-living animals are host to one or more types
of parasites.
Some parasites are social. They learn how to take advantage of the behavior of a social
host species. Some parasitic insects like nematodes join ant or termite colonies. They
are able to feed on colony members until the group is so weak that it ceases to exist.
Many species of Cuckoo bird steal food caught by their host. They even use other birds
as babysitters by depositing their eggs in the nests of other birds. The Cuckoo young are
raised by the adults of the other bird species while the adult Cuckoos fend for themselves.
185
The word controversy is closest in meaning to
debate anger C) research C) interest
8. According to the passage, what did Pangaea look like?

(1) It looked like a sphere.
C) It resembled Africa.
© It was shaped like Panthalassa.
© It was shaped like a C.
9. According to the passage, what can be inferred about continental drift?

® It was caused by Alfred Wegener.
C) It happened recently.
© It was unknown before the 1900s.
© It is named after a Greek phrase.
C) the Tethys Ocean ';A___

3) Pangaea C) a rift C) the east
11. The word proponents is closest in meaning to
E creators (13) opponents © disputers © supporters
12. Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided
below. Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the
most important ideas in the passage. Some answer choices do not belong in the summary
because they express ideas that are not in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage.
This question is worth 2 points.
There are various theories about the history of the Pangaea supercontinent.
Answer Choices
C,
JD, Some people believe the Earth was Alfred Wegener was the first to call the
created by God. giant continent Pangaea.
ED Pangaea was an enormous continent C) Pangaea is believed to have split into
that spread out over the equator. two smaller continents.
© One breakup of Pangaea occurred ® Scientists disagree over when Pangaea
during the Jurassic Period. was split up.
186
Unit 7 I Inference
Pangaea
Scientists in the early 1900s thought of the continental drift theory. They said that a great
number of years ago, the seven continents we know today were a single, giant continent.
A scientist named Alfred Wegener named it Pangaea. The name Pangaea comes from
the Greek phrase for "all Earth."
This theory stirred up great controversy. The theory's timeline went against popular
belief that Earth was only a few thousand years old. People wanted to believe that God
had created Earth rather than the forces of nature. Wegener argued in favor of the
continental drift theory in 1920.
Pangaea was a C-shaped landform that was spread across the equator. The large
body of water within the crescent was called the Tethys Sea. The vast ocean that flowed
around the continent was called Panthalassa.
The area of Pangaea would have been very vast. Inland regions would have been
extremely dry from a lack of water. Animals could migrate freely from the North to the
South Poles.
There were three major phases in the breakup of Pangaea. It is believed to have begun
breaking up about 180 million years ago (mya). This happened in the Jurassic Period.
Over many millions of years, it broke into the seven continents as we know them today.
The first phase of the breakup began about 180 mya. This change started when a large
fault line ruptured. Activity would have been initiated through earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions. A rift was created through Pangaea that stretched from the Tethys Ocean
to the east. This took place between what is now North America and Africa. The first
split created two smaller continents. The southern one is known as Gondwana and the
northern one Laurasia.
The second major phase in the breakup began about 150 to 140 mya. At this time, the
minor continent of Gondwana broke into four continents. These became Africa, South
America, India, and Australia.
The third major and final phase of the breakup was about 60 to 55 mya. North America
broke free from Eurasia. This opened up the Norwegian Sea.
But the proponents of this theory also say that Pangaea was not the first giant
continent. They have reconstructed several other continental phases by tracing back the
Earth's geological history. The most recent continent before Pangea is named Pannotia.
Scientists think it would have formed about 600 mya. They believe it divided again about
50 million years later. An even earlier continent has been named Rodinia. Scientists
think it would have formed about 1,100 mya and then divided 750 million years later. The
earliest possible giant continent is Columbia. Scientists think it existed between 1.8 and 1.5
billion years ago.
187
VOCa._ LLLEV. Rin71C..'W
• Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. The small community began to flourish and became bigger.

(A") thrive C) build © improve (f) shrink
2. The workers abandoned the factory because it was too old and dangerous.
CA--) repaired (13) sold ,"-a-) left ' fixed
3. The two parties came to a resolution on the contract.

E disagreement '13--) solution --6-) promise '3) problem
4. The earthquake caused a fissure to appear in the earth.

® hole (bP crack (A) weakness C(5) ditch
5. The politician tried to convert people to think the same way as he.
® change (rff) direct © frighten :t7) encourage
6. Mary looked at John skeptically when he told her about the news.
(.2\1-2, happily angrily C-
c) sadly doubtfully
7. Lions are some of the top predators in Africa.

C._AT) animals Etij) hunters ( insects (JD killers
8. The professor's explanation was beyond our comprehension.

c ability ("F
_) experience ;CI) memories understanding
IIII Match each word with the correct definition.
1. mammal a. person who creates or writes plays

2. cartilage b. of or related to hearing
3. school c. to stress the importance of something
4. emphasize d. a warm-blooded species of animal
5. conclude e. to move very quickly or suddenly
6. diversified f. a substance in the body similar to bone but not as hard
7. dart g. a kind of religious ceremony
8. auditory h. having many different qualities
9. playwright i. a large group of fish
10. liturgy j. to determine; to reach an opinion about something
188
711 Insert Text
Overview
• Introduction
r
Insert Text questions ask you to determine where the best place for a given sentence would be in
the passage. In this type of question, you will see four black squares appearing in one paragraph
or spreading across the end of one paragraph and the beginning of the next. In either case, you
need to understand the logical stream of the passage and focus on any grammatical connections
between sentences, such as conjunctions, pronouns, demonstratives, and repeated words or
phrases.
■ Question Type
r
Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added to the
passage.
[a sentence to be inserted into the passage]
Where would the sentence best fit?
Click on a square [ ] to add the sentence to the passage.
■Useful Tips
• Put the sentence in each place next to the squares.
• Try to pay attention to the logical connection between sentences.
• Be familiar with connecting words such as on the other hand, for example, on the contrary,
similarly, in contrast, furthermore, therefore, in other words, as a result, finally, etc.
190
Unit 8 I InsertText
E 2:1 Questlim
Look at the four squares [ 1111 ] that Uranus

indicate where the following sentence Uranus is the seventh farthest planet
could be added to the passage. from the sun. Its orbit is between that of
The only spacecraft to have visited the Saturn and Neptune. It is the third largest
planet is NASA's Voyager 2. planet by diameter. It has the fourth
Where would the sentence best fit? largest mass of any planet in the solar
system. Uranus is named after the Greek
Click on a square [ 1111 ] to add the god of the sky. This god also created all
sentence to the passage. of the other gods. A Currently, no other
visits are planned. B Voyager 2 was
launched in 1977. IE This unmanned
probe made its closest approach to
Uranus on January 24, 1986. D It then
continued to Neptune. Uranus is the first
planet discovered in modern times. It is
also the first planet to be found using the
technology of a telescope. Before this, all
of the other planets were discovered by
the naked eye.
Correct The new sentence is about Voyager 2's visit to Uranus. And the sentence after the first square
Answer mentions no other visits,' which means that there was already a visit to Uranus. So the new
sentence should go in the place where A is.
191
&7- r
Insert Text questions ask you where the best place for a given sentence would be in the passage.
You should understand the logical flow of the information in the passage. It is helpful to check out
pronouns, linking words, demonstratives, and repeated words or phrases.
Molecules
A molecule is a group of two or more atoms. This group is held together by bonds. These
substances are not always divisible into smaller fractions of the same substance. A molecule
is considered the smallest particle of a substance. A In this state it still holds its composition
and chemical properties. B It is better to consider that many substances are composed of
networks of atoms or ions. IE Scientists think of them this way instead of as molecular units.
D A molecule is a stable entity which consists of two or more atoms. The idea of molecules
was first stated in 1811. It was thought up by a scientist named Avogadro.
1. Look at the four squares [ U ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added
to the passage.
This makes the concept easier to understand.
Eclipse
The word eclipse comes from the Greek phrase "to vanish." It is an astronomical event. It takes
place when one celestial object enters the shadow of another. A The term is most often used
to describe a solar eclipse, which is when the moon's shadow passes over Earth's surface.
B There is also a lunar eclipse, which is when the moon enters Earth's shadow. IE It also refers
to events outside of the Earth-moon system and can be used to describe a planet passing
through the shadow cast by one of its moons. D It could be a moon passing into the shadow
cast by the planet it orbits, or it could even be a moon going into the shadow of another moon.
to the passage.
However, there are eclipses throughout the solar system.
192
Unit 8 I .Sert Te x
Jazz
Jazz is a musical art form that comes from America. It was first played in New Orleans around
the start of the 20th century. Its roots come from African American music. A It was later
combined with Western music technique and theory. B Jazz employs blue notes, swing, call
and response, and improvisation. El After beginning in African-American communities, these
styles spread in the 1920s. D They influenced many other musical styles. The instruments
used in marching and dance bands at the turn of the century became the basic instruments
of jazz. Bass, reeds, and drums were used with the Western 12-tone scale. Where or who the
word jazz came from is uncertain.
3. Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added
to the passage.
But it has many other influences.
Sophocles
Sophocles was one of the three great tragic playwrights in ancient Greece. One document
recorded that he wrote 123 plays. He won more first prizes in dramatic competitions than
any other playwright. Submissions to dramatic festivals included four plays. A Three were
tragedies. The final one was called a satyr play. B He also placed second in all the other
competitions he entered. IE He won his first victory in 468 B.C. although scholars now think
this may not have been the first time he competed. D Only seven of Sophocles' tragedies
have survived in their complete form. The most famous of these are the three plays concerning
Oedipus and Antigone. These are well known as the Oedipus Cycle.
Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added
to the passage.
It was a more comical entry and not a drama.
193
The Observatories at Mauna Kea Time Limit: 3 min. 10 sec.

Eleven research stations sit atop Mauna Kea. This is the best place to look at stars in the
world. Mauna Kea means "white mountain" in Hawaiian. This mountain is a dormant volcano
on the island of Hawaii. It is the highest point in the Pacific Basin. It is also the highest island-
mountain in the world. Mauna Kea rises 9,750m from the ocean floor. It reaches an altitude of
4,205m above sea level. Its summit is above 40% of the Earth's atmosphere.
The atmosphere above Mauna Kea is extremely dry and clear. This is due to a cloud layer
that floats below the summit. These clouds isolate the upper atmosphere from the lower
moist maritime air. This ensures that the summit skies are pure and dry. The clouds keep the
air around the summit free from pollutants.
This clarity makes Mauna Kea an ideal place for studying the stars. The number of clear
nights is the highest in the world. The seeing factor is also very high here. Another factor
that makes the stars so clear is the mountain's distance from city lights. A strong island-wide
lighting law ensures an extremely dark sky.
The Astronomy Precinct on Mauna Kea was established in 1967. 1A The Astronomy
Precinct is located on protected land. 1B This land is protected because of its sacred place in
Hawaiian culture. BE This precinct was built to be an international center for astronomers to
come and study stars. 1D
The dorms for scientists are located below the summit. They are at about 3,000m above
sea level. A visitor information station is located a hundred meters further below. Scientists
and other visitors are told to stay at the lower level for 30 minutes. They do this to acclimate
themselves before reaching the summit. This prevents altitude sickness.
Twelve telescopes are located at the summit. They are funded by companies and agencies
of various nations. The University of Hawaii controls two telescopes. Two twin telescopes
are run by the Keck Observatory. Subaru owns and administers another telescope. 2A The
United Kingdom has an infrared telescope while Canada and France have a joint-effort
telescope. 2B Another is owned and operated by California Technical University. EC§ The
groups that make up this effort help mankind better understand outer space. 2D
O dormant (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true of not active
Mauna Kea? o isolate (v)

to be alone
CD It is the highest point in the Atlantic Basin.
• seeing factor (phi-)
C) The moist sea air makes it a good place for studying the stars. the ability to see
© There are 15 telescopes located at the summit. something in a certain
© Its summit skies are dry and pollutant-free. place
O sacred (al
holy
o acclimate (v)
to become used to
something
194
Unit 8 I Insert Text
2. According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true of the telescopes at Mauna Kea
EXCEPT:
Cr) Two telescopes are run by the University of Hawaii.
C DI There is a telescope that is owned jointly by Canada and France.
CD An infrared telescope is owned and administrated by Subaru.
C) The Keck Observatory controls a couple of twin telescopes.
On the TOEFL Test
to the passage.
It has been in existence for almost forty years.
to the passage.
The rest are operated by other various entities.
Observatories at Mauna Kea
Located high on the mountain (1)
(2) (3)
Very dark in the area Are run by different countries and corporations
195
The Element Naming Controversy Time Limit: 3 min. 20 sec.

The 1960s was a very tense time between the USA and the Soviet Union. 1A Even the
scientists from these countries were arguing. 1B Around this time, many scientists were in a
race to be the first to synthesize elements. BE They wanted to be the first in order to earn the
naming rights. 1D A major controversy arose and was not resolved until 1997. This problem
came about when a few groups of scientists claimed to have made the same elements at the
same time. The main research labs involved in this crisis were the American lab in Berkeley
and the Soviet lab in Dubna.
When Soviet scientists synthesized element 104, they named it after Igor Kurchatov. He
was the father of the Soviet atomic bomb. The Americans strongly objected to this. They did
not want to refer to an element named after an enemy who invented a weapon to destroy
their country. But they were called hypocrites since they had named an element after
Einstein, who also worked on atomic weapons.
Then, members of the international element naming board objected to the American name
for 106, seaborgium. This was because the scientist Glenn T. Seaborg was still alive. 2A He
was handing out periodic tables signed with his name. 2B This went against the board's rules.
EP In 1994, the commission proposed a new set of names. 2D They attempted to resolve
the dispute. They tried to do this by replacing the name for 104 with a name after the Soviet
Dubna Research Center. They proposed not to name 106 after Seaborg.
This solution was objected to by the American Chemical Society. They felt they should have
the right to propose the name for 106. It should be whatever they wanted. The international
board decided that credit for element 106 should be shared between Berkeley and Dubna.
But the Dubna group had not yet offered a name. In addition, many American books already
used the earlier names.
Finally in 1997, the names were agreed on. But in 1999, Seaborg was still disputing the
name change for 105. It had been changed from hahnium to dubnium. He said they had not
really discovered the element for which they had been credited. But the Dubna group refused
to remove their claim. Some scientists in Berkeley still refer to 105 as hahnium.
o il
tense (a)
1. According to the passage, Igor Kurchatov was worrisome: nervous
synthesize (v)
C) a coworker of Einstein
to create; to make
C) the discoverer of elements 104 and 106
controversy (n)
© the creator of the Soviet atomic weapon argument; dispute
CD an opponent of the name change for element 105 hypocrite (n)
a person who says
one thing but does the
opposite
196
2. According to the passage, all of the following are true of the element naming controversy
between the USA and the Soviet Union EXCEPT:
Cli) The Americans did not want element 106 named after the Dubna Research Center.
ED Soviet scientists objected to the American name for element 106.
CD, The American and Soviet labs were recommended to share credit for element 106.
a)L The Soviet group from Dubna offered many alternative names to elements 104 and 106.
to the passage.
This was in the middle of the Cold War.
to the passage.
So they refused to allow this to be the element's name.
1960s: American and Soviet Soviets want to name

scientists claim to have (1)
discovered the same elements at after Igor Kurchatov

the same time — Objection by Americans
The Element Naming Controversy
Americans name
(2) 1997: Decided that credit 1999: Seaborg still disputes
for element 106 will be the Soviet name for
after Glenn T. Seaborg
shared by Soviets and (3)
Cancelled by the
International Element Americans
Naming Board
197
Plato Time Limit: 3 min. 20 sec.

Plato was born in the golden age of ancient Greece. His real name was Aristocles. But
historians think he was given the nickname Plato because of his broad stature. In Greek,
plato means "broad." It is also said that Plato had a wide, broad forehead. His parents were
influential citizens in Athens. 1A Plato began his career as a student of Socrates. 1B When
his master died, Plato studied in Egypt and Italy. BE He then returned to Athens and started
his own school. ID There Plato tried to pass on the Socratic style of thinking. He guided his
students towards the discovery of truth.
Plato tried to convey Socrates' teachings. He did this by writing down his master's
conversations. These dialogues are the primary source of historical information about
Socrates. Early dialogues look at a single issue. But they rarely come to conclusions about
these issues. The Euthyphro, one of Plato's dialogues, points out a dilemma about any
appeal to authority in defense of moral judgments. The Apology offers a description of the
philosophical life. This description is presented as Socrates presents his own in defense
before an Athenian jury.
The dialogues of Plato use Socrates as a fictional character. But the middle dialogues
express Plato's own views about philosophical issues. 2A In the Meno, Plato reports the
Socratic notion that no one knowingly does wrong. 2B He also introduces the doctrine of
recollection. m This is done in an attempt to discover whether or not virtue can be taught.
2D The Phaedo continues the development of Platonic notions. It presents the doctrine of the
forms. These arguments claim to show the immortality of the human soul.
The masterpiece among the middle dialogues is the Republic. It begins with a conversation
about the nature of justice. It then proceeds directly to an extended discussion of justice,
wisdom, courage, and moderation. He looks at the ways in which these appear to individual
human beings and in society as a whole. The allegory of the cave captures the powerful
image of the possibilities for human life. The dialogue concludes with a review of various
forms of government. In it is an explicit description of the ideal state. It is one in which
only philosophers are fit to rule. There is also an attempt to show that justice is better than
injustice.
influential (a)
According to the passage, which of the following is true about Plato? able to affect many things
O convey (v)
cip He was born in the Golden Age of ancient Rome. to transmit: to teach
(1) He started his own school to separate from Socrates' teachings.
O doctrine (n)
© He used Socrates as a fictional character in many of his dialogues. a form of teaching
He began to speak in his own voice in the Euthyphro and Apology. O immortality (n)
everlasting life; eternity
O allegory (n)
a story that uses symbols
to convey meaning
198
2. The word one in the passage refers to

CA) human life
C) dialogue
C) government
C) ideal state
On the 11'1'1 '1
to the passage.
He was greatly influenced by his master's thoughts and ideas.
to the passage.
They do not depict Socrates as a main character.
• real name — (1)

• a student of Socrates'
• founded his own school
• wrote many works of philosophy
• used Socrates as a character in (2)
— the Euthyphro & Apology
• middle dialogues didn't use Socrates
— the Meno & Phaedo
• (3) - the greatest middle dialogue
199
, Read the following passage, and answer the questions.

Loie Fuller
Loie Fuller pioneered the field of modern dance. She was also an innovator in the field of
lighting techniques. She was born in Chicago, and she began her career as a child actress.
She later performed dances in burlesque, vaudeville, and circus shows. She was an
early practitioner of the free dance method. She danced with natural movements that she
developed herself. She also created improvisation techniques, combining her dance moves
with flowing silk costumes. These were lit up by colored lighting that she designed.
Fuller became famous in America. She was known for works such as "Serpentine Dance."
1A But she felt unhappy that she was not taken seriously by the public. iB She felt they still
saw her as an actress. m The people of Paris received her warmly. 1D She remained in
France to continue her work. She was a regular performer at the Folies Bergere. There she
performed such works as the Fire Dance. She became the embodiment of the Art Nouveau
movement.
Many French artists and scientists were attracted to Fuller's groundbreaking work. Her
fans included greats such as Jules Cheret, Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec, and Marie Curie.
2A Fuller also filed many patents related to stage lighting. 2B This included chemical
compounds for creating color gel. El She was even a member of the French Astronomical
Society. 2D
Fuller arranged many tours of Europe for early modern dancers. She was known as the first
American modern dancer to perform in Europe. She also introduced Isadora Duncan to the
audiences of Paris. She is famous for causing modern dance to be accepted as a serious art
form.
Fuller returned to America once in a while. She came back to stage performances by her
students. They were called the "Fullerets" or Muses. But she was in Paris at the end of her
life. Breast cancer took her in 1928. She was cremated, and her ashes were buried in Paris.
o pioneer (v)
to be the leader in
1. According to paragraph 1, all of the following about Loie Fuller something
are true EXCEPT:
o improvisation (n)
® She created many techniques for stage lighting. creativeness; the act of
creating new things
C) She danced with unnatural movements.
© She used to dance wearing silk outfits. o embodiment (n)
the ideal; the perfect
® She started out as a child actress. model
groundbreaking (a)
2. According to the passage, Loie Fuller was not happy because
new; innovative
1 she felt unappreciated as a dancer in America o cremate (v)
C) not so many French people were attracted to her work to burn a dead body to
turn it into ashes
© she had to perform dances in vaudeville
C) her "Serpentine Dance" was severely criticized
200
Unit 8
to the passage.
However, she felt different in Europe.
to the passage.
But she also had many fans who were just regular people.
Was a pioneer in the field of 11)

I !
Created many (2)
r-
■ Loie Fuller Became famous in America and Europe
II
Had many famous (3)
Helped other dancers tour through Europe
201
Ancient Astronomy Time Limit. 2 min. 50 sec.

Many ancient societies studied the stars. Now, many scientists study the stargazing practices
of those societies. They also look at the tools these early societies made to look at stars. This
form of archaeology and astronomy is currently studied as a serious branch of science. But in
the beginning, it was very controversial. Many people were not willing to believe that primitive
humans could understand the science of astronomy.
At the end of the 19th century, the astronomer Norman Lockyer was active in this field.
1A His studies covered Stonehenge and the pyramids of Egypt. 1B He tried to bring this field
into wide acceptance as a serious branch of science. al But on the British Isles, interest in
this field waned. 1D Then in the 1960s, there was new interest. It was revived by astronomer
Gerald Hawkins. He proposed that Stonehenge was a Stone Age computer. This interesting
concept made people interested again.
Around the same time, an engineer named Alexander Thom published the results of a
study. His article stated that there was a widespread practice of accurate astronomy in
ancient cultures. He said Stonehenge was used on the British Isles during ancient times.
2A Hawkins's claims were widely dismissed. 2B But Thom's analysis posed a problem.
EIE This challenged the historical academic beliefs at that time. 2D A re-evaluation of Thom's
fieldwork by Clive Ruggles tried to show that his claims were not supportable. But there was
evidence of widespread interest in astronomy at these Stone Age sites.
Only one scientist, Euan Mackie, agreed that Thom's theories needed to be tested.
This man went to the Kintraw standing stone site in Argyllshire in 1970 and 1971. Here he
checked whether Thom's prediction about the accuracy of the observation platform above the
stone was correct. He checked the alignment of the platform with the stone. He found that
it was correct. Thom's conclusions were accepted. These were published in new prehistoric
accounts of Britain. These persistent scientists proved that people from long ago did study
the stars with accurate results. History was changed forever.
O primitive (a)
1. According to the passage, which of the following is true about very simple or basic
theories about Stonehenge? o revive (v)

to renew
® Gerald Hawkins claimed that Stonehenge was an ancient computer.
O wane (v)
® Alexander Thom tried to prove a direct connection between
to decrease; to become
Stonehenge and the Egyptian pyramids. less
© Clive Ruggles agreed with the theories of Gerald Hawkins about o pose (v)
Stonehenge. to present
• Euan Mackie proved that Thom's theory about Stonehenge was a alignment (n)
groundless. the placement of
something
o persistent (a)
constant; unrelenting
202
2. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true about Euan Mackie EXCEPT:
® In 1970 and 1971 he went to the Kintraw standing stone site.
® He checked on the accuracy of the observation platform above the stone.
CD He found that the alignment of the platform was not correct.
t© The results of his test helped rewrite early history.
On the TOEFL Test
to the passage.
People simply were not interested in studying it.
to the passage.
His conclusions startled many people.
Ancient Astronomy
(1) (2) (3) (4)
— studied it seriously —studied —studied — proved Thom's

— studied Stonehenge Stonehenge Stonehenge conclusions were
and the pyramids of —revived people's —challenged the correct
Egypt interest in ancient historical academic
astronomy beliefs
A serious branch of science now
203
Melvin Calvin Time Limit: 3 min. 10 sec.
Melvin Calvin will forever be remembered as a great chemist. He spent his whole life working
towards discovery. He and his team discovered the Calvin cycle. This cycle is the route that
carbon travels through plants. This discovery is world-famous for "unlocking the secrets of
photosynthesis" in plants. For this he was awarded the 1961 Nobel Prize in Chemistry.
Calvin joined the faculty at the University of California at Berkeley in 1937. 1A By 1963,
he was named Professor of Molecular Biology. 1B He was the founder and director of the
Chemical Biodynamics Lab. PE He was also the associate director of the Berkeley Radiation
Lab at the same time. 1D
According to legend, on the day of the Japanese surrender in World War II, the head of the
laboratory came to Calvin. He said, "Now is the time to do something useful with radioactive
carbon." He was referring to the isotope of carbon that had been discovered in 1940. This
isotope had been used in the atomic bombs that were dropped on Japan. In response, Calvin
organized a team of Rad Lab researchers. They began to study the photosynthetic process.
This is the process by which green plants convert energy from the sun into chemical energy.
Calvin and his team used the carbon-14 isotope as a tracer. They mapped the complete
route that carbon travels through a plant. The path starts from its intake as carbon dioxide
from the air to the point where it changes into carbohydrates. 2A In doing so, the Calvin group
showed that sunlight acts on the chlorophyll in a plant. 2B It fuels the creation of organic
compounds. El Before this discovery, sunlight was believed to act only on the carbon dioxide
within a plant.
Calvin's work led to a lifelong interest in energy production. He also spent many years
testing the chemical evolution of life. He wrote a book on the subject that was published in
1969. Calvin actively pursued scientific research into his old age. He studied the use of oil-
producing plants. He looked at them as renewable sources of energy. Calvin even analyzed
moon rocks. He was a man who loved science. It was more important to him than the many
awards he received.
0 faculty (n)
all the teachers at a
1. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true
school
of Melvin Calvin?
founder (n)
(A) He won the Nobel Prize in 1961 for discovering the Calvin cycle. a person who establishes
CD
E He established the Chemical Biodynamics Lab at U.C. Berkeley some kind of organization
in 1963. 0 organize (v)

to gather together; to
CD He studied the photosynthesis process of plants using radioactive form something
carbon. convert (v)
©, He was deeply interested in energy production and renewable to change
energy sources. pursue (v)
to chase after
204
Unit 8 I !nsert Text
2. The word pursued in the passage is closest in meaning to

C) widened
CD accomplished
© continued
C) followed
ulac: '1'0171-71 l'ebt
to the passage.
He quickly became an important professor there.
to the passage.
But now scientists understand this process much better.
Won a Nobel Prize in Chemistry
Discovered (1)
Discovered the secret of (2)
Melvin Calvin
Was a member of the UC Berkeley faculty
Used (3) as a tracer
Mapped the route of carbon through plants

■
205
1-) ail al 11 p- San Skills
1. The Observatories at Mauna Kea
Mauna Kea in Hawaii twelve telescopes the air quality

very dark and clear 1967
There are many research stations located on (1) . These observatories

are located there because of (2) and the fact that the night skies are
(3)
. The Astronomy Precinct there was established in (4)
There are (5) located there that are run by different countries or
corporations.
2. The Element Naming Controversy
American scientists in the 1960s the USA and Soviet Union

naming controversies the Soviet name
(1)
tensions between (2) even
caused problems between scientists. There were (3) over
various elements that different laboratories created. The Americans objected to (4)
, and the Soviets objected to the American name. Finally, an agreement on the
name was arrived at, but some (5) still use the old name.
3. Plato
his early dialogues Greek philosopher the Republic

Plato's own thoughts the Socratic method of philosophy
Plato was a great (1) who lived in Athens and studied with Socrates.
After Socrates died, Plato opened his own school and tried to imitate (2)
. Many of (3) looked at single issues
but never came up with answers. His middle dialogues stopped using Socrates as a character
and expressed (4) (5)
was one of Plato's
greatest works.
206
4. Loie Fuller
Th
modern dance helped other artists important French fans
improvisation felt unappreciated
Loie Fuller was a pioneer in the field of (1) . She created many new
dance movements through (2) . She became famous in America, but she
(3) , so she moved to France, where she had many fans. She had many
(4)
including Jules Cheret, Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec, and Marie
Curie. She toured Europe and also (5) to do so.
5. Ancient Astronomy
Alexander Thom Stonehenge the stargazing practices

Thom's conclusions Norman Lockyer
Nowadays, many scientists study (1) of ancient societies. (2)

was an early scholar who looked into these practices. Gerald Hawkins also
looked at (3) and noticed how it was connected to astronomy. Most people
discounted Hawkins's work, but (4) produced new evidence to support it.
Euan Mackie went to Stonehenge and proved that (5) were correct.
6. Melvin Calvin
the secrets of photosynthesis the Calvin cycle a great chemist

the carbon-14 isotope U.C. Berkeley
Melvin Calvin was (1) who won a Nobel Prize. He discovered (2)
, which helped to unlock (3)
He worked at (4) , where he was a professor. He used (5)
to trace the route of carbon through the plant. He studied many
different things through the course of his life.
207
\li»i 1 0 1

CD the Chinook language
® every group
© potlatch
C) a different way
Which of the following Indian tribes is NOT mentioned as practicing the potlatch in
the passage?
CD Haida
® Cherokee
Salish
© Tlingit
3 The word witnessed is closest in meaning to

'CLA) studied
i® practiced
© enjoyed
ED viewed
Look at the four squares [ U ] that indicate where the following sentence could be
added to the passage.
But there were also many other special foods.

The word influx is closest in meaning to

® arrival
C) export
C) possibility
ED interest
E The author of the passage implies that

® the potlatch was always a friendly occasion
© missionaries wanted the potlatch to continue
© the potlatch is a tradition that continues today
© potlatching stopped in Canada after 1885
208
The Potlatch Ceremony

A potlatch was a religious ceremony held by some American Indian tribes. This ceremony
was extremely important to their social structure. These tribes were from regions along
the Pacific Northwest coast. These regions ranged from the United States to British
Columbia, Canada. Some of the tribes were the Haida, Nuxalk, Salish, and Tlingit.
The name potlatch is derived from the Chinook language. Every group that participated
in the ceremony has a different way of saying it. The Chinook word sounds like the
English words "pot" and "latch." But it has nothing to do with these things.
Originally, the potlatch was held to commemorate important events. It could be the
death of a highly respected person or a new child being born. Social ranks in American
Indian societies were limited. So when a person changed his rank to a higher one, it had
to be witnessed in order for people to accept it.
The potlatch took the form of a ceremonial feast. A It traditionally featured seal meat or
salmon. B During the feast, relationships of hierarchy between groups were created and
strengthened through the exchange of gifts, dance performances, and other ceremonies.
El The host family made great efforts to demonstrate their wealth by giving away their
possessions. D This prompted prominent guests to return the favor by holding their own
potlatch ceremonies.
Before the arrival of the Europeans, potlatch gifts might be preserved food, boats, or
human slaves. The influx of new sorts of goods such as blankets and copper caused a
negative change in the potlatch in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Some groups used
the potlatch as an arena for battle. At this arena, highly competitive contests of status
took place. In some cases, gifts were destroyed after being received.
Potlatching was made illegal in Canada in 1885 and outlawed in the United States in
the late 19th century because missionaries and government agents desired this. They
thought it was a foolish custom. In their view, it was wasteful, unproductive, and bad for
the people who did it. Despite the ban, potlatching continued secretly for many years.
Years later, numerous tribes begged the government to repeal the ban. They compared
the potlatch to Christmas. They said the potlatch was a feast where friends exchanged
gifts, like Christmas. Potlatching became less of an issue in the 20th century. So the ban
was dropped.
Today, many ethnographers study the potlatch. They are fascinated by this festive
event. The sponsors of a potlatch hand out many valuable items. They earn prestige in
return. This prestige increases with the richness of the potlatch.
209
Mini TOEFL iBT
7. The word ironically in the passage is closest in meaning to
Cap amusingly
® groundlessly
C) hypocritically
® scarily
8. According to the passage, what format does literary criticism commonly come in?
television
C2) book
(D magazine
i© newspaper
9. Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be
So these people were taking a big risk by engaging in criticism.

10. The author discusses Aristotle's Poetics in paragraph 4 in order to
® describe a work of Renaissance era criticism

CD exemplify ancient criticism
© illustrate the restoration efforts of Renaissance-era critics
Ci
®),Th highlight an important work of criticism
According to the passage, what can be inferred about "The New Criticism"?
® It was founded by one individual.
® It was based on the works of Plato and Aristotle.
C) It was similar to deconstruction.
® It did not form in only one place.
® philosophy
® method
C) criticism
C) information
210
Literary Criticism
Students around the world study great literature in school. But sometimes they need the
help of experts to better understand what they have read. It is the job of literary critics
to study and discuss the works of authors. They think about and decide what the author
meant. This kind of work is based on literary theory. However, it is important to note that
not all critics are theorists.
These days, literary criticism often comes in an essay or book format. Academic
critics teach classes on this subject. They also write their findings in academic journals.
Ironically, their writings are sometimes longer than the books they are writing about. More
popular critics have their work printed in magazines. Some popular magazines that print
literary criticism are The New York Times Book Review, The Nation, and The New Yorker.
As long as literature has been around, there have been critics to discuss it. Aristotle and
Plato wrote works that were highly critical of Greek poetry. A In the Middle Ages, classical
critics focused on religious texts. B But around this time, it was dangerous to criticize the
Holy Bible. 1E1 Critics' comments on holy books such as this were usually made with the
official opinions of church leaders in mind. 0
In the Renaissance, many new ideas about writing were formed. These ideas about
form and content led to a new group of critics. These critics claimed that writing was at
the center of all culture. They claimed that poets and authors were protectors of a long
literary tradition. Some of these noble poets began restoring great works of the past. One
classic work that was rescued was Aristotle's Poetics.
More new ideas about literature were brought to the field of literary criticism by the
British Romantic movement. These critics of the early 19th century thought that the object
of writing did not always have to be beautiful. They had no problem with it being common,
gritty, or ugly. They thought that the act of creating literature itself could raise a common
subject. The highest level a work could attain was that of the "sublime."
Then, in the early 20th century, a new group of critics began to publish their work.
These critics, who came from Britain and America, called their work "The New Criticism."
These critics thought the most important way to study writing was to read it very closely.
They encouraged people to focus "on the words themselves." This method is still a very
popular way of reading.
The New Criticism was the most common method of studying writing until the late
1960s. Around this time, university professors became highly influenced by Continental
Philosophy. This new way of thinking led to a new style of criticism. Both this philosophy
and method of criticism focus on the form of information. They look very closely at the
way it is presented. The critic must go through a process of taking a work apart. This
process is called "deconstruction."
211
Vc.) 'Irv- Review
Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. The engineer created a very primitive model for his experiment.

excessive ® basic ® advanced ® complicated
2. The founder of the organization finally retired after thirty-five years as president.
® president ® manager © creator © discoverer
3. Bill Gates is a pioneer in the field of software.

® engineer ® discoverer © opportunist ® leader
4. Everyone looked tense while they were waiting for the results to come in.
® upset CE disinterested @, nervous © pleased
5. The question poses many potential problems for the people.

I® presents 0
Q.
"Th answers C asks 0, manages
6. Jerusalem is a sacred city to people of several different religions.

C) holy ® fascinating CD capital CD popular
7. We did not dispute what the man accused us of doing.
® agree with ® do Co_,
-) argue ® state
8. Donald made it to the summit of the mountain after climbing for several hours.
® base Ca) bottom ® cliff ® top
It Match each word with the correct definition.
1. alignment • a. the ability to see something in a certain place

2. improvisation • b. a very big problem
3. seeing factor c. a story from the past that may or may not be true
4. hypocrite ▪ d. the placement of something
5. dilemma • e. to create; to make
6. allegory f. creativeness; the act of creating new things
7. archaeology g. the science of studying ancient cultures
8. legend h. to become used to something
9. acclimate • i. a person who says one thing but does the opposite
10. synthesize • j. a story that uses symbols to convey meaning
212
PART
-"'"
\__ 1_1°- to 1 C7a1-11

include: prose summary and fill in a table. The
learning objectives of these comprehension
questions are to recognize the major ideas and
the relative importance of information in a passage
and to organize the main ideas and other important
information in the appropriate categories.
• Unit 9 Prose Summary

Biology / Psychology / Art / Geography
• Unit 10 Fill.in a Table

Science / Sociology / Economics / History
-"`
•
evervft_=vy
• Introduction
Prose Summary questions are a new type of question on the TOEFL iBT. In this type of question,
you will be asked to complete a summary chart by choosing the three most important ideas from
six choices. In order to solve Prose Summary questions, you should understand the overall
theme of the passage and distinguish important ideas from minor ones in the passage.
F
• Question Type
__
Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided below.
Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express important ideas in
the passage. Some sentences do not belong in the summary because they express ideas that
are not presented in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage. This question is worth 2
points.
[An introductory sentence]
Answer Choices
1. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 4. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
J
• Useful Tips
• Try to understand the overall structure of the passage.
• Write down the main idea of each paragraph on your scratch paper.
• Distinguish major points from minor details in the passage.
• Incorrect answer choices usually deal with the minor points of the passage or are not mentioned
in the passage.
216
Unit 9 I Prose Summary
Sairn[A.\ [PI at bon
Pennsylvania's Coal
Coal is a huge source of energy. Countries have spent lots of money getting at the coal
they have. The eastern United States has a tradition of mining coal. Pennsylvania is one such
place. It is the source of so much coal, but it is the home of a great mining disaster.
There are two ways to get at coal in the ground. The first way is to dig a hole below the surface
of the earth. Miners make tunnels that can be miles long. The second way is called open mining.
Miners will remove the surface of the earth over a huge area until they reach what they want.
Centralia, Pennsylvania has very high-quality coal. It burns hotter than most other kinds of
coal. Many open mines are in that town. Sadly, the town garbage dump was near an old, open
mine pit. In 1962, the garbage caught fire. It set the open mine on fire, too. The fire started
burning underground, where it was impossible to put out. The fine quality of the coal made
the disaster even worse. The fire has been burning underground for over forty years. No one
knows how to stop it. They say it will burn for 250 years.
Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the most
important ideas in the passage. Some answer choices do not belong in the summary because
they express ideas that are not in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage. This
question is worth 2 points.
Pennsylvania has a great mining tradition and a sad history.
•
•
•
Answer Choices
1. The town garbage dump was near an old, 4. Pennsylvania uses open mining to get
open mine. coal from the ground.
2. The coal near a town caught fire and has 5. The fire will burn for 250 years.
been burning for decades.
3. The town of Centralia has many open 6. There is good, quality coal in Pennsylvania.
mines.
Correct Choices 2, 4, and 6 are correct because they represent major ideas in the passage: Pennsylvania's
Answer open mining and the long-lasting burning fire. Choices 1, 3, and 5 are just minor ideas.
217
Prose Summary questions ask you to complete a summary chart with the most important ideas from
the passage. The topic sentence will be given for the summary. You need to understand the overall
theme of the passage first and then distinguish major points from minor ideas in the passage.
Portrait Painting
The painting of portraits is a kind of art. Its intent is to show a visual image of the subject, which
is usually a person. The portrait is expected to show the true form of the subject. Portraitists
create their portraits for someone who hires and pays them. They are sometimes inspired
by strong feelings they have for the subject. A self-portrait is one in which the artists portray
themselves. Portraits can show the subject's entire body, half of the person's body, or a bust,
which covers from the shoulders to the top of the head. Animals, pets, and even houses are
sometimes chosen to be subjects for portraits.
1. Directions: Complete the summary by selecting the TWO answer choices that express the most
important ideas in the passage.
This passage discusses the characteristics of portrait painting.
® A portraitist is someone who paints portraits for money.

CD Portraits are created to show the true form of the subject.
C) Some people prefer self-portraits for the strong feelings they experience.
® The subjects of portraits include humans, animals, and buildings.
C) Portraits of the bust show the subject from the shoulders to the top of the head.
Flatworms
Flatworms are a group of simple life forms with very soft bodies. These animals have no spine.
They are found in saltwater, freshwater, and moist places. Most of them are free-living forms,
but some species are parasitic and live on other animals. There are four classes of flatworm:
Tematoda, Cestoda, Monogenea, and Turbellaria. The flatworm's soft body is ribbon-shaped.
Flatworms are the simplest animals, with organs formed out of three germ layers. There are
outer and inner layers and a middle layer between them. These worms have no true body
cavity except for their gut. The inside of their bodies are filled with loosely spaced tissue.
Flatworms' bodies are very basic.
•
f
® Flatworms live in watery places.

® Flatworms have ribbon-shaped, soft bodies without spines.
© Flatworms have three germ layers to develop their body cavity.
C) Flatworms are classified into four different kinds according to their size.
® Flatworms cannot survive without a nutrient supply from other animals.
218
Deltas
A delta is a landform that occurs where a river flows into an ocean, sea, desert, or lake. This
flow builds a deltaic deposit in the outward direction of the flow. A delta is formed by sediment
carried by the river. This sediment is deposited as the water current dissipates. Deltaic deposits
of larger rivers that are heavy with sediment divide river channels into multiple streams. These
streams divide and come together again to form a system of active and inactive channels. A
deposit at the mouth of a river forms a shape that is roughly triangular. The blocking of the river
mouth by silt causes the shape and increased width at the base of the delta.
This passage describes how deltas are formed.
ED Sediment carried by a river creates deltas.

ED Rivers are often divided into multiple streams.
C) Deltas are triangular in shape.
C) The mouth of a river is blocked by silt deposits.
C) Deltaic deposits build in the inward direction of a river flow.
Social Psychology
The field of social psychology is an ongoing study of how people behave in groups. It focuses
on how they perceive, influence, and relate to others. Gordon Allport is credited with the
classic definition of this study. He said it is an attempt to understand and explain how people
are influenced by others. This can include their ways of dealing with the imagined or implied
presence of other people. Much of the research done in this field is completed through the
observation of small groups. These groups are assembled and given tasks to complete.
Researchers observe the group interactions as they attempt to complete the assigned tasks.
Social psychology examines the group dynamics of people.
ED Social psychologists publish their research in different journals.

C) Social psychology explains how people are influenced by others.
© Researchers often observe small groups of people doing tasks.
© Social psychology was first defined by Gordon Al!port.
C) Social psychology is a subfield of psychology and sociology.
219
-2 1-3 cc' cc= Nvi 1' 1 1
Estuaries Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
An estuary forms at the tidal mouth of a river. It is a coastal body of water that is semi-
enclosed. It also has a free flowing connection to the open sea. The main feature of an
estuary occurs within this connection when seawater mixes with freshwater. The combining
of seawater and freshwater from a stream or river creates a supply of brackish water. A tide
must be present to create motion at the point where the two waters meet. In seas without a
tide, the rivers naturally form deltas.
The tidal mouth of a river is the usual location of an estuary. Here there is often a lot of
sediment deposits that consist of silt carried from runoff from the land. Estuaries occur more
frequently on sunken coasts, where the land is situated lower, as the sea level has risen.
Valleys are flooded by this process, which creates forms such as rias and fjords. If there is a
stream or river flowing into them, they can become estuaries.
Brackish water created in estuaries is not as salty as seawater. But it is saltier than
freshwater. This kind of water allows estuaries to harbor thriving ecosystems. One of the
most well-known estuaries is the River Thames, which flows through London. It reaches to
the town of Teddington, a few miles west of London. This area marks the limit of the tidal part
of the Thames. But as far west as Battersea, it is still a freshwater river.
The fauna in this part of the Thames consists mostly of freshwater species. There are
many fish found here, such as roach, dace, carp, perch, and pike. Between Battersea and
Gravesend, the Thames becomes brackish. A limited number of freshwater and marine
species populate this area. The salinity increases a little further east, and marine species
completely replace the freshwater fish.
eral Com &-! s'ion

sediment (n)
1. The word harbor in the passage is closest in meaning to dirt and silt from the
bottom of a river
contain 0 runoff (n)
(1) hide rainwater that forms a
© destroy stream rather than going
into the ground
C) create
0 sunken (a)
beneath the water level
2. According to the passage, a tide must be present at an estuary in
0 brackish (a)
order to
somewhat salty
® build sediment deposits 0 thrive (v)
E® mix fresh and salty water into brackish water to become successful or
© form a delta naturally strong; to flourish
(D maintain a thriving ecosystem 0 fauna (n)

animals in a particular
area
0 populate (v)
to live in a certain place
220
On the TOEFL Test
3. Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided below.
Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the most important
ideas in the passage. Some answer choices do not belong in the summary because they express
ideas that are not in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage.
An estuary has many different features.
Answer Choices
® Freshwater species mostly live in CI) Many different fish live in the Thames.
estuaries.
® The River Thames is one of the most ® Valleys can flood near sunken coasts.
studied estuaries.
CO Estuaries have lots of sediment deposits. CD Estuaries are a combination of freshwater
and seawater.
Are a combination of (2)
Estuaries Have a lot of sediment deposits
Have mostly freshwater species
Can have (3) closer to the ocean
221
The Embryo
The embryo is the earliest stage of development for multi-celled life forms. The development
of the embryo begins with sexual reproduction. Once this is completed, a sperm fertilizes an
egg. The zygote is the cell that results from this process. All the DNA of the two parents is
contained within it. In this early stage, the human embryo does not possess consciousness.
This point is hotly contested by groups that are for or against abortion rights.
For human embryos there are three major stages of development. From weeks 1 to 4,
the embryo will begin to search for a place to attach to the wall of the uterus. It finds the
right place and implants itself there. The mother and the embryo will begin to form their
connections. The umbilical cord forms during this time.
During weeks 5 to 6, the embryo puts out chemicals. The woman's menstrual cycle is
stopped by these. The brain begins to develop. Around the sixth week, brainwave activity
begins. The heart begins to beat around this time. Stubs where arms and legs will grow later
become visible. All of the main organs begin to grow.
Between weeks 7 and 8, the embryo's blood type is established. The embryo can move, and
its eyes form. Most organs are fully developed or are in the process of developing. At the end
of the eighth week, the embryonic stage ends. This marks the beginning of the fetal stage.
Much controversy and argumentation have revolved around the topic of human embryos.
The question is at which point an embryo becomes a human with a consciousness and a
soul. This question is central to the abortion issue in the United States. Many believe that the
embryo is a human life and should be protected. They want abortion and scientific testing
on embryos to be illegalized as a form of murder. But opponents believe that the embryo is
merely undeveloped tissue. They believe women should be able to make their own decisions
on whether or not to abort a human embryo before it enters the fetal stage.
Ca 1
2201 .11Aladi
0 fertilize (v)
to make pregnant
In stating that much controversy and argumentation have revolved
around the topic of human embryos, the author means that 0 consciousness (n)
awareness; realization
Cil() human embryos are a much debated topic by many people
0 contest (v)
C) there is a general consensus among people about human embryos to dispute
© people cannot agree when an embryo becomes a human being 0 abortion (n)
© discussions about embryos are often enjoyed by many people a surgical process that
terminates the life of a
fetus
2. The word opponents in the passage is closest in meaning to
illegalize (v)
® allies to make something
C) helpers unlawful
© murderers
ED enemies
222
On the T
The human embryo develops over the course of three stages.
Answer Choices
(I) Main organs, such as limbs and eyes, C) The fetal stage begins as soon as the
start developing relatively early. embryonic stage ends.
C) In the early stage, the embryo attaches C) Before the baby is born, the eyes are fully
itself to the mother's womb. developed.
© The question of when a fetus becomes a C) The brain and the heart begin to activate
baby is important to the abortion issue. in the middle stage.
Development of a Human Embryo
Sexual reproduction: fertilization
(1) : attachment to the uterus wall
(2) : secretion of chemicals and beginning of brainwave activity
(3) : a fetus
223
C Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
Johannes Gutenberg and Metal Type Time Limit: 2 min. 40 sec.
Johannes Gutenberg was an inventor. He achieved fame for his invention of a printing press
with movable type. His press had a type metal alloy, oil-based inks, and a mold for casting
type. This invention led to the book becoming an item of use by the common man.
The exact origin of Gutenberg's first press is unknown. Tradition credits him with inventing
movable type in Europe. It was an improvement on the block printing already in use there.
By combining these components into a production system, he enabled the rapid printing of
written materials. This led to an information explosion in across Renaissance Europe.
Gutenberg moved from his native town of Mainz to Strasbourg around 1430. He began
experimenting with metal type after he moved. He knew that wood-block type involved a
great deal of time and expense to produce because it had to be hand-carved. Gutenberg
concluded that metal type could be reproduced much more quickly since it could be done
once a single mold had been fashioned.
In 1455, Gutenberg made a demonstration of his printing press. He did this by selling
copies of a two-volume Bible for just 300 German florins each. This was the same amount
of money as three year's wages for an average clerk. But it was much cheaper than a
handwritten Bible. One of those books normally took a single monk 20 years to write by hand.
Gutenberg had a partner named Johann Fust. The money Gutenberg earned from his
press was not enough to repay Fust for his investments. Fust sued Gutenberg in court and
won. The court's ruling bankrupted Gutenberg. It also awarded control of the movable type
and his printing equipment to Fust. Gutenberg ran a small print shop until shortly before his
death. But Fust became the first printer to publish a book with his name on it.
O mold (n)
1. In stating that tradition credits him with inventing movable type a shape or form
in Europe, the author means that O fashion (v)

to make or create
® Gutenberg received payment for his invention
O demonstration (n)
CD Gutenberg was a person who always observed important traditions a practical illustration of
© in Europe Gutenberg is believed to have invented movable type how something works
© Gutenberg invented many of the traditions of Europe O wage (n)
the money one receives
2. The word fashioned in the passage is closest in meaning to for work; salary
O ruling In)
® planned a decision by an authority
C) shaped
0 award NI
© broken to give on the basis of a
CD decorated legal decision
224
On the TOEFL Test
Gutenberg's press influenced printing practices and society in important ways.
Answer Choices
C) Movable type was invented in 1455. (p) Johann Fust was Gutenberg's partner.
C) Books became available to common Ci) Metal type cut down on the amount of
people because of the printing press. time and money spent on printing.
© It took a monk twenty years to copy the CD Circulation of information increased
entire Bible. rapidly over a short period of time.
Invented (1) , which was better than wooden blocks
t
Led to (2) in the Renaissance
Printed Bibles at a lower cost than handwritten ones
Enabled common people (3)
I.
(4) sued him for rights to printing press
Gutenberg dies in poverty
225
Transgenic Plants Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Transgenic plants share genes from different species. In the late 1800s, the first transgenic
plant species was recorded. It was a cross between wheat and rye. This crossbreeding of
two plant species marked a new era of farming. By moving genes from one plant to another,
farmers can raise crops that are more resistant to diseases. These plants are protected from
epidemics that can destroy many fields worth of food and income.
In the 1930s, E.S. McFadden bred a variety of wheat that had a transgene from wild grass.
This variety was called Hope. It was resistant to a stem rust disease that was threatening
to destroy the entire American wheat crop. This new kind of wheat saved farmers from ruin.
Many people were also shielded from famine.
The growth of transgenic plants began through normal crossbreeding methods. But by the
1970s, scientists were performing DNA transplants between plant and even animal species.
In 1985, a laboratory in Belgium created a genetically engineered tobacco plant that had an
insect tolerance. This was done by adding genes encoded with proteins that could kill insects.
This development opened up the field of transgenic recombinant plants. This field has
been the subject of controversy between several international bodies. These warring groups
promote and oppose genetically modified crops and foods. This battle over the use of plant
DNA has resulted in the creation of a new biological class. Members of this class are known
as genetically modified organisms (GMOs).
One example of a useful transgenic plant is golden rice. This version of rice was created
in a laboratory. It contains 23 times more vitamin A than regular white rice. Vitamin A is an
important form of nourishment that is scarce in many parts of the world. This version of rice
was created as a humanitarian tool to help people in these areas. But due to the opposition
from various groups that are against transgenic foods, this rice is not available.
0 cross (n)
1. The word shielded in the passage is closest in meaning to a combination of two
things
CA chased o resistant (a)
C) subjected unaffected by
© needed 0 epidemic (n)
© protected a disease that spreads
quickly among many
people
2. According to the author's description of transgenic plants, which
of the following is true? 0 nourishment (n)
sustenance; nutrition
C) Transgenic plants led to a new era of farming. o scarce (a)
C) Hope wheat caused a terrible famine among farmers. rare; insufficient
C) McFadden created an insect-resistant tobacco plant. 0 humanitarian (a)
© Golden rice is enjoyed by many people around the world today. helpful to humans
226
tb L'-1_;L Test
Scientists have developed many different transgenic plants.
Answer Choices
CA) A Belgian laboratory has made tobacco C) A strain of wheat called Hope helped save
plants that can resist insects. many American farmers.
0 Some transgenic plants are causing C) Golden rice created in the laboratory is
controversy with different groups. more nutritious than regular rice.
Transgenic plants are those that share C) Since the 1970s, scientists have been
characteristics with other species. creating transgenic plants.
Transgenic Plants
• A cross between wheat • (3)

• Share genes with other
species and rye
• Are more resistant to • (2) about transgenic plants
(1) called Hope • Some groups oppose to
• Insect-resistant tobacco GMOs
• Are more nutritious plants
• Golden rice
227
Sigmund Freud Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

Sigmund Freud was an Austrian neurologist. He was the founder of a new kind of psychology.
He is best known for his theories about sexual desire and dreams. He is also famous for his
studies of repression and the unconscious mind. He has been called by many "the father of
psychoanalysis."
Freud was born in Freiberg in 1856. His family lived in a crowded apartment. But his
parents made an effort to foster his intellect. He ranked first in his class in six of his eight
years of schooling. He attended the University of Vienna at the age of 17.
Freud opened his own practice for patients with nervous and brain disorders. He tried using
hypnotism with his most hysterical and neurotic patients. But he eventually gave up this
practice. He found that he could get his patients to talk by an easier method. He put them
on a couch and encouraged them to say whatever came into their minds. This process was
termed "free association."
In his forties, Freud felt that he had many mental problems. He began to explore his own
dreams. He also examined his own memories and the dynamics of his personality. During
this self-analysis, he came to realize the hostility he felt towards his father. He also recalled
his childhood feelings for his mother, who was attractive, warm, and protective. Scholars who
have studied Freud consider this time of emotional difficulty to be the most creative time in
his life.
Freud's theories and research methods were controversial during his life. A paper by
Lydiard H. Horton called Freud's dream theory "dangerously inaccurate." Another of Freud's
critics was Juliet Mitchell. She suggested that Freud's basic claim that our conscious thoughts
are driven by unconscious fears and desires should be rejected. She said this because it
challenges the possibility of making universal and objective claims about the world. Many
critics think that Freud's ideas were a byproduct of his heavy cocaine use.
o repression (n)
1. The word TOM in the passage is closest in meaning to the stopping of some
action or feeling
C) promote O hysterical. (a)
C) destroy frantic; in a panic
© hide O neurotic (a)
C) popularize unstable; nervous
O association (n)
2. According to the author's description of Sigmund Freud, which the connecting or
of the following is true? combining of ideas
O hostility (n)
C) He is best known for his theories about repression.
hatred; unfriendliness
(1) He was born in Australia in 1856. O controversial (a)
© He treated his patients with the free association method. divisive; contentious
© He ignored his own dreams. O byproduct (n)
a result; an effect
228
On the TOEFL Test
Sigmund Freud made many advances in the field of psychology.
Answer Choices
C) He introduced the free association C) He theorized about sexual desires and
method. unconsciousness.
cp He used drugs to get insight into dreams. CED He opened and pioneered the field of
psychoanalysis.
© He almost always ranked at the top of his ci) He treated his physical illness through
class. self-analysis.
Was the father of (1)
Used hypnotism on hysterical and neurotic patients
6161116":
11111111111
Developed the (2) method
Looked at relationships with his parents through self-analysis
Criticized by many scholars as (3)
229
The History of Cartography Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

The study and practice of making maps or globes is called cartography. This has been an
important part of human history as far back as can be traced. The first known maps were of
the constellations of stars rather than the Earth. The night sky was found mapped out as dots
dating to 16,500 B.C. These were found on the walls of the Lascaux Caves in France. Three
bright stars, Vega, Deneb, and Altair, were included on these walls. The Pleiades star cluster
was also mapped in these cave paintings.
In ancient Babylon, maps were made using very accurate surveying techniques. A clay tablet
found in 1930 at Ga-Sur, near today's Kirkuk in northern Iraq, shows a map that is a good
example. It is of a river valley between two hills. An inscription on this tablet shows that the plot
of land belonged to someone named Azala. Scholars date this tablet to 2300 to 2500 B.C.
In ancient Egypt, maps were quite rare. But those that survived show a focus on geometric
calculation and survey technique. The Turin Papyrus, which is dated to 1300 B.C., shows
mountains east of the Nile. This was an important area where gold and silver were mined.
An early revolution in mapmaking occurred during the time of Claudius Ptolemy, who lived
in the Hellenic Egyptian city of Alexandria from 90 to 168 AD. He began depicting the Earth
as a sphere and outlined the concept of parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude that
we use today.
Throughout the Middle Ages, mapmaking advanced. By the time of the Renaissance,
cartographers from Portugal were making nautical charts for the navigation of ships. The
oldest known nautical chart was made by Pedro Reinel in 1485. This chart had a scale of
latitudes on it.
By 1569, a Flemish geographer named Gerardus Mercator published the first map based
on his Mercator projection. This is an accurate map of the world in which the sphere of the
globe is stretched out on a plane.
During the 1900s, maps became more abundant. This is due to improvements in printing
and photography. These factors made the production of maps cheaper and easier. Airplanes
made it possible to photograph large areas at a time. They are credited with giving people a
chance to view the Earth from a greater altitude than ever before possible.
pension
o trace (v)
1. The word depicting in the passage is closest in meaning to to detect or find
o constellation (n)
® erasing
a group of stars which
(1), studying form a pattern
characterizing o accurate (a)
i© referring to correct: exact
o nautical (a)
related to the sea
o abundant (a)
plentiful
230
2. According to the passage, which of the following is true about the history of mapmaking?
C) The practice of making maps and globes is called choreography.
C) Accurate surveying techniques were used to make maps in ancient Babylon.
© The practice of mapmaking did not advance during the Middle Ages.
© Maps became more abundant in the 1900s due to space travel.
, Cia '101'..11. Mist
Maps have been made by people for a long time.
Answer Choices
C) Maps became widely used by © Maps were common in ancient Egypt.
photographers in the 1900s.
® Some maps on cave walls show various EV Mercator published a map using the
stars. projection he had invented.
© A map in Babylon from 2500 B.C. shows C) Mapmaking was not allowed during the
some land ownership. Middle Ages.
History of Cartography
Maps in the Lascaux Caves showing the stars

A Babylonian map showing (1)
and constellations
Egyptian maps showing the location of Ptolemy's concept of (2)

a gold and silver mine in 2nd century AD
Mercator's world map using the Mercator

(3) in the Renaissance
projection around 1569
Better and more maps thanks to better printing technology,

photography, and airplanes in the 1900s
231
1711;1J;110- Surnm -11-v- Sl;;11
1. Estuaries
marine species the tidal mouth of a river the River Thames

somewhat salty both saltwater and freshwater
Estuaries are semi-enclosed bodies of water that form near (1)

They combine (2) . The water formed is (3)
Mostly freshwater species live in estuaries, but (4) live in them closer to the
ocean. (5) is among the most famous estuaries in the world.
2. The Embryo
three major stages eight weeks abortion rights

the organ forming stage multi-celled life forms
The embryo is the earliest stage of development for (1) . There

are (2) of development in the human embryo. These stages include the
connection forming stage, the brain forming stage, and (3) . This marks
the point at which the embryo becomes a fetus. After (4) , the fetal stage begins.
There is much controversy around the development of the embryo because of (5)
3. Johannes Gutenberg and Metal Type
metal type an information explosion handwritten ones

Johann Fust moveable type
Johannes Gutenberg invented (1) . This revolutionized Europe and led to

(2) . He used (3) instead of wood-block type. In 1455,
he sold copies of a two-volume Bible that were much cheaper than (4)
However, Gutenberg's partner (5) sued him and took the rights to his invention.
Gutenberg died in poverty.
232
4. Transgenic Plants
modified the genes of other species transfer genes

more nutritious genetically modified organisms
Transgenic plants share (I) . Scientists (2)

from one plant to another to give the plants better resistance to disease or insects or to make
them (3) . Wheat, tobacco, rice, and even animals have had their genes
(4) . Some people are opposed to transgenic plants, which they call (5)
5. Sigmund Freud
his parents the father of psychoanalysis many critics

psychology a neurologist
Sigmund Freud was (1) who founded a new kind of (2)

He is often referred to as (3) . He had his own practice and soon
began to use free association methods with his patients. He also interpreted his dreams and his
relationships with (4) . He did, however, have (5) during his
life and afterwards.
6. The History of Cartography
the stars and constellations the Renaissance cartography

Babylon and Egypt accuracy and efficiency of mapmaking
Making maps or globes is called (1) , and people have been making them for
thousands of years. Early maps just showed (2) as in the wall
paintings of the Lascaux Caves. There were also early maps in (3)
Mapmaking improved in the Middle Ages and (4) . Later mapmakers showed
lines of latitude and longitude and made maps for sailors. By the 1900s, advancements in
photography as well as the advent of airplanes and later, satellites, led to giant leaps forward in
the (5)
233
7\1 ;11; 1-0 1
The word adorned in the passage is closest in meaning to

et c C) decorated scribbled © portrayed
According to paragraph 3, which of the following is true about the black-figure

period?
Gap The pottery looked black due to iron-rich clay.
® The period concluded around 700 B.C.
CD It first started in Corinth.
® The pottery had to be fired three times.
The word process in the passage is closest in meaning to

® method CD delivery CL)-) analysis © instructions
4 According to the passage, what can be inferred about ancient Greek pottery?
® Corinth and Athens made the best pottery.
® The Greeks produced vases for special needs.
® Black-figure period vases were of the highest quality.
C) Achilles Painter signed his name on the vases.
5 The word it in the passage refers to

® the vase ® the paint C) the clay t© the design
Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided

Greek pottery often had many different paintings and pictures on it.
Answer Choices
® In red-figure pottery, the painter created © Painters used refined clay to paint
the design before the pot was fired. figures on the pottery.
® Corinth and Athens produced high- ® Many different characters were often
quality pottery. painted on the pottery.
© Many city-states made their own ® Achilles Painter was one of the greatest
pottery. painters.
234
Ancient Greek Pottery

Scholars have knowledge of ancient Greek art through the pottery that survives from
that culture. While little else in the way of Greek painting or artwork still exists, there are
over 100,000 Greek vases left. Many of these vases are adorned with paintings of Greek
characters and scenes. These vases were common in every level of Greek society. This
is because the Greeks produced many vases to be used for everyday needs such as
drinking and cooking.
In the early periods of Greek civilization, small city-states produced their own pottery.
But later, Corinth and Athens became the two great producers of these vases. The pottery
from these cities became the standard all over the Greek world. It was so widely exported
that it put an end to local varieties.
Two of the major periods of pottery in ancient Greece were the black-figure period and
the red-figure period. The black-figure period began around 700 B.C. It originated in the
city of Corinth. By this method, vases were made of pale, iron-rich clay. When fired, they
became a reddish-orange color. The designs were outlined on the surface of the vase.
Refined clay was then used to paint the figures that had been drawn. Finer details were
added with an engraving tool, after which the vase was fired again. The second firing
process left the painted designs a glossy black color.
Red-figure pottery was developed around 530 B.C. It became such a popular style that
it was used over black-figure pottery. Even today, this style is thought to be the height of
Greek pottery craftsmanship. The most highly valued surviving Greek vases are of this
style. The process that resulted in a finished piece of this type of pottery required close
cooperation between the potter and the painter. In this process, the painter would create a
design on the vase before it was fired. Since the vase was unfired, the paint and the clay
were the same color, and the painter had to create the design without being able to see it.
After the potter fired the vase, the design would become visible. This process required the
painter to work very quickly and precisely, relying only on his memory.
The painters of these vases rarely signed their names. So the only ways scholars of
modern times can identify these artists are by the images they repeatedly painted. For
example, one of the greatest vase painters is known as "Achilles Painter" since his most
common subject choice was the Greek character of that name. Another way painters are
identified is by the name of the potter they worked for. Potters often signed their names
on the vases, so the painter who worked for Kleophrades is identified as "Kleophrades
Painter."
235
7. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of cliffs?
® They are always found along rivers.
C) They are not formed by igneous rocks.
© They are formed through erosion.
® They are not particularly vertical.
8. The word vertical in the passage is closest in meaning to

® upright B high © unique C) elevated

C) humans are the only reason erosion occurs
C) it is impossible to repair land damaged by erosion
Cc) humans can cause erosion to occur faster
CI erosion happens quickly
10. Why does the author mention waterfalls and rock shelters in paragraph 5?
® To state that they only appear on cliffs
C) To exemplify some features that cliffs sometimes have
© To explain why they are eroding forces on cliffs
C) To emphasize how important they are to cliffs
11. The phrase peters out in the passage is closest in meaning to

® increases in size C) becomes more dangerous
© stops eroding C) comes to an end
12. Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided
Cliffs have many different features that are a product of forces of nature such as erosion.
•
•
Answer Choices
® The highest cliff in the world is the east CI) Scarps are formed by the movement of
face of Great Trango. geological faults or landslides.
C) The bases of cliffs are usually formed ® There is sometimes ambiguity over
by erosion-resistant rocks. whether or not a slope is a cliff.
© Cliffs tend to peter out at the end of a ED Erosion can sometimes be slowed
ridge, leaving behind columns of rock. down by people using improved land
use practices.
236
new , HELP RACK ')

171
The Cliff and Erosion
A cliff is a geographic feature that consists of a sharply vertical rock exposure. Cliffs are
created by the process of erosion and weathering. They are most common on coasts
and in mountainous areas. The strong bases of cliffs are usually formed by rock that is
resistant to erosion and weathering. Sedimentary rocks such as sandstone, limestone,
chalk, and dolomite are most likely to form cliffs. Igneous rocks, such as granite and
basalt, can also be found.
Erosion is described as the displacement of solids by the agents of wind, water, or ice.
These solids can be soil, mud, rock, and other particles. The process of erosion occurs by
down-slope movement in response to gravity. It can also be caused by living organisms.
This is called bioerosion. Erosion is different from weathering, which is the breakdown of
rock and particles through processes where no motion is involved. However, these two
processes can occur at the same place and time.
Erosion is a process that occurs naturally. But it is increased by human land use in
many places. Cutting down trees and allowing animals to overgraze are poor land use
practices that lead to faster erosion. Unmanaged construction activity and road or railroad
building also fall into this category. Erosion can be limited by improved land use practices.
Activities like terrace building and tree planting can help rebuild damaged areas.
A type of cliff formed by the movement of a geologic fault or a landslide is called a
scarp. Most cliffs have a talus slope at their bases. These are usually exposed jumbles of
fallen rock in arid areas or under high cliffs. A soil slope may obscure the talus in areas
with more water in the air.
Waterfalls and rock shelters also occur as features on cliffs. A cliff sometimes peters out
at the end of a ridge. This might leave tea tables or other types of rock columns behind.
A cliff does not have to be exactly vertical to be classified as such. So there can be some
ambiguity about whether a slope is actually a cliff or not.
There are unique cliffs to be found all over the world. The highest cliff is said to be the
east face of Great Trango. It exists in the Karakoram Mountains of northern Pakistan and
is about 1,340 meters high. Kalaupapa, Hawaii, is home to the highest sea cliffs. These
measure 1,010 meters high. Mount Thor on Baffin Island in Arctic Canada is the highest
vertical drop at 1,370 meters in total. It has the longest purely vertical drop on Earth,
which is 1,250 meters.
237
0 Vim v\1n
IA] Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
1. There was a cluster of students gathered around the table.

E lot 13-> class © group room
2. This was the central part of the project.

,14-
2 secondary ® next CD confusing important
3. The businessman earned a lot of money last month.

® made CD spent borrowed 0 used
4. Some trees are highly resistant to storm damage.

C) destroyed C) exhausted © resilient C) informal
5. Dr. Park's theory was very controversial.

® original CD divisive © educational CD scholarly
6. The river carried the sediment down to the delta.

water ® mud sand silt
7. All the students' answers on the test were accurate.

exceptional CD correct CD mistaken @ wrong
8. The plane was traveling at a very rapid speed.

C) fast cp moderate © slow Cbp incredible
BI Match each word with the correct definition.
1. brackish • a. important parts of the body like the heart, liver, and lungs
2. fertilize • b. helpful to humans
3. mold • c. a person who studies the nerves and nervous system
4. hysterical • d. to detect or find
5. humanitarian • e. related to the sea
6. constellation • f. to make pregnant
7. neurologist • g. a design that stars make in the sky
8. trace • h. a shape or form
9. organ • • i. somewhat salty
10. nautical • j. frantic; in a panic
238
' 17m," 7.77,7177.74mwRIT.
Fill in a Table
very ii-vy
■Introduction
Fill in a Table questions ask you to identify and organize major ideas and important supporting
information from across the passage. Then, you should classify them into the appropriate
categories. Passages used for this type of question usually have particular types of organization
such as compare/contrast, cause/effect, or problem/solution. A five-answer table is worth 3
points, and a seven-answer table is worth 4 points.
■Question Type
Directions: Complete the table below to summarize information about X discussed in the
passage. Match the appropriate statements to the categories with which they are associated.
TWO of the answer choices will NOT be used. This question is worth 3 points.
Answer Choices Category 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. Category 2
6.
7.
■Useful Tips
• Look at the categories of information in the table first.
• Using your scratch paper, make an outline of the passage according to these categories.
• Distinguish between major and minor information in the passage.
• Wrong answers usually include information that is not mentioned in the passage or that is not
directly relevant to the categories in the table.
240
Unit 10 I Fill in a Table
L-;cin.-iple- ELS Quest-loll
The Opossum
Marsupials are mammals that have a pouch. The female keeps its babies in the pouch until
they are old enough to live outside it. The only marsupial in North America is the opossum.
The opossum is about the size of a large cat. Its fur is gray, and it has a pink nose, feet, and
tail. They have large, black eyes for seeing at night when they move around the most. Even
though they have fifty very sharp teeth, they are very gentle animals. They try to avoid any kind
of fight.
Opossums are very adaptable. They can live in many places, including trees and
underground. They eat all kinds of food, both plants and animals. They eat insects, mice, small
snakes, grass, leaves, and berries.
The opossum has a variety of defenses. They are mostly immune to snake poison. They
usually do not get rabies, a nasty disease, because of the temperature of their blood. Their
most famous defense is to play dead. Because most animals do not eat dead things, it is a
good defense. The opossum will turn on its back and show its teeth. It will produce a bad smell
near its tail. Usually the other animal will go away.
Directions: Complete the table below to summarize information about the adaptability and
defenses of opossums. Match the appropriate statements to the categories with which they are
associated. TWO of the answer choices will NOT be used. This question is worth 3 points.
Adaptab y Defenses
Answer Choices
1. They have a variety of homes. 4. They are as large as cats.

2. They are not affected by snake 5. They avoid fights.
poison. 6. They can eat many different things.
3. Their blood temperature prevents 7. They play dead.
rabies.
Choices 1 and 6 are concerned with the adaptability of opossums, and choices 2, 3, and 7 are
about their defenses. Choices 4 and 5 are not relevant to the given categories.
241
0 Skill & Drill
Fill in a Table questions ask you to recognize and organize the important ideas of the passage into
table categories. You need to understand what type of organization the passage uses: for example,
compare/contrast, cause/effect, or problem/solution.
Classism
The term "classism" refers to a form of prejudice. It takes place against people who are in a
lower social class. It is a form of social elitism. Individual classism is practiced by people. It
happens when wealthy people disregard those who make less money than they do. It also
happens when the rich receive advantages over the middle class or poor. Structural classism
occurs in institutions. It happens when things are done in such a way as to exclude people
from lower classes. Many people see this type of classism in American politics. This is because
people who make the largest campaign contributions seem to have more influence in the
government. This practice excludes the working class from having an equal level of influence.
1. Directions: Complete the table below by matching FOUR of the six answer choices with
appropriate types of individual and structural classism.
Individual C 'Structural Classism
C) Rich people ignore those people with lower incomes.

® People from lower classes cannot find decent jobs.
C) Bigger political campaign donors have more influence in the government.
ED The rich receive advantages that the middle class or poor do not get.
CD The children of the rich receive better gifts than the children of the poor.
CD People from lower classes cannot participate in making decisions.
Mesopotamia
Mesopotamia is called the "cradle of civilization" because the first human societies began in
this area. The area is located in a fertile zone between two rivers. This made it possible for
humans to grow crops. Their prosperity led to the rise of cities. Once these cities existed, many
discoveries were made. The first writing system was developed. The people of these cities also
invented metal working. They were one of the first bronze-age peoples. They used copper,
bronze and gold to decorate their palaces and temples. They also used astronomy. By studying
the stars, they were able to calculate the length of an Earth year. This led to the accurate
60-minute hour and the 24-hour day that we still use today.
Directions: Complete the table below by matching FOUR of the six answer choices with the
appropriate causes and effects of Mesopotamian discovery and innovation.
Causes Effects
C) Mesopotamians engaged in farming. C) A unique calculating system was invented.

C) Cities thrived in Mesopotamia. c Mesopotamians were good astronomers.
© Mesopotamia was surrounded by a big river. ® A day was divided into 24 hours.
242
Green Revolution
The term Green Revolution is used to describe a large change in farming. This took place in
many developing nations between the 1940s and 1960s. It led to a large increase in cereal
production. This change was the result of programs of agricultural research. The Green
Revolution has had positive and negative impacts on society and the Earth. A positive impact
is that famine was avoided. But this led to the negative effect of overpopulation in some areas.
The Green Revolution is also credited with the success of large-scale farming. But this success
has made it very difficult for small-scale farmers to profit. This shift in economics greatly hurt
the socialist movement.
3. Directions: Complete the table below by matching FOUR of the six answer choices with the
positive and negative effects of the Green Revolution.
Positive Effects Negative Effects
• •
C) Agricultural research was widely encouraged.

C) Fewer people suffered hunger.
© Some areas experienced a rapid increase in population.
© Large-scale farming took root in some countries.
C) It became difficult for small-scale farmers to survive.
(-Fp Cereal production increased substantially in a few countries.
Natural Phenomena
A natural phenomenon is an event that is not caused by humans. It occurs in nature. But it
can affect humans. Some natural phenomena can be described by physics. They are called
physical phenomena. Lighting is an example of this type of event. The orbit of planets due to
gravity is another example. Natural disasters that come from within the Earth are considered to
be geological phenomena. A common example is a volcanic eruption. A tidal wave is also this
type of event. These events cannot be controlled. Humans do not create them and cannot stop
them. But these events can be understood through science.
4. Directions: Complete the table below by matching FOUR of the six answer choices with
appropriate types of physical and geological phenomena.
Physical Phenomena Geological Phenomena
CD A wild fire is caused by humans.

C) A flash of lightning strikes across the sky.
© A tsunami occurs in the ocean.
C) A volcano explodes and spews hot lava.
© Gravity makes planets move in their orbits.
® An earthquake is simulated in the laboratory.
243
v\ii- L-11 1'
Emergence Time I.imit: 3 min. 20 sec.

The concept of emergence describes the way in which a complex pattern forms. This pattern
arises from its basic parts. An emergent property comes from the relationships between
these parts. This is a constantly changing process. It may occur over a long period of time.
The evolution of the human body is a good example. Its form emerged over thousands of
generations. The human body is very complex. But it is formed by millions of tiny cells, which
are not.
Emergence occurs on disparate-size scales. An example is between neurons and the
human brain. Interactions between many neurons produce a human brain. This brain is
capable of thought. But none of the neurons that made it are capable of thought. The single
brain that results from many neurons is much bigger than any of the single neuron parts that
created it.
A common way of looking at emergence in nature is through structures. They can come
from organic or inorganic sources. A good example of a living structure is a flock of birds. The
flock takes a shape and has behavioral characteristics. But these properties are not exhibited
by individual birds. Another example of an organic emergent structure is an ant colony. The
ant colony is emergent because no single ant, including the queen, could organize such an
effective colony of workers. Yet collectively, the colony structure arises. An example of an
inorganic emergent structure is a hurricane. This storm system forms as a result of various
factors. Some of these factors are pressure, temperature, and humidity. They combine to
form a violent storm. But any single factor would not form the same storm.
Emergence also occurs in human culture. One place this kind of emergence has occurred
on a large scale is in the stock market. As a system, it regulates the prices of companies
around the world. But there is no single leader that controls the entire market. Agents only
know of a limited number of companies and must follow strict rules of the market. Through
these interactions, the complexity of the market as a whole emerges. Another type of this
emergence is with the World Wide Web. In this case there is no central website, yet links
between major and minor websites create the complex whole that is known as the World
Wide Web.
o property In,
a characteristic
1. The word regulates in the passage is closest in meaning to
Co evolution (n)
CD controls the process by which
C) limits organisms develop
© raises O disparate (a)
C) maintains essentially different and
distinct
o colony (n1
a group of organisms
244
2. Based on the information in the passage, which of the following best explains the term
"emergence"?
the way in which a number of small units interact to form a very large structure
ED the way in which simple components combine to form a complex system
CD the way in which a complex organic system emerges from its basic parts
ci) the way in which various single units interlock to form a large system
oro.,, uh yepi--1-
3. Directions: Complete the table below by matching FIVE of the seven answer choices with
structural and cultural emergence.
Structural Emergence Cultural Emergence
Answer Choices
C), The queen bee is fed by workers many (V A hurricane is the result of various
times a day. climatic factors.
C)1 A flock of birds exhibits a shape and C) The stock market forms a complex
certain behavior. pattern.
C) Small and large websites are linked to (pD Ants build an effective colony
create the World Wide Web. collectively.
C) The human brain is composed of
numerous thinking neurons.
The way a complex pattern forms from lesser parts
Structural Emergence: Cultural Emergence:

• the human body and brain • the stock market
• (1) . (3)
• (2)
• a hurricane storm system
245
B Read the following passage, and answer the questions.
The Media Influence Theory Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.

The American entertainment industry has been heavily criticized. Critics are unhappy with the
amount of pretend violent acts it shows. The Media Influence Theory explains this problem. It
suggests that the rise in the rates of real violent acts is linked to entertainment.
This theory considers many acts of violence. High school shootings are the most common.
It claims they are due to the high levels of violent acts in the media. This takes on various
forms in popular entertainment.
The basis of the theory lies in the assumption that many people are exposed to a high
level of violent content in media outlets. A small percentage of these people have trouble
separating fantasy and reality about the violence they see. These people think that it is okay
to commit violent acts.
The most frequent targets of the theory's advocates are video game companies. These
companies produce many first-person shooter games. Most of these feature a high level of
violence and gore. Advocates say these games make life seem cheap. These games reward
the player for committing acts of violence.
Advocates also target musicians who sing hateful lyrics. They claim these artists incite
violence. Violent movies too cannot avoid their accusation. They claim these kinds of movies
make violence look glamorous. All of these are forms of entertainment, and people want the
companies to take more responsibility for their products. They want them to label products
that are extremely violent. They also want minors to have limited or no access to these
products.
However, critics of this theory say that government should not regulate media. They say
that it would harm American citizens' right to free speech. They compare statistics of violence
between the United States and other countries. Some of these other countries have the same
kind of violent media. But there are much fewer violent acts being committed. So these critics
claim that the problem of violence in America is not due to the media. They say it is caused
by the availability of weapons.
Ci tric= -,;a1 Col -1: -ell (.1-1-Lstio n

criticize (v)
1. According to the author's description of the Media Influence to find fault with; to judge
Theory, which of the following is true? O pretend (a)

not real; imagined
It is inevitable to get exposed to high levels of violence in media.
O assumption (n)
C) The most frequent targets of the theory's advocates are a supposition; belief
gun companies.
0 advocate (n)
® Hateful lyrics can encourage people to behave in a violent way. a supporter
(I) Easy access to weapons causes violence among teenagers O incite (v)
in America. to provoke; to encourage
246
Unit 10 I

ce-_,) advocates
C) musicians
© people
© companies
3. Directions: Complete the table below by matching FIVE of the seven answer choices with the
appropriate claims made by advocates or critics of the Media Influence Theory.
Advocates Critics
Answer Choices
C) Artists who sing hateful lyrics incite ® Violent movies make violence look
violence. glamorous.
c) High school punishment can lead ® Violent video games cheapen human
teenagers to be violent. life.
CD Alcohol abuse causes people to shoot ® Violence is caused by weapons being
guns. available.
C) Media should not be controlled by the
government.
Advocates: Critics:
• Some people cannot tell imaginary violence from • Reason for rising levels of violence
reality. - (3)
• Video games, music with hateful lyrics, and • Government should not control the entertainment
violent movies are responsible for violence in industry.
society. • Other countries have similar violence in media
• (1) should be but fewer real violent acts.
more responsible.
• Government should (21
247

The Great Chicago Fire
The Great Chicago Fire burned from October 8th to 10th in 1871. It had terrible effects.
Hundreds of people were killed by it. Much of the city turned into ashes. It was one of the
largest disasters in the U.S. during the 19th century. But the people of Chicago began to
rebuild their city immediately. This led to Chicago's status as one of the most economically
important American cities.
The fire began around 9 p.m. on Sunday, October 8th. It started in a small shed in an alley
off DeKoven Street. The most commonly believed reason for the fire starting is that a cow
kicked over a lantern in a barn. This barn was owned by Patrick and Catherine O'Leary.
It is now known that Mrs. O'Leary was used as a scapegoat. Historians think she was
blamed for the fire because she was a woman, an immigrant, and a Catholic. All of these
groups suffered persecution at this time in American history. The Chicago Tribune's first
post-fire issue claimed that Mrs. O'Leary's negligence was the cause. But later, the reporter
who wrote the story admitted that he made it up. He said he did it because he thought it was
a colorful story.
Richard Bales is an amateur historian. He believes the fire was started by Daniel Sullivan.
He was the man who first reported the fire. Bales offered the theory that this man ignited
some hay in the barn. He says Sullivan did it while trying to steal some milk.
But Anthony DeBartolo has recently reported some new evidence to the Chicago Tribune.
He put forth the suggestion that a gambler named Louis M. Cohn may have started the fire.
DeBartolo says he did this during a craps game. According to a book by Alan Wykes, a lost
will by Cohn includes a confession that he started the fire.
Co destroy (v)
to ruin: to demolish;
1. The word Whited in the passage is closest in meaning to
to wreck
C) lit up
0 shed (n)
C) set fire to a small structure used for
storage
C) blew up
C) put out 0 scapegoat (n)
a whipping boy: the fall
guy
2. According to the passage, which of the following is true about
0 persecution (n)
the Great Chicago Fire?
cruel and unfair treatment
CD It turned most of Atlanta into ashes. O a craps game (n)
i® It was one of the largest 18th-century disasters in the United States. a dice game that is
© There are several theories about how it started. usually played for money
C.) People believe it was caused by Patrick O'Leary.
248
7--4"r ',1'54?01117P'!4W7WirY,
7177.‘"8"W
, :11,0r
,
(MaillEn
T7
reported causes and effects of the Great Chicago Fire.
Effects
•
•
•
Answer Choices
® It killed hundreds of people. ® Many parts of Chicago were
[® A lantern in a barn was kicked over by destroyed.
a cow. CD Anthony Debartolo found new
C) Daniel Sullivan burned the barn while evidence of how the fire started.
stealing some milk. CD A gambler started the fire during a
<9 A milk thief kicked a torch and started craps game.
the fire.
The Great Chicago Fire of 1871
• Happened from (1)

• Destroyed much of Chicago
• Killed many people
• A false story in the • Richard Bales • Antony DeBartolo

Chicago Tribune — Daniel Sullivan set fire to - (3)
(2) hay in barn while stealing starts fire during a game
kicked over a lantern in a milk. of craps.
barn.
1
249
Differences in the Concept of Family Time Limit: 2 min. 50 sec.
A family consists of a group of people who live together. They are linked by birth or marriage.
They can also be linked by other legal ties. Some of these are domestic partnerships and
adoption.
Many people think families are only related by "blood." But many social scientists say that
the notion of "blood" should be taken metaphorically. Many societies define family through
other concepts. Article 16 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights calls family the
natural group unit of society. It says that the family is entitled to protection by society and the
State.
The structure of families is based on ties between parents and children. It is also based on
links between spouses. Or it can be based on both. There are three major types of families.
A matrifocal family consists of a mother and her children. The children are usually the
mother's biological offspring. But this does not rule out adoption. This type usually occurs in
places where the woman has enough resources to raise their family alone.
A consanguineal family can be found in various forms. The most common form consists of
a mother and her children and the family of the mother. Fathers are often not present. This is
especially true when property is passed down through inheritance. When men own property,
this type of family may include members of the husband's family.
A conjugal family is made up of one or more mothers and their children. It also includes one
or more fathers. This kind of family is linked to the existence of a division of labor. Both men
and women must do different types of labor in this form. Families in this situation have high
mobility.
The nuclear family is a sub-group of the conjugal family type. This type has one woman
and one husband. Together they raise their children. This type of family is the most common
in modern industrialized society.
Bei Hl Co1l1)rc=11cTi
adoption (n)
1. The phrase rule out in the passage is closest in meaning to taking legal responsibility
for parenting
illegalize notion (n)
(I) omit an idea; thought; concept
© allow be entitled to (phr)
® exclude to deserve something
0 spouse (n)
2. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT a husband or wife
a criterion by which the structure of families is defined? inheritance (n)
legacy
CD, links between husband and wife
® blood or legal ties 0 mobility (n)
the ability to move easily
© spousal links and ties between parents and children
® parents-children ties
250
3. Directions: Complete the table below by matching SEVEN of the nine answer choices with the
types of families.
Matrifocal Family Consanguineal Family Conjugal Family
Answer Choices
0 Fathers are often absent from this ® A mother and her children and the
type of family. family of the mother are the most
(11) There is usually a division of labor in common form of this type.
this type of family.
CD This kind of family has only children This type is composed of a mother
and no parents. and her children.
® This type usually happens when the This type includes the husband's
mother can support her family by parents when he is poor.
herself.
® The nuclear family belongs to this a") There are one or more mothers or
type. fathers in this type of family.
Types of Families
(1) 1 (2) (3)
• a mother and her • a mother and her • one or more mothers

children children and the family and their children
• children are biological of the mother • includes one or more
offspring • no fathers fathers
• does not rule out • may include members • linked to division of
adoption of the husband's family labor
• woman has resources when men own property • high mobility
to raise family alone • nuclear family included
as a sub-group
251
Bioethics Time Limit: 2 mitt. 50 sec.

Bioethics is a branch of applied philosophy. It looks closely at science and medicine. Its
function is to ask questions about the morality of research and treatments. It also evaluates
the ethics of the laws that regulate science. This field is very important because it protects
the human race. Without it, advances by science and medicine could put humans in great
danger.
The study of bioethics affects many laws. Many scientists react blindly against those who
practice bioethics for this reason. These scientists believe that their work is ethical by nature.
Bioethics is an academic area that shows rapid growth. Its history as a formal study is only
thirty years old. Many academic centers now offer degrees in bioethics. In the 1990s, a group
of social scientists created a mode of discourse. This established the method of research
about ethical issues. This method attempts to resolve these issues with society. This data
compiled by bioethicists is subject to the same peer review as other social sciences.
There are some major questions about bioethics. Its validity as an area of academic inquiry
is doubted. Why must it exist apart from philosophy? Is everyone not an ethicist? These
questions are answered by the needs of institutions. Bioethicists put to work the enormous
body of research and history. They apply it to questions of bioethics. They do it in a fair,
honest, and intelligent way. They share a commitment to this goal.
Bioethicists research many topics. They often focus on issues that cause controversy
in society. They compile data and publish reports. These reports are used to form public
opinion. They also form policy. Some of the topics that bioethicists deal with are about
abortion and cloning. They also cover the use of embryos in stem cell research. These are
difficult ethical problems. They arise from questions about human life. Bioethicists try to
educate lawmakers and others with power. These are the ones who draw boundaries. They
decide what is acceptable in medicine and science.
0 morality (n)
1. The word resolve in the passage is closest in meaning to the state of being good or
bad
® settle 0 evaluate (v)
ED avoid to look at closely based
cp discuss on a set of criteria
ED examine 0 blindly (ad)

without considering,
examining, looking, or
2. The word these in the passage refers to thinking
® embryos 0 rapid (a)
C) ethical problems fast
© bioethicists resolve (v)

to solve
C lawmakers and others with power
252
On the TOEFL Test
topics examined by bioethicists and functions of bioethicists
Topics Functions
Answer Choices
C) They examine the use of embryos in ® They express their opinions about
stem cell research. abortion.
C) They compile data about social ED They look at the ethics of cloning.
sciences.
(117,) They examine the morality of research ® They protect people from the
and treatments. development of science and medicine.
CD They evaluate ethics of laws that
regulate science.
BIOETHICS
Functions: Topics: Activities:

• looks closely at science • embryonic stem cell • research, compilation,
and technology research and publication of
• (2) reports
• examines the (1)
of research • abortion • education of lawmakers
and treatments and people in power
• evaluates ethics of laws • formation of (3)
that regulate science and opinion
and medicine
253
1
Paleoanthropology Time Limit: 2 mm. 50 sec.
The study of human and pre-human fossils is called paleoanthropology. It is a branch of

physical anthropology. It focuses on tracing the evolution of humans through the ages.
Scientists in this field trace anatomic, behavioral, and genetic linkages. These links show how
humans developed from pre-humans. Scientists use these links to reconstruct a timeline for
the rise of man. This timeline spans from prehistoric to modern times.
Paleoanthropologists are able to study early hominids by digging up fossil remains. They
scour the earth digging up small traces. These bits they find give them impressions of ancient
life. Preserved bones, tools, and footprints provide this type of fossil evidence.
Paleoanthropology began in the late 1800s when a few important discoveries were made
that led to the study of human evolution. The first was made in 1856. A Neanderthal man was
discovered in Germany. This was an important event. It led to the emergence of this science.
Other notable events were the publication of two important books on this subject. The first
was Thomas Huxley's Evidence as to Man's Place in Nature. The second important book
was Charles Darwin's The Descent of Man.
Some of the most important discoveries in this field were made by the Leakey family.
Their long list of important fossil discoveries began with Louis Leakey. He began digging in
the Olduvai Gorge in Kenya, Africa. In 1959 he and his wife found the remains of an early
hominid skull.
After Louis's death in 1972, his wife Mary Leakey continued his research. One of her most
notable discoveries was the Laetoli footprints. She found these in Tanzania in 1976. These
footprints were preserved in volcanic ash. They were dated back to 3.7 million years ago.
They represent the most conclusive proof that early pre-humans walked on two legs.
The Leakey's son Richard is also credited with some important fossil discoveries. In 1972,
his group found the skull of a Homo habilis in Tazania. Then in 1975, his group also found
the skull of a Homo erectus in Kenya.
Comprehen
0 anthropology (n)
the study of people and
The word scour in the passage is closest in meaning to
their culture
® spoil 0 trace (v)
® explore to track down; to find
© search 0 anatomic (a)
C) study relating to the body of an
organism
2. According to the author's description of the Leakey family, 0 linkage (n)

which of the following is true? something that connects
two separate things
® They published many important books about pre-humans. 0 conclusive (a)
® They discovered a Neanderthal man fossil in Germany. convincing; without doubt
© They created the field of paleoanthropology.
© They made some of the most important fossil discoveries.
254
On d:LL-- TOPPI
Directions: Complete the table below by matching FIVE of the seven answer choices with the
places where major discoveries were made.
Kenya Tanzania Germany
Answer Choices
C) The remains of an early hominid skull Fossil bones of a hominid were found
were found in 1959. in 1852.
C) Preserved prehistoric tools were ® The skull of a Homo erectus was
discovered in the 1800s. discovered in 1975.
C) The remains of a Neanderthal man ( The Laetoli footprints were found in
were discovered in 1856. 1976.
C) The skull of a Homo habilis was found
in 1972.
The late 1800s — Evidence as

to Man's Place in Nature by 1959 — Louis and Mary
1856 — Neanderthal man Leakey find
Thomas Huxley
discovered (1)
— The Descent of Man by
Charles Darwin
Important Discoveries in the Field of Paleoanthropology
1975 — Richard Leakey's team 1972 — Richard Leakey's team

1976 — Mary Leakey finds the
unearths skull of unearths skull of
Laetoli footprints (2) (3)
255
o T-kai_j1ll 0- San, ill Lu-v
1. Emergence
cultural organic and inorganic structures the World Wide Web

a complex pattern ant colonies or flocks of birds
Emergence is the concept that describes how (1) forms from lesser
parts. A good example is the human body, which has developed over thousands of successive
generations. Emergence is evident in all forms of (2)
Scientists who study emergence look at the characteristics of organic emergent structures such
as (3) and at inorganic structures such as hurricanes. Another
form of emergence is (4) , in which some form of human organization results in a
highly complex structure that is more than the sum of its parts. (5) and
the stock market are prime examples of the sort of phenomenon in which simple components
combine to form a complex whole.
2. The Media Influence Theory
reality the availability of weapons regulated by the government

-----1
many acts of violence rising levels of violence
The Media Influence Theory states that (1) in society are attributable
to individuals who see violence depicted in entertainment and are unable to distinguish it apart
from (2) . Advocates of this theory target video games, music with hateful lyrics, and
movies as being responsible for (3) . They want to see these forms
of entertainment heavily (4) . On the other hand, critics of this
theory think the government should not control the entertainment industry and that rising levels of
violence are due to (5)
3. The Great Chicago Fire
a Catholic, female immigrant steal some milk 1871

a game of craps Mrs. O'Leary's cow
From October 8th to 10th in (1) , the Great Chicago Fire burned down much of the city
and killed hundreds of people. The fire was originally blamed on (2) kicking
down a lantern in the barn. But the reporter who wrote this story later said he made it up because
it sounded interesting, which led people to believe that Mrs. O'Leary was made a target because
she was (3) . Some other possible causes of the fire were Daniel
Sullivan, who may have started it while trying to (4) , or Louis M. Cohn, who
is said to have started it during (5)
256
4. Differences in the Concept of Family
the conjugal family genetic or other types of bonds blood relation

the nuclear family matrifocal, consanguineal, and conjugal
A family consists of people who live together and are linked by (1)
Although (2) defines many families, it is not the only thing that can link
people together. There are three major types of families: (3)
The most common type of family in modern society is a sub-group of (4)
called (5)
5. Bioethics
the human race public opinion the ethics of scientific

politicians bioethics programs
Bioethics is a branch of applied philosophy that looks closely at (1)

and medical practices. This field is very important because it asks questions about
and examines policies and treatments that greatly affect (2) . It is also an
area of academic growth, as many universities have created (3)

Although bioethicists' roles are often questioned, they do many activities such as researching
and compiling reports that greatly affect (4) and the policies made by
(5)
6. Paleoanthropology
the late 1800s the skull of a hominid the Leakeys

the Laetoli footprints a Homo habilis and a Homo erectus
The study of human and pre-human fossils is paleoanthropology. This field began with several
important discoveries and publications in (I) , including the discovery of
Neanderthal man fossils. Some of the most important discoveries in this field have been made
by a family named (2) . Their long list of discoveries began in the 1950s when
Louis and Mary Leakey found (3) in Kenya. But Mary Leakey's most
important discovery came after her husband's death, when she found (4)
in 1976. These footprints offered conclusive evidence that early man walked upright on two legs.
Their son, Richard, also found the skulls of (5)
257
r-s
)1i C 1-7 1 ;14,
The word levied in the passage is closest in meaning to

saved ®3 pointed at imposed Cri) exempted
2 According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of a partnership?

C) It is not a very good form of business because it is outdated.
C) People who want to work with their friends find this form of business useful.
C) A partnership can only be established between people with the same college degrees.
CD It is used for businesses such as bakeries and pubs.
3. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT true of partnership?

® A partnership agreement may exist between partners.
C) A declaration of partnership may be made between partners.
© A partnership cannot be available for public inspection.
© A partnership is a legal entity in many countries.
4. The word others in the passage refers to

® charities ® partnerships C) businesspeople ® partners
Which of the following best expresses the information in the highlighted sentence?
® People about to start a partnership must decide which form they like best.
C) Partners must always think about the possible forms of business.
© Partners must make many choices about their new business.
© Business partners should always make choices together.
6. Directions: Complete the table below by matching SEVEN of the nine answer choices with
the appropriate forms of partnership and the criteria for a partnership to exist. TWO of the
answer choices will NOT be used. This question is worth 4 points.
Answer Choices Criteria

® The partners must have known each other for at least ten years.
® A general partnership is the most basic kind.
© There must be a valid agreement between parties.
CD A view to profit is necessary.
ED The ability to manage the business is given up by limited partners.
O Unknown partners are not aware of each other's existence. Forms
0, A limited liability partnership is the third kind.
O A business must be carried on.
0 Rights such as interest and obligation must have some mutuality.
258
Partnership in Business
A partnership is a type of business. In it, partners share profits and losses with two or
more members. Partners are people who have united to take part in the same business.
This form of business is good for people who want to work with their friends or people
they trust. It is also useful for two or more people who have different specialties. By
forming a partnership, they can combine their skills. A partnership can also be made
between existing companies.
Partners may have a partnership agreement. Or they may make a declaration of
partnership. In some jurisdictions, such agreements must be registered. After doing this,
they are made available for public inspection. In many countries, a partnership is a legal
entity.
Partnerships are often favored over corporations for taxation purposes. This makes a
partnership more useful for businesses that face heavy taxation. A partnership structure
may eliminate the dividend tax. This tax is levied on profits made by the owners of a
corporation.
A general partnership is the most basic form. In this style, all partners manage the
business. They are all personally liable for the company's debts. There are two other
forms of partnership as a business. One of them is the limited partnership. With this style,
certain "limited partners" give up their ability to manage the business. They trade this
ability in order to receive limited liability for the partnership's debts. The other kind is a
limited liability partnership. In this style, all partners accept some degree of liability.
According to the Partnership Act 1958, there are four criteria for a partnership to exist.
The first is a valid agreement between the parties. The second is for them to carry on a
business. This is defined in the agreement as any trade, occupation, or profession. The
third is that they must be in common. This means there must be some mutuality of rights.
This includes interests and obligations. Finally, there must be a view to profit. This is the
reason charities cannot be partnerships.
The businesspeople who are going to form a partnership must choose which form best
suits them. Some partners may want more control. They may be willing to risk greater
liability. Others may want to lessen their liability. They may be willing to forego some
ability to control the business. The balance between control, profit and liability must be
found by the new partners. But the most important ingredient for a successful relationship
between partners is trust.
259
0 Mini TOEFL iBT
7. The word partitioned in the passage is closest in meaning to

® separated CD distinguished © formalized ® constructed
8. The author's description of Cliff Palace mentions which of the following?

C) It is a possible site of a war against the Aztec Empire.
CD It is the most beautiful palace in the United States.
© It is located in the southwest corner of Colorado.
© It is a dangerous place to visit because of snakes.
9. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT true about Cliff Palace?
C) It occupies a space in an empty sandstone cliff.
ED There were probably about 120 storage rooms.
© Not every room in it had a hearth.
C) Some Anasazi people still live there.
10. Which of the following can be inferred about Cliff Palace?

C) Rooms without hearths were used by animals.
C) It is the only structure of its kind in this area.
C) Tourists are not allowed to take pieces of the stone structure.
CD The Anasazi people fled because of tourists.
11.Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence can be
Another possibility suggested by some archaeologists familiar with the mysterious structure
is that it was used to hold prisoners.
12.Directions: Complete the table below by matching FIVE of the seven choices with the
appropriate characteristics of the storage rooms, towers, and kivas of Cliff Palace. TWO
answer choices will NOT be used. This question is worth 3 points.
Answer Choices Storage Room

C) These were built high to be safe from moisture and pests.
C) The structure is partitioned by walls.
© This room has a self-heating bathtub. Kiva
® There is no way to access it through doorways or portals.
C) There are some abstract designs.
C) People accessed these rooms with removable ladders. Tower
(I) This room has a beautiful view of the backyard of Cliff Palace.
260
The Anasazi Architecture of Cliff Palace

The largest cliff dwelling in North America is named Cliff Palace. This is an ancient Pueblo
structure. It is located in Mesa Verde National Park. This park is in the southwest corner
of Colorado. It was an ancient home to the Anasazi peoples.
Cliff Palace is a large ruin that many people find amazing. It was built into an empty
space in a sandstone cliff. This alcove is approximately 40 meters deep and 25 meters
high. This stone structure is about 130 meters long. Cliff Palace has 150 rooms. But not
all of these rooms had hearths. A hearth used for building fires shows that a room was
a living space for people. Only about 25 to 30 of Cliff Palace's rooms have these. The
remaining rooms were probably used for storage.
Cliff Palace has many open areas and rooms whose functions are still not understood.
Nine storage rooms are built on the upper level. These were built high. They are safe from
moisture and pests. The surplus harvest was probably stored here. Removable ladders
allowed people access these rooms.
Scientists have made a guess as to how many people lived there. They based their
guess on the number of rooms with hearths. It is estimated that Cliff Palace was home to
between 100 to 150 Anasazi.
At Cliff Palace there are a few towers. These are square and round structures that go
up a few stories. Some of the finest stonework in the ruin is contained in these towers.
The interior of a four-story tower at the south end of the complex contains some abstract
designs. These are painted on original plaster within the tower.
Cliff Palace also contains round sunken rooms of ceremonial importance. These are
called kivas. One kiva is located in the center of the ruin. The entire structure at this
point is partitioned by a series of walls. It has no doorways or other access portals. The
walls of this kiva were plastered with one color on one side, and a different color on
the opposing side. A Archaeologists have studied this strange structure. B They think
that two communities lived here. El This kiva may have been used to integrate the two
communities. D
Archaeologists can tell the age of Cliff Palace through tree ring dating. This indicates
that construction and refurbishing of Cliff Palace was continuous. It took place from 1190
AD to 1260 AD. They also figure that a major portion of the building was done during a
time span of twenty years. Cliff Palace was abandoned by 1300 AD for reasons that are
still unknown.
261
0 Vocabulary Review
Aj Choose the word with the closest meaning to each highlighted word or phrase.
Scientists examined several properties of the strange phenomenon.
characteristics ® vehicles C) owners 7-f) colors
His dream was to move to New Mexico and join an art coiohy.
rk) house B school (7) group C) list
3. He had a poor reaction after viewing pretend violence.

'Ca-) real CD necessary CD negative CD imaginary
4. She was a strong advocate of the Media Influence Theory.

CAD critic ® supporter C) not sure CD, enemy
5. The police found many linkages between the crime scene and the suspect.
7a--; fingerprints witnesses © similarities 0 connections
6. She suddenly got the notion that he wanted to ask her on a date.
(1) hope C) expectation © idea 0 worry
7. The morality club engaged in much discourse about current issues.

questioning CC argument CO fighting CD ethics
8. The doctors were able to reconstruct his nose after the accident.
C, rebuild
(7- c_BD help © replace C) remove
11 Match each word with the correct definition.
1. anthropology a. someone who is blamed for a problem, usually unjustly

2. surname • b. cells that process and transmit information in the brain
3. scapegoat • c. the visual aspect of blood or murder
4. assumption d. a certificate of accreditation from a university or college
5. evolution e. the practice of parents raising a child that is not genetically theirs
6. adoption f. objects or money that is passed from someone who dies to
someone else
7. inheritance • g. the study of people and their culture
8. neurons • • h. the process by which organisms develop
9. gore • • i. the name shared by family members or people who are related
10. degree • • j. a belief that is created by looking at various information
262
This part provides lists of important vocabulary words in each unit. They are essential
words for understanding any academic texts. Many of the words are listed with their
derivative forms so that students can expand their vocabulary in an effective way.
These lists can be used as homework assignments.
Vocabulary
Wrap-up
Unit ary
* Step A
O affection O analysis anthropologist O archaeologist
1:1 banish O consensus conservation O constant
constitution O despot ❑ distinct O drought
ennoble 1:1 era ti] expel O expose
flourish 0 hereditary impoverish O initiative
intestine O launch microbe O monarchy
nonrenewable O opulence overthrow O perspective
populate O precede ❑ predictability O prestigious
prominence O proponent rampant O ratify
❑ reign O sovereign thrive El treason
Noun L=L f:"=„dictive- Adverb
O abundance O abound O abundant O abundantly

O adherence O adhere O adhesive O adhesively
O anatomy O anatomize O anatomical O anatomically
O circulation O circulate O circulative / -atory
O colony O colonize O colonial O colonially
O competition O compete O competitive O competitively
O contrast O contrast O contrastive O contrastively
O experiment / -ation O experiment O experimental O experimentally
O extortion O extort O extortive
O identification O identify O identifiable O identifiably
O inspiration O inspire O inspiring O inspiringly
O oppression O oppress O oppressive O oppressively
:1 patron O patronize 1:1 patronizing O patronizingly
Li prediction CI predict O predictable O predictably
stability 0 stabilize O stable O stably
264
Li LA 2 _Reference
* Step A
0 abnormal 0 affect 0 approximately 0 biodiversity
0 carnivorous 0 catastrophic 0 condense 0 corpse
0 deadly 0 decline 0 ecology 0 ecosystem
0 equatorial 0 estuary 0 exotic ID fend for
0 fungus 0 hibernate 0 impose 0 indigenous

0 inertia 0 inhale 0 meteorology 0 momentum
0 nutrient 0 offspring 0 opaque 12 parasite

0 parched 0 phenomenon 0 unprecedented --.: unrestrained
O Step B
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb
0 accumulation ❑ accumulate 0 accumulative ❑ accumulatively
D aggression 0 aggress 0 aggressive 0 aggressively
❑ conduction 0 conduct ❑ conductive 0 conductively
0 deduction 0 deduce O deductive 0 deductively
❑ deprivation 0 deprive 0 deprivable 0 deprivably
0 dissipation ❑ dissipate 0 dissipative / -ted ❑ dissipatively / -tedly
0 diversity 0 diversify 0 diverse ❑ diversely
0 domination ❑ dominate 0 dominant 0 dominantly
0 epidemic 0 epidemic(al) CI epidemically
D estimation 0 estimate 0 estimative / -mable 0 estimably
0 evaporation 0 evaporate evaporative ❑ evaporatively
0 falsification ❑ falsify ❑ falsifiable 0 falsifiably
❑ fertilization 0 fertilize 0 fertile ❑ fertily
0 need ❑ necessitate D necessary 0 necessarily
❑ precipitation 0 precipitate 0 precipitate 0 precipitately

0 regulation 0 regulate 0 regulative / -tory ❑ regulatively / -torily
0 sustenance 0 sustain ❑ sustainable El] sustainably
265
Urtit L Lact a[ LL
C7
41, Step tAs
0 assassinate 0 awareness 0 botany
bounce CI cede 0 civic ❑ centennial
0 disfavor 0 drastic 0 glacial 0 hygiene
0 integrity 0 internal 0 majestic 0 massacre
0 monument 0 nitrogen 0 optical 0 propaganda
0 refined 0 sleet 0 splice 0 sulfur / sulphur
❑ summon 0 supreme 0 thereof 0 tuberculosis
E3 transparent 0 treaty 0 unrest 0 wade
Noun Verb Ad' WI se Adverb
absorption 0 absorb 0 absorptive 0 absortively

E commemoration 0 commemorate 0 commemorative 0 commemoratively
E conclusion 0 conclude 0 conclusive 0 conclusively
0 controversy El controvert 0 controversial 0 controversially
C7 corruption 0 corrupt 0 corruptive 0 corruptively
0 deduction 0 deduct 0 deductive 0 deductively
0 delight 0 delight 0 delightful 0 delightfully
0 eruption 0 erupt 0 eruptive 0 eruptively
0 exaggeration C7 exaggerate 0 exaggerative 0 exaggeratively
0 immigration / -rant El immigrate D immigrant 0 immigrantly
0 incorporation El incorporate incorporative 0 incorporatively
0 induction El induct El inductive 0 inductively
0 inscription 0 inscribe 0 inscriptive 0 inscriptively
0 proclamation C7 proclaim 0 proclamatory 0 proclamatorily
0 repeal 0 repeal 0 repealable
0 symbol 0 symbolize 0 symbolic ❑ symbolically
El transmission 0 transmit E3 transmissive ❑ transmissively
266
U L1it L keo, aiA
- vc L-Tac-tuaL Intc L-L-LiLlti_c.
[Step A
0 annual 0 arid 0 array 0 camouflage
0 carbon 0 caterpillar 0 commodity 0 comprise
0 circadian 0 crude 0 current 0 deposit
0 epilepsy 0 evaporation 0 fertile 0 fragment
0 habitat 0 manufacture 0 metabolism 0 nectar
0 neurology 0 photic 0 physiologist r precipitation
0 reputation 0 specimen 0 spherical vegetation
NK! Lill L'=,_dj -_- ctiv L.= Adverb
0 assembly 0 assemble 0 assembled

0 assumption El assume 0 assumptive 0 assumptively
0 competition 0 compete 0 competitive 0 competitively
0 conversion 0 convert 0 convertible 0 convertibly
0 domination 0 dominate 0 dominant El dominantly
0 elimination 0 eliminate C7 eliminative 0 eliminatively
0 externalization 0 externalize D external 0 externally
0 generation 0 generate 0 generative 0 generatively
0 illustration 0 illustrate 0 illustrative 0 illustratively

0 inherence 0 inhere El inherent 0 inherently
0 inheritance 0 inherit 0 inheritable 0 inheritably
0 invention 0 invent 0 inventive 0 inventively

0 migration /-rant 0 migrate 0 migrant 0 migrantly
0 modification 0 modify 0 modifiable

0 obtainment 0 obtain 0 obtainable 0 obtainably
0 replacement 0 replace 0 replaceable 0 replaceably

0 reproduction 0 reproduce 0 reproductive 0 reproductively
0 visibility 0 view 0 visible 0 visibly
267
U L1Lt cc= S N1_1 cat to L-t
* Step A
o adept auditory ❑ binary 0 concentric
0 conflict 0 deciduous 0 defecation 0 deficit
El edible 0 entrepreneur 0 foster 0 immoral
0 in disrepair O inflation 0 latitude 0 maize
El mammal 0 molecular 0 mollusk 0 monetary
El olfactory 0 overt 0 permanent 0 protein
0 rank ❑ staple D substantial 0 temperate
0 territory 0 tissue 0 tropical El unethical
El urination 0 variant 0 wayfarer 0 whereas
* Step B
Nam" Verb Ad-ective Adverb
Ei adjustment 0 adjust ❑ adjustable 0 adjustably

alternation ❑ alternate = alternate 0 alternately
0 contradiction 0 contradict 0 contradictory 0 contradictorily
D cultivation ❑ cultivate 0 cultivatable
0 domestication ❑ domesticate 0 domestic 0 domestically
n elaboration 0 elaborate 0 elaborate 0 elaborately
enactment ❑ enact ❑ enactive
n extinction 1=1 extinguish 7, extinct / -tive ❑ extinctively
7" mutation 0 mutate ❑ mutational 0 mutationally
0 preservation 0 preserve El preservative
10 prevalence 0 prevail El prevalent El prevalently
radiation 0 radiate 0 radiational
0 reference 0 refer referent / -tial 0 referentially
0 regeneration 0 regenerate E regenerative ❑ regeneratively
❑ residence / -dent 0 reside 0 resident
0 restriction 0 restrict 0 restrictive 0 restrictively
268
•
LI [lit L [.lameic Lic- a[
Step A
O accuracy El amplify D aspect 0 astronomy
O causal O celestial 0 cope with O component
O confederate CI decade O disabled O epoch
0 feat O fulcrum O embrace O magnetic
O infantry O metaphysics O outermost CI predatory

O probe O prominent O region 0 retrograde
El shift CI solitary O transcontinental 0 vivid
* Step B
,un Verb " ect v 1,.d v L=L
O ceremony O ceremonial 0 ceremonially

0 civilization 0 civilize O civilizational O civilizationally
O contribution 0 contribute O contributive O contributively
O convection 0 convect • convective CI convectively

O convergence 0 converge convergent O convergently
P deformity 0 deform O deformative
O divergence 0 diverge E divergent O divergently
O exertion CI exert O exertive
O foundation 0 found • foundational foundationally
0 influence 0 influence O influential El influentially
0 inhibition 0 inhibit O inhibitive
E intensity/-sification 0 intensify O intense O intensely
O notability 0 note 7; notable O notably
O representation 0 represent O representative CI representatively

D revelation El reveal O revealing O revealingly
O suspicion / -pect 0 suspect 0 suspicious O suspiciously
D theory 0 theorize • theoretical O theoretically
O transportation Otransport D transportable
269
Inference
0 Step A
0 agriculture 0 appendage ❑ aquatic 0 cartilage
0 cerebellum 0 complement 0 complex 0 dart
0 disclaim 0 echolocation CI fissure 0 forage
E geological El horizontal 0 lyric 0 mechanical
Cl misconception 0 niche 0 parallel CI parasite
0 playwright 0 pollen CI render 0 rupture
0 sensory 0 skeptically E spontaneity CI suffrage
0 symmetrical 0 temporal 0 thrust 0 verbal
•
0 Step B
,C j.
.2 401
L3 accompaniment 0 accompany CI accompanying

0 attachment 0 attach 0 attachable / -ched
0 confirmation CI confirm 0 confirmative ❑ confirmatively
0 diminishment 0 diminish 0 diminishing 0 diminishingly
0 distinction 0 distinguish 0 distinct CI distinctly
CI diversification 0 diversify 0 diverse / -sifiable 0 diversely
0 emergence 0 emerge 0 emergent ❑ emergently
0 emphasis 0 emphasize El emphatic 0 emphatically
0 emission 0 emit El emissive
0 impulse CI impel CI impulsive 0 impulsively
0 initiation CI initiate E initiatory ❑ initiatorily
0 perception 0 perceive 0 perceptive CI perceptively
0 prohibition 0 prohibit Cl prohibitive CI prohibitively
0 resolution 11 resolve ❑ resolute CI resolutely
0 separation 0 separate 0 separate ID separately
0 significance 0 signify 0 significant CI significantly
❑ volunteer 0 volunteer 0 voluntary 0 voluntarily
270
Ura
r * Step A
0 acclimate 0 alignment 0 allegory 0 burlesque
0 carbohydrate 0 commission 0 diameter 0 dispute
0 doctrine ED dormant El embodiment C1 ensure
0 entity 0 explicit 0 faculty 0 fictional
0 groundbreaking CI hypocrite 0 influx 0 legend
0 maritime 0 notion 0 observatory El pioneer
0 primitive CI proceed 0 radioactive 0 repeal
0 revive 0 sacred 0 submission 0 summit
0 tense ❑ unmanned
El 0 vanish ❑ wane
0
0 Step B
Tr:1 Verb _-1,u1L?c-tLy.,== Adverb
O attainment O attain CI attainable El attainably

O consistence O consist O consistent CI consistently
O conveyance CI convey CI conveyable
O cremation O cremate O crematory
O criticism CI criticize O critical CI critically
O derivation O derive O derivative O derivatively
O hierarchy ❑ hierarchical O hierarchically
O immortality O immortalize C1 immortal O immortally
O improvisation O improvise CI improvisational ❑ improvisationally
O isolation 0 isolate O isolated ❑ isolatedly
O moderation O moderate O moderate O moderately
O organization O organize O organizational El organizationally
O persistence O persist ❑ persistent Cl persistently
O pursuit El pursue ❑ pursuable
O recollection O recollect ❑ recollective O recollectively
O synthesis O synthesize ED synthetic O synthetically
271
LI LILL L E1 111
Step A
❑ adorn ambiguity ❑ brackish ❑ byproduct
❑ calculation cartography ❑ consciousness ❑ constellation
i✓ craftsmanship ❑ delta ❑ epidemic ❑ embryo
E engraving' El era ❑ estuary ❑ famine
ri fauna ❑ fetus ❑ geometric ❑ germ
LI granite hostility ❑ humanitarian ❑ hysterical
❑ inscription mold ❑ nautical ❑ navigation
❑ neurotic ❑ objective ❑ obscure ❑ organ

0 pottery ruling ❑ runoff ❑ scarce
❑ sediment Ell spine ❑ trace ❑ transplant
Eli triangular ❑ umbilical ❑ vertical ❑ zygote
* Step B
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb
abortion ❑ abort ❑ abortive ❑ abortively
❑ association ❑ associate ❑ associative ❑ associatively
❑ assignment ❑ assign ❑ assignable ❑ assignably

❑ erosion ❑ erode ❑ erosive ❑ erosively
❑ demonstration ❑ demonstrate ❑ demonstrative ❑ demonstratively
❑ displacement ❑ displace ❑ displaceable
❑ illegalization ❑ illegalize E. illegal ❑ illegally
❑ nourishment ❑ nourish ❑ nourishing ❑ nourishingly
❑ opposition ❑ oppose ❑ opposing ❑ opposingly

❑ portrayal ❑ portray ❑ portrayable
❑ promotion ❑ promote ❑ promotive ❑ promotively

❑ recombination ❑ recombine ❑ recombinant ❑ recombinantly
❑ repression ❑ repress ❑ repressive ❑ repressively
❑ resistance ❑ resist ❑ resistant ❑ resistantly
272
U rat 'LU' HA NA
* Step A
o anatomic O collectively 0 commitment 0 conjugal
0 corporation 0 disparate 0 dividend 0 entitle
0 evolution 0 flock 0 glamorous 0 gore
O hominid O humidity 0 impact 0 incitement
0 jurisdiction 0 levy 0 liability O linkage
O metaphorically 0 mobility 0 morality 0 outlet
O paleoanthropology 0 prejudice 0 property 0 refurbish
0 scapegoat 0 scour 0 skull 0 span
O spouse 0 statistics surplus 0 validity
CD Step B
Noun Verb " Adverb
0 adaptation O adapt O adaptable
O adoption O adopt O adoptive O adoptively
O advocacy O advocate O advocative • advocatively
O compilation O compile O compilatory

O definition O define O definitive O definitively
0 descent O descend O descendent O descendently
O exhibition O exhibit O exhibitive O exhibitively
O evaluation 0 evaluate O evaluative O evaluatively
0 ignition O ignite O ignitable
12 immunization O immunize O immune • immunely
O impression O impress 0 impressive O impressively
O integration O integrate O integrative O integratively
0 persecution O persecute O persecutive / -tory
O pretense O pretend O pretended / -ing O pretendedly / -ingly
O prosperity O prosper O prosperous O prosperously
O reconstruction O reconstruct O reconstructive • reconstructively
273
Reading Section Directions
This section measures your ability to understand academic passages in English. It

consists of three passages and a set of questions about each of them.
Most questions are worth 1 point, but the last question in each passage is worth more
than 1 point. The directions indicate how many points you may receive.
Some passages include a word or phrase that is underlined. You can see a definition
or an explanation at the end of the passage.
While working on the questions, you can go to the next question by clicking Next.
You may skip questions and go back to them later. If you want to return to previous
questions, click on Back. You can click on Review at any time, and the review screen
will show you which questions you have answered and which you have not answered.
From this review screen, you may go directly to any question you have already seen in
the Reading section.
You may now begin the Reading section. You will read 3 passages. You will have 60
minutes to read the passages and answer the questions.
Actual Test
1. The word precursor in the passage is Periodic Table
closest in meaning to
Humans have always known about certain
® summary
elemental substances, such as gold and
® sequel
(1) forerunner silver, that occur in nature and cannot be
C framework broken down into other substances. A Other
chemical elements were discovered gradually
beginning in 1669, when a German merchant,
Look at the four squares [NI] on the
above passage that indicate where the Hennig Brand, accidentally found phosphorus
following sentence could be added to while attempting to find a way to create gold
the passage. out of more common metals. B By 1809, the
number of known elements had increased
But no one had succeeded in organizing
to 47. IE Chemists studying the elements
the elements in a format that showed
began to notice patterns in the way chemicals
those patterns.
reacted. D
The first modern chemistry textbook was
Click on a square [M] to add the written in 1789 by Antoine-Laurent de
sentence to the passage. Lavoisier. He listed the known elements,
which he classified into metals and nonmetals.
But his listing omitted the gases and included
Which of the following best expresses
the essential information in the some things that were not substances, such
highlighted sentence in paragraph 3? as light and calories. Thus, his list was not
Incorrect choices change the meaning accepted as an accurate organizing system.
in important ways or leave out essential
An important trait of elements is their
information.
periodicity: similarly acting elements tend to
® Elements with the same number of
occur at regular intervals when arranged by
protons do not react with each other.
their atomic weight (the number of protons plus
CD Periodicity refers to an element's
neutrons in the nucleus). A French geologist,
tendency to periodically gain an extra
Alexandre-Emile Beguyer de Chancourtois,
proton.
was the first to notice this periodicity. He
© An element has protons and neutrons
designed a precursor to the periodic table,
in the nucleus of its atoms.
the telluric helix. That system arranged the
© The properties of elements tend to
reoccur at fixed intervals of their elements on a spiral-shaped cylinder in order
atomic weights. of their atomic weight. The elements with
similar physical properties appeared vertically
on the cylinder. But because Chancourtois's
1862 paper used geological terms and did not
include drawings, his periodic system was not
accepted by those in the field of chemistry.
276
4. According to the passage, the first As new elements were discovered through
chemist to notice periodicity was the first half of the 1800's, chemists confirmed
CD Mendeleev the regular repetition of the physical properties
• Chancourtois of the elements. Chemists studied ways to
Lavoisier classify the elements in order to reflect this
C) Newlands periodicity. In 1863, an English chemist, John
Newlands, divided the 56 known elements into
5. The word breakthrough in the passage groups, each sharing the same characteristics.
is closest in meaning to As each group seemed to contain eight
CD discovery elements, he referred to his system as
C) quest the Law of Octaves, after the eight keys in
CD experiment an octave on the piano. But Newlands's
© goal idea was ridiculed and his theory dismissed.
Not until 1919 did it become accepted that the
6. Why does the author mention the card elements should be grouped by eights.
game of solitaire?
But the underlying concept of the periodicity
C) To name the favorite game of of the elements was adapted to better effect
Mendeleev in 1869 by the Russian chemist Dmitri
© To identify the source of the organizing Mendeleev. His great breakthrough was to
plan of the periodic table see that the two key characteristics of an
© To describe the solitary nature of element—atomic weight and atomic number
chemistry studies
(the number of protons in the nucleus)—could
CD To give an example of a precursor to
be combined in a single table. His table came
the periodic table
to be called the periodic table.
7. According to the passage, Mendeleev's Mendeleev's table was inspired by the card
main discovery was that game of solitaire, in which cards are arranged
(D some elements have similar physical horizontally by suit and vertically by number.
properties that reoccur at regular Borrowing the same organizing patterns,
intervals of their atomic weights Mendeleev arranged the elements in groups
C) an element's atomic weight and of seven. He grouped them horizontally by
number could be shown in a single their atomic number in ascending order and
table vertically by their similar qualities in groups
C) similarly acting elements appear in of seven. Thus similar metals such as gold,
groups of eight silver, and copper appear in the same
© the rarest elements have the lowest vertical column. Similarly reacting gases
atomic weights such as helium, argon, and neon appear in
another column. The most common elements
(hydrogen, helium, lithium) have lower atomic
277
8. The word their in the passage refers to numbers and thus appear near the beginning
® the most common elements of the table in the first horizontal row. The
i® lower atomic numbers rarest elements (uranium and plutonium) have
© the rarest elements the greatest number of protons in their nuclei.
© protons They are ordered near the end of the table.
In Mendeleev's time, only 63 elements had

Which of the following can be inferred
been discovered. The brilliance of his periodic
about hydrogen?
table, however, was that it predicted that new
® Its atomic number is less than
elements would be found to fit into the missing
uranium's.
slots in his original table. Today the table
C It appears in a vertical row.
shows 120 elements, 92 naturally occurring
C) It reacts with helium.
and 28 created in the laboratory. Scientists
© Its atomic weight is greater than
believe that many more will be found. The
lithium's.
periodic table has been called "the most
elegant organizational chart ever devised."
10. The word valid in the passage is
closest in meaning to Mendeleev's chart remains valid today. But it
® studied has been modified by the continual discovery
CD misleading and manufacture of new elements. And in
© legal 1914, Henry Mosely discovered a relationship
CD accurate between an element's X-ray wavelength
and its atomic number. Thus, he rearranged
11 All of the following are true about the the elements by electric charge. Another
periodic table EXCEPT: important improvement was suggested by
® It is constantly changing as new Glenn T. Seaborg in 1945: the addition of a
elements are found. vertical group of certain heavy elements called
C It originally predicted that more the actinide series.
elements would be discovered.
© It will never contain more than 120
elements.
© It arranges elements according to
their physical properties.
Al
278
VIEW TEXT
12 Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided below.
they express ideas that are not in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage.
This passage explores the history of the periodic table.
Answer Choices
Chancourtois was the first to notice the (_b) By 1809, there were 47 known elements.
periodicity of elements.
CD The periodic table is constantly changing C) The most common elements appear
as new elements and new ways of near the end of the table while the least
classifying them are discovered. common are near the beginning.
CD Lavoisier's list of elements included light CD Mendeleev organized the elements into
and calories. a table based on their atomic weight.
Drag your answer choices to the spaces where they belong.

To remove an answer choice, click on it. To review the passage, click View Text.
279
legit
13. The phrase keep track of in the History of Counting

passage is closest in meaning to
The earliest signs of counting have been found
® preserve
in ancient hunting artifacts. Notches in animal
® account for
bones from 30,000 B.C. may have been a
© describe
tallying system. Tallies were used to keep
® line up track of things. A sheepherder would put a
pebble in a pile each time a sheep was let out
14. According to paragraph 1, the first to graze. When the sheep returned at night,
signs of counting were found in the owner would remove the pebble. Any
C) tallies pebbles that remained represented missing
C) sheep sheep. But such tallying was not true counting.
© rocks It merely compared two sets of objects.
E animal bones Egypt was one of the first civilizations to
adopt a real number system. Beginning
15. According to paragraph 2, Egypt's in about 3000 B.C., Egyptians expressed
counting system used which of the numbers with pictographs, or symbols to
following to show numbers? represent numbers. Thus, the numbers from
C) tallies one to nine were combinations of vertical
C) pictographs strokes. Ten was an inverted U, 100 was a
© place values coiled rope, and 1,000 was a lotus flower.
© an inverted U Different cultures used different base
numbers for their counting systems. Many,
16. The author mentions the number 236 such as the Egyptians, used a base 10, a
in order to reflection of the numbers of fingers on both
® illustrate the importance of the zero hands. Others, like the Babylonians, used
in the place-value system a base 60. But that system was awkward
C) explain how the Arabs invented because it required either separate symbols
Arabic numerals for each number up to 60 or clusters of 10
numbers. But the base of 60 survives today
CD, identify the first numeral that was
in geometry (60 seconds and minutes of
written with place values
angular measurement, 360 degrees in a
C) show a number that does not contain
circle, and 180 degrees in a rectangle) and in
a zero
time-keeping (60 seconds in a minute and 60
minutes in an hour).
The first great advance in numbering was

the place-value concept. Invented by the
Babylonians, place values were needed to
show the value of each digit in a numeric
notation. For example, without place values,
the number 236 was complicated to write in
280
17. The word complicated in the passage most systems, as it required multiple symbols
is closest in meaning to and strokes. But with a value assigned to each
place (in a system based on 10), we know
C) precise
that the digit 6 represents 6 ones, the digit 3
CD difficult
represents 3 tens, and the digit 2 represents 2
C) simple
hundreds.
© definite
For place value to accurately reflect a
18. The author's description of zero number, a "zero" was needed to eliminate any
mentions which of the following? confusion over, for example, whether the digits
236 were intended to represent 236 or 2360
CD It was invented by the Babylonians. or 2036 or 2306. The zero or "empty" place
0, It was first expressed with Roman
value was originally indicated by leaving a gap
numerals.
between numbers, as in 23_6 to mean 2306.
© It was needed to make place values
Eventually, a special symbol was designed
accurate. to show zero, the "0" digit that we use today.
CD It was used widely by 3000 B.C. That symbol was invented for the Arabic
counting system and was in common use by
19. According to the passage, all of the about 650 A.D.
following are true about place values
EXCEPT: For zero and place values to be useful in
mathematics, it was necessary to invent a
C) They were invented by the symbol for each number up to the base figure.
Babylonians. Thus, different symbols for one through nine
ED They show the value of each digit in were adopted, with the zero added after each
a multiple-digit number. symbol to reflect another 10 (10, 20, 30, 40,
© They allowed calculations with written and so on). And multiple zeros were added to
numerals. represent even larger numbers (100, 1,000,
C) They were included in the system of and 10,000).
Roman numerals.
Arabic numerals ultimately replaced the
Roman numerals that had dominated Western
20. In paragraph 7, why does the author European history until the seventeenth
mention the abacus?
century. Those are the numerals used in
To contrast it with written numbers most of the world today. Early forms of Arabic
regarding speed of calculating numbers appeared in India by 200 B.C.
C) To give an example of the means of Indian mathematicians found that a place-
counting used after the year 1600 value system that included a symbol for
© To describe how sheepherders kept zero allowed them to perform mathematical
track of their sheep operations by writing down and manipulating
© To mention a device invented by Al- numerals. That was faster than the abacus,
Khwarizmi a mechanical device that had been the
principal means of counting. Using written
281
PLutual "[-Lt
According to the passage, numerals to calculate did not become known

Al-Khwarizmi's treatise was unknown outside India until the ninth century, when
in Europe until the twelfth century an Arab mathematician, Al-Khwarizmi, wrote
because a treatise about numbers. But his work was
C) it was not yet translated into Latin not translated into Latin until the twelfth
C) printing was not invented until then century and thus did not become known
C) Arab mathematicians wanted to keep in Europe until then. An Italian, Leonardo
it secret Fibonacci, popularized the Arabic numbering
(1) European mathematicians were not system (called "algorism") by writing books
interested in other counting systems about it that were read by bookkeepers and
merchants. They started to use the system in
their commercial transactions.
22. The word supplanted in the passage is
closest in meaning to For a few hundred years after Fibonacci,
® revised scholars and merchants debated the merits of
® replaced algorism versus the abacus. With the invention
CD reinforced of printing, books about algorism became
C) resurrected widely known, leading to its becoming the
accepted method from about 1500 and after.
By about 1600, Roman numerals had been
23. According to the passage, which of
supplanted by Arabic numerals for performing
the following is true of algorism?
most computations.
® It was a mechanical device for
counting.
® It was the Roman system of counting.
C) It was the Arabic number system.
CD It was not used after printing was
invented.
282
r-
24. Directions: Complete the table below to summarize information about the two ideas that
permitted counting with written numerals. Match the appropriate statement to the idea with
which they are associated. This question is worth 3 points.

Place value Select 3
Zero Select 2
•
Answer Choices
C) Computation required that a number C) The idea was first invented by the
show the value of each digit. Babylonians.
® Tallying was used to keep records. CD Roman numerals were replaced by

Arabic numerals.
© Numbers were complicated to write. C) The symbol was first used by the Arabs.
CD A special symbol was needed to show

an empty place value.
283
PaALLal_ 1-L±sit
According to paragraph 1, which of Minerals

the following is a characteristic of
minerals? Minerals are naturally occurring solid
crystal structure C) organic matter substances formed by geologic movements in
© hardness © smooth surface the Earth. Their main defining characteristics
are that 1) they are inorganic (composed
26. The word the latter in the passage of non-living matter); 2) they have a crystal
refers to structure; and 3) they have a unique chemical
composition. The type of mineral is determined
mineral C) diamond
both by its crystal structure and its chemical
© graphite C) carbon
composition. A crystal structure occurs when
the atoms inside the mineral are ordered in a
27. Which of the following best expresses
the essential information in the geometric pattern that repeats itself throughout
highlighted sentence? Incorrect the mineral. All crystal structures fit into one
answer choices change the meaning in of 14 possible "lattice"—regular pattern—
important ways or leave out essential arrangements of atoms, which lattices can be
information. detected by X-rays.
(I) The sheets of graphite's carbon
A mineral's physical traits are influenced by
atoms slide past the sheets of
its crystal form. For example, both diamond
diamond's carbon atoms.
and graphite are composed of the same
ED Graphite contains a network of
element (carbon), but the former is the
carbon atoms that create a strong
hardest mineral while the latter is soft. This is
crystal structure.
© Diamond is harder than graphite because graphite's crystal structure arranges
because of its carbon atoms' the carbon atoms in sheets that can slide past
interlocking structure. each other, while diamond's carbon atoms are
© The networks of carbon atoms in arrayed in a strong, interlocking network.
diamond and graphite make each
Two minerals with identical crystal structures
mineral very hard.
can have different chemical compositions.
Thus, halite and galena share the same
28. The word identical in the passage is
crystal structure but are composed of different
closest in meaning to
chemicals. Conversely, two minerals with the
ED similar same chemical ingredients can differ in their
(DI complex crystal structure. For example, pyrite and
© same
marcasite both are made of iron sulfide, but
© contrasting
the arrangement of their atoms differs.
According to the International Mineralogical

Association, 4,000 minerals have been
identified to date. Only about 150 of them
284
REVIEW
According to the passage, two are plentiful, and about 50 are classified as
minerals with the same crystal "occasional." The remainder are rarely found,
structure can be different because some consisting of only small grains of rock.
ED they have different specific gravities
Minerals are often found as components
C) they are found in different locations
of rocks, which may contain organic matter
© they were formed by different
as well. Some rocks consist wholly of one
geologic processes
mineral, such as calcite in limestone rock.
CD they have different chemical
compositions Other rocks may host many minerals. Almost
all of the rocks visible today contain one
or more of a group of about 15 minerals,
30. According to paragraph 3, halite and
galena are different elements because including quartz, mica, and felspar.
they have the same crystal structure The kinds of minerals found in any given
® they have different chemical rock are determined by three factors. First,
compositions the rock's chemical composition must
© they were formed by different be hospitable to a particular mineral. For
geologic processes example, rocks containing silicon will likely
® they have different rankings on the contain quartz. Second, the conditions under
Mohs scale which the rock was formed will influence the
kinds of minerals found in the rock. Thus,
31. The word hospitable in the passage is rock born from volcanic movements at high
closest in meaning to temperatures and pressures may contain
® welcoming granite. Third, mineral distribution is affected
(T hostile by the geological stages through which the
© comparable rock passed before reaching its present state.
® reactive For example, exposure to moisture and acids
may decay some minerals and cause others
32. Why does the author discuss the role to take their place. During the changes from
of volcanic movements in creating one ecological stage to another, the rock may
rocks? disintegrate into sand or soil.
® To give an example of one of the
Earth's geologic forces Mineralogists classify minerals according
To identify a factor that determines to either physical properties or chemical
what kinds of minerals are found in composition. Minerals have numerous
rocks measurable physical properties. Hardness is
© To explain why some rocks contain measured on the "Mohs scale," which ranks
silicon hardness from one to 10. Any mineral can
© To criticize the theory that minerals be cut or marked by a mineral with a higher
are created only, by chemical ranking on the Mohs scale. Thus a diamond,
reactions
285
33. The word disintegrate in the passage with a rank of 10, can cut into quartz, with
is closest in meaning to a rank of 7. Luster measures the reflection
C) decompose of light by the surface of the mineral. Metals
C) imbed have a higher luster than gypsum, which
C) pressurize has a porous surface. Cleavage refers to the
® decline way a mineral splits apart along its natural
grain, and fracture refers to its breakage
34. Which of the following can be inferred against its natural cleavage planes. Streak is
about minerals on the Mohs scale? the color of the residue left by a mineral as
Graphite is softer than gypsum. it is rubbed across a special plate. Specific
CD Quartz can cut a mineral with a rank gravity measures the density of the mineral;
of 8. it is computed by comparing the mass of the
C) Diamond can cut a mineral with a mineral to the mass of an equal volume of
rank of 9. water.
© The hardest minerals are metals.
Minerals can also be classified by their
chemical characteristics. The most frequently
35. According to the passage, all of the
following are properties of minerals occurring minerals are called silicates because
EXCEPT: of their large shares of silicon and oxygen.
Almost all rocks fit this category. The second
C) cleavage
most common minerals are carbonates, which
CD luster
contain carbon and oxygen. Carbonates are
© streak
C) weight found on the ocean floor as the deposits of
decayed plankton. Another grouping, halides,
are found where water has evaporated, as in
36. The word residue in the passage is
closest in meaning to dried lake beds and landlocked seas such as
the Great Salt Lake in Utah. Other common
CD engraving
classes include sulfates, oxides, sulfides, and
C) picture
phosphates.
© outline
C) remains
286
they express ideas that are not in the passage or are minor ideas in the passage. This
question is worth 2 points.
This passage discusses the characteristics of minerals.
Answer Choices
® When a mineral is exposed to moisture ED Carbonates are deposits of dead

and acid, it may decay and allow a new plankton that are found on the ocean
mineral to form. floor.
C) Minerals are classified by their physical C) Minerals are often found in rocks,
properties or chemical composition. and each rock may host one or many
minerals.
C) The kind of mineral is defined by its ® Cleavage is the property of minerals

crystal structure and its chemical that concerns the way it breaks along its
composition. natural cleavage planes.

287
How to
Master Skills for the
iBT
1 IE. IF L®
rd, n3
PART 1 Basic Comprehension
Unit 1 Vocabulary 291
Unit 2 Reference 292
Unit 3 Factual Information 293
Unit 4 Negative Factual Information 294
Unit 5 Sentence Simplification 295
PART 2 Making Inferences

Unit 6 Rhetorical Purpose 296
Unit 7 Inference 298
Unit 8 Insert Text 299
PART 3 Reading to Learn

Unit 9 Prose Summary 300
Unit 10 Fill in a Table 301
Actual Test 303
while adopting new clean energy technologies as they
Unit 1 Vocabulary emerge. Some countries are already adopting the soft
energy path.
Skill & Drill 3. The History of Australian Rules Football

lAustralian Rules Football is a popular game in Australia.
1.© 2. © 3.© 4. © 5. © 6.®
It was created by 2Tom Wills in 31858. The game went
through many steps before it became popular. It is
played between two teams of 18 on 4a cricket field. A
Practice with Long Passages goal is worth 5six points, and a "behind" is worth one
point.
• 1. CD 2. CD 3. C) 4. CD
lAbsolute / 2Symbolic / 3Constitutional
4. The Human Genome Project
The Human Genome Project is an important effort
III 1.®A 2. ED 3. CD 4. CD
to lidentify and sequence the human genome. After
+Hard energy path / 2Soft energy path
working on it for over 2fifteen years, the project is still
3incomplete. But this project is so important that it must
• ) 4. CD
1. C) 2. CD 3. aD be completed. Once completed, 4knowledge of the
Nickname / 2Tom Wills / 3August 7, 1858 /
qenome will lead to many advances in 5medicine.
4How to Play the Game
5. Gangs and Violence
• 1.® 2.© 3.© 4.©
Many young people from 1poor homes join street gangs.
lthe human genome / 21990 / 3liver and Alzheimer's
The gangs offer them 2a violent and short life. The life of
disease
a gang member is filled with 3crime and drugs. The only
way to escape the gang lifestyle is to 4die or desert the
1.© 2. CD, CD 3.© 4.® gang forever. The gang lifestyle ignores 5morality.
ldisadvantaged youths / 2crimes / 3die or desert (run
away) 6. The American Craftsman Style
The American Craftsman style was the American
E t © 2. CD 3. ED 4. CD
version of lthe British Arts and Crafts Movement. It was
lmass produced items / 2middle class /
brought to North America by 2prominent architects.
3locally produced materials
This movement sought to create a 3unique, simple, and
elegant American style of home. It introduced many
design changes to 4middle-class homes of the time.
Building Summary Skills This style 5influenced a later style as well.
1. Monarchy in Europe
Monarchy is a form of lgovernment in which there is
2a single ruler. Some forms of monarchy are symbolic,
absolute, and constitutional. In a symbolic monarchy,
1. CD 2. CD 3. CD 4. CD 5. CD
the ruler has 3no power. In an absolute monarchy, the
ruler has 4total power. In a constitutional monarchy, the
6. The Great Man Argument C), /
The Black Plague Theory ®,
ruler must follow 5the laws of the constitution.
7.© 8. 0 9.© 10. © 11.®A 12.©
2. Alternative Energy Sources
1Fossilfuels cause many problems, such as 2pollution
and wars. But 3solar cell-technology is not currently Vocabulary Review
advanced enough to replace fossil fuels. Many
proponents say societies should adopt the soft energy • 1.© 2.© 3.© 4.©
path. This is a plan for reducing 5fossil fuel consumption 5. CD 6. CD 7. CD 8. CD
291
1111 1.h 2. c 3. a 4. i 5. g that affect a large portion of the world's climate. The
6.j 7.d 8.b 9.f 10. e economies of many nations in 2South America and
Africa are strongly affected by these climate changes. El
Nino and La Nina occur 3irreqularly and can cause some
damaging effects such as 4drought, flooding, and forest
fires. These changes also affect the 5migratory patterns
of fish, which affects the fishing industry. Scientists do
Unit 2 Reference not fully understand El Nino and La Nina yet, but they
are studying them very closely.
2. The Decline of Biodiversity

1Biodiversity, which describes the range of 2living
things, has been declining rapidly over the past century.

Many species of plants are becoming extinct because
of 3unsustainable environmental practices. Humans are
the biggest cause of these environmental problems,
mainly because they chop down so much of the 4rain
forests. Another threat to biodiversity is the introduction
of 5foreign species, which overtake local species.
6. ® Humans need to take strong steps to stop the decline
of biodiversity.
3. Tidal Power Plants

Practice with Long Passages
Tidal power plants are a method of lgenerating
II 1. C) 2.© 3.©: 4. O electricity through the power of 2movinq water and are
El Nino / 2La Nina gaining popularity around the world. The Rance Tidal
Power Plant in France is the world's first power plant
that uses this method. The construction of the Rance
1.© 2.© 3.® 4.©
Tidal Power Plant took a lot of 3time and money, but
lThreats / 2Effects / 3Decline
it has generated enough power to cover its costs.
Tidal power plants affect the 4local ecosystem, and
[0] 1.© 2.0 3.® 4. © scientists are still studying how. The first and only tidal
lelectricity / 2nuclear power / 3the Rance Tidal power plant in North America is in 5Annapolis Royal in
Power Plant Canada.
III 1. CD 2. CD, 3. C) 4. CD 4. The Komodo Dragon

Largest lizard / 2lndonesian islands / 36,000 Komodo dragons are the llargest living lizards in the
world today. They live on 2the islands of Indonesia.
1.0 2.0 3.® 4.© They eat meat, which they kill by a bite that 3infects the
u ses / 2Risks prey and kills it over a period of days. Komodo dragons
eat a wide range of other animals, including 4their own
• 1. ® 2. © 3. 0 4. ® species. Today, the 5population of Komodo dragons is
not very large.
1November 11, 1933 / 2May 11, 1934 /
3April 14, 1935
5. Nanotechnology
1Nanotechnology is the risky science of building
2microscopic machines. This technology could be very
useful, but it is 3unpredictable since the properties
1. El Nino and La Nina of many materials change at the microscopic level.
Some scientists worry that machines this small could
El Nino and La Nina are major ltemperature changes
292
easily enter 4human bodies and cause effects that Eal eD 2. ® 3.® 4.®
nobody can predict. Another concern is that 5self- 1Boston Massacre / 2Boston Tea Party /
replicating nanobots could damage the environment 3Declaration of Independence
on a very large and unexpected scale. Experiments
with nanotechnology should be done in a very cautious
1.© 2.© 3.© 4.®
fashion as regulated by the government.
lthe telegraph / 2New York Times /
3Yellow journalism
6. The Dust Bowl
The Dust Bowl was 1a series of terrible storms in the
IN 1.® 2.© 3.© 4.®
1930s that damaged the farming industries in 2America
1Statue of Liberty / 2Liberty Bell
and Canada. Farming was damaged because the fertile
layer of topsoil was 3blown away by powerful winds,
leaving only 4dusty, infertile ground. Some of these 1.© 2.® 3.© 4.©
storms were so bad that the sky was turned black and 1Sulfurand nitrogen gases / 2rivers, lakes, and
no one could see the sun. Many farmers were made streams / 3acidity levels
homeless by this 5natural disaster and were forced to
travel west looking for work. IFI 1. CD 2. CD 3. CD 4. ®
lopener, headliner, and chaser / 2movie theaters /
3The Great Depression
Mini TOEFL iBT
1.® 2.© 3. © 4.© 5. ® 6. © "ng S 41 Skills
7.® 8.® 9.® 10.© 11.© 12.©
1. Optical Fiber
Optical fibers are made of lqlass or plastic and are very
Vocabulary Review useful for sending 2light and information. The study
of fiber optics has shown that light can be bounced
IN 1. ® 2. ® 3. ® 4. CD continuously down an optical fiber. The concept behind
5. CD 6. ® 7. CD 8. ®, optical fibers was discovered 3in England and later
adapted into 4medical equipment. An optical fiber has
1.d 2. i 3. e 4.b 5.a many advantages over 5copper cable. In this age of
6.c 7.j 8.f 9.h 10.g information, an optical fiber is very useful.
2. The American Revolution

The American Revolution was the war that ended
1British rule over the colonies of North America and
established 2the United States as a country. The

Unit 3 Factual Information revolution began with a shift in ideology that was led
by great men such as 3Thomas Jefferson and Samuel
Skill & Drill Adams. Three main events led up to 4the Revolutionary
War. These events were the Stamp Act of 1765, the
1.© 2. 3. © 4.© Townshend Acts of 1767, and 5the Boston Tea Party
in 1773. By 1781 the fighting ended, and the British-\\
withdrew from North America.
3. American Newspapers in the 19th Century
1. ® 2. ED, 3. © 4. © In the middle of the 1800s, the wide use of ithe
hong distances / 2lighter than copper / 3cheaper telegraph enabled newspapers to get reports from far
away. This led to a new age of growth in 2the newspaper
293
P."
industry. During this time, everything from 3the writing

Vocabulary Review
and visual presentation to the delivery of newspapers
improved. New York was the most competitive place, • 1.© 2.© 3.© 4.®
and the 4New York Times emerged as the most
5.© 6.0 7.© 8.0
respected newspaper in the country. Meanwhile, two
newspaper owners, 5William Randolph Hearst and 111 1.e 2. i 3. h 4.j 5. a
Joseph Pulitzer, battled to win readers, giving rise to the 6. d 7.b 8.g 9.c 10. f
unethical practice of yellow journalism.
4. The Statue of Liberty and the Liberty Bell

Two monuments are the best symbols of lAmerica's
ideal of freedom: the Statue of Liberty and the Liberty
Bell. The Statue of Liberty was given to the United Unit 4 Negative Factual Information
States by France as a gift in 1885 to mark 2the 100-year
birthday of the United States. It was designed by Skill & Drill
3Gustave Eiffel, and stands about 45 meters tall in New
York Harbor. The Liberty Bell is located in 4Philadelphia, 1. C) 2. C) 3. CD 4. ED

Pennsylvania, and was most famously rung on July
8, 1776, to announce the first public reading of 5the
Declaration of Independence. It has a crack which was
made when it was rung for the first time.
• 1.© 2.0 3.© 4.0
5. Acid Rain
1photic zones / 2mild wave action / 3Threats
'Acid rain is a pollution problem caused by the release
of 2sulfur and nitrogen gases into the air. This problem NI 1. ED 2.© 3. ® 4.©
has been observed in many 3industrialized countries.
lassembly lines / 293 minutes / 315 million
Acid rain causes many problems such as 4the poisoning
of bodies of water, killing animals, damaging soil, and
harming 5the health of humans. Scientists are searching
111 1.© 2.© 3.® 4.0
for ways to reduce this problem. 'Ancient Greece / 2Anatomy of the Brain /
3a brain tumor
6. Vaudeville
1. © 2. © 3. ® 4. C)
Vaudeville was a form of linexpensive live entertainment
'Antarctica / 2Regs / 3Ergs
that was very popular in the United States in 2the
late 1800s and early 1900s. Vaudeville entertained
the audience with 3a variety of acts, including • 1.E 2.© 3. © 4.©
trained animals, acrobats, magic, comedy, musical 'Migrate / 2Two populations / 3Hawaii
performances, and lecturers. A typical vaudeville show
began with an opener, peaked with 4a headliner, and • 1.® 2.© 3. © 4. ©
closed with a chaser. At the height of its popularity, 'Writing Ball / 21BM Selectric typewriter /
vaudeville theaters were among the most popular 3daisy wheel
places for people to gather. By the early 1900s, movie
theaters and 5the Great Depression caused vaudeville
to disappear. Building Summary Skills
1. Coral Reefs
Mini TOEFL iBT Coral reefs grow best in photic tropical zones with 'mild
wave action. Reefs are made of the skeletons of millions
1.© 2. © 3.© 4.0 5.© 6.® of 2tiny polyps that have been turned into limestone by
7. E 8.© 9.© 10. ®A 11.© 12. 0 algae. These reefs are most common in 3the tropical
294
Indian and Pacific Ocean regions. Reefs are important about the fact that Monarchs have 5very different life-
because they support a wide range of species that spans based on their place in the seasonal migration
would otherwise 4become extinct. There are many cycle.
threats to reefs, such as 5pollution, over-fishing, and
destructive fishing that conservation groups are fighting 6. The Development of the Typewriter
against.
1No single person invented the typewriter, but many
people have contributed to its creation lover the
2. Mass Production and the Ford Model-T
years. The history of the typewriter is gull of small
1Henry Ford changed the way people worked and lived improvements made over the years. When problems
in the 20th century with his Ford Model-T and the mass such as the type bar blocking the typist's view arose,
assembly line it was produced on. After beginning Ford new improvements corrected them. These days the
Motor Company and inventing 2the Model-T car, Ford typewriter has been replaced by 4the computer. But
introduced 3movinq assembly lines in his production some people still use 5typewriters, and some companies
plants. These were so effective that the Model-T car still make them.
became common around the world and the price
4became lower every year. 5By the 1920s, there were
more Model-Ts on the road than any other car, and Mini TOEFL iBT
people around the world worked on assembly lines and
drove cars. 1.© 2.cD, 3. © 4.© 5.© 6. ©
7.© 8.0 9.© 10.© 11.© 12.®
3. Pioneers in Neurology
The ancient lEgyptians and Greeks were the first to

experiment on and begin to understand the brain.
Vocabulary Review
Scientists such as 2Thomas Willis created the study
of neurology and furthered knowledge of the brain • 1 . eD 2.© 3. © 4. ®
by 3describing its anatomy. By the 1800s, scientists 5. CD 6. CD, 7. CD 8. ®
and doctors, such as J. E. Purkinje began using
4microscopes to expand their knowledge of the human
IN 1.e 2.f 3. g 4. a 5.j
nervous system. By 1878, 5successful brain surgery
6.i 7.b 8.c 9.d 10.h
was performed, leading the way to a modern age of
neurological understanding and treatment.
4. The Effects of Desert Weather
Deserts are regions that lreceive little precipitation.

2Desertification is the process by which fertile land
becomes desert. Many environmentalists argue that
Unit 5 Sentence Simplification
temperature increases due to 3q1obal warming are
accelerating the rate of desertification around the world. Skill & Drill
Deserts are capable of 4supportinq life forms that have
adapted to their harsh environments. There are six kinds 1.© 2.® 3. © 4. ®
of deserts, including mountain or basin deserts, hamada

deserts, regs, ergs, 5intermontane basins, and badlands.
5. The Migration of the Monarch Butterfly
WI 1. CI) 2. (2) 3. (2) 4. ED
The Monarch butterfly is found in some parts of the
isix / 2human food / 3cash crop
world, including +North America. Scientists wonder how
the Monarch is able to emigrate so far every year. New
generations of the Monarch return to 3the same winter II 1 . CD 2. 0 3.© 4. ©
location every year even though they were not 4alive iproponents / 2Critics
at the time of the last migration. Scientists are curious
295
r
M2 1. CD 2. CD 3. ED 4. CD protect their territories. 4Few animals fight over territory.

lthe right to use the roads / 2according to law Many common animals 5mark their territory with their
own smell.
[D] 1.© 2.© 3.© 4. („A:
-
5.The Flow of Activity in the U.S. Economy
1Visual / 2Olfactory / 3Auditory
1The U.S. economy was once the most powerful in
gffi 1.® 2.`B 3.© 4.0 the world, but it is now the most indebted. The federal
bOld Style / 2Current Style government controls many factors that change 2the
direction of the economy. During 3the Great Depression,
71 1.© 2.© 3. ED 4.© the federal government shifted its economic philosophy
itwo African types / 2120kg at birth / 36 hours and from creating growth to holding back prices. Because of
50km these changes, the public has lost faith in 4the president
and Congress's role in influencing the economy. 5The
nation's central bank now independently attempts to
Building Summary Skills guide the economy.
1.Wheat Production 6.The Evolution of the Elephant

Wheat is one of the most lwidely grown and important There are only lthree species of elephants still living
crops in the world. It has many important uses by today. They are the largest of all land mammals and
humans. Wheat grain is harvested according to a have 2the longest pregnancy period. These days,
2classification system that determines 3the quality and elephants have been endangered 3by humans, but
price. Wheat is a very 4profitable crop because it is used efforts are being made to 4increase their numbers.
so widely in products that are consumed daily. There Scientists think elephants are genetically related to 5sea
are 5six classes of wheat grown in the United States. cows and possibly hyraxes although there is not enough
evidence to prove this.
2.Cryonics
1Cryonics is the controversial process of 2freezing
animals or humans immediately after death in hopes of Mini TOEFL iBT
reviving them at a later date. Although reversing death
is Snot possible through current scientific methods, 1.© 2. 3.© 4. © 5.® 6.©
practitioners of cryonics hope future advances will 7.E 8.© 9.© 10. ® 11. © 12. ©
make it possible. Their current goal is to 4preserve
the memory and identity of those who die. Critics of
cryonics think it is 5unethical as well as a waste of time. Vocabulary Review
3. Road Law in Rome 1.© 2.© 3. CD 4. CD
Roads were a very important part of the Roman Empire, 5. CD 6. ,ED 7. CD 8. CD
and the Romans were very advanced at lbuilding and
administering laws to control them. 2Roman roads were gE 1. i 2. f 3.h 4.j 5. a
built to very strict measurements, and laws protected 6.d 7. c 8. g 9. e 10. b
travelers when roads were not available or 3in disrepair.
There was even a point from which all roads to Rome
led, called 4the golden milestone. Roman roads
eventually enabled barbarians to 5invade and conquer
Rome, but its roads still exist today.
4. Animal Territoriality Unit 6 Rhetorical Purpose

Animals defend areas called lterritories, which are
important to them. This concept was introduced 2in the
early 20th century although it was greatly exaggerated.
Many animals develop 3bright colors or strong smells to 1.© 2.© 3.© 4.©
296
3. Sequoyah
Sequoyah was a 1Cherokee Native American who is
1.© 2. ® 3. ® 4. 0 famous for creating the first system of writing for the
•
Cherokee people. His exact place and date of birth
17,000t / 2hydrogen, helium, and methane /
313 moons are unknown because his people lacked 2a system
of writing for recording historical data. After 12 years
of work, Sequoyah created a writing system for
• 1.® 2.© 3.® 4. ©
the Cherokee language that used 385 characters to
1Material Cause / 2Formal Cause / 3Efficient Cause /
represent the sounds of the language. This system
4Final Cause
was at first rejected by the Cherokee people, but
they later accepted it after Sequoyah taught it to 4a
• 1.© 2.® 3. © 4. ® group of respected warriors. This system gave the
11809 / 21821 / 31823 Cherokee people a way to 5record their history for future
generations.
• 1.© 2. © 3. ® 4.©
iunion Pacific Line / 2Central Pacific Line 4. The First Transcontinental Railroad
The first transcontinental railroad to lrun across North
SI 1.© 2.© 3.® 4.© America was completed in 1869 and commemorated
1a lever / 2the Colt revolver / 3assembly lines
with the famous Golden Spike event. The railroad was
heavily backed by 2the federal government and stands
as one of the great achievements of 3President Abraham
• 1.© 2. ®© 3.© 4. ®
Lincoln. The building had many effects, such as bringing
14.8 million years ago / 2700,000 years ago /
the Union states together during the Civil War as well as
33,500 years ago
leading to the decline of 4Native Americans in the West
by populating it with white settlers. Much of the railroad
was built by immigrant laborers from 5Ireland and China
Su. as well as by veterans of the Union and Confederate
armies and Mormons.
1. Neptune
5. Mechanization
Neptune is ithe outermost, planet of the solar system
and is 2the fourth largest in diameter and the third 1Human history has been changed by the shift from
largest in mass. Its atmosphere is composed mostly human labor to 2mechanization. A good example of a
,of gas, and it has 3a vivid blue appearance. There are simple machine that relieves a human of labor is 3the
many strange facts about the planet, such as its high lever. Some very important machines were 4the steam-
winds, 13 moons, and 4hot core temperature that make powered lathe, steam-powered trains, the Colt revolver,
it interesting to scientists. The only human probe ever to and the mechanization of car assembly lines. Military
visit and collect information of Neptune was 5Voyager 2. forces have also mechanized their forces, which results
in many advantages in 5warfare.
2. The Metaphysics of Aristotle
6. The Mammoth
Aristotle was one of the most important thinkers of all
The mammoth was 1a prehistoric variety that is
time because he created many fields of study, one of
now extinct and whose fossil remains are the most
which is imetaphysics. He created the guidelines for
commonly found. Mammoths are most closely related
understanding 2the causes of things, of which there
to 2the Asian variety of elephant, having genetically split
are 3four major categories. He made many conclusions
off from the African varieties of elephant 3over 7 million
about 4the substance of matter and form as well as
years ago. Due to fossil evidence, scientists believe the
defining five major elements. His classifications laid
mammoth originally evolved in 4North Africa and then
important foundations for 5modern science that are
migrated around the world, ending up in North America.
used today.
Mammoths began to die off due to 5climate changes
that began 700,000 years ago.
297
Mini TOEFL iBT Building Summary Skills
1. CD, 2. © 3. ED 4. © 5. ® 6. C) 1. Bats and Echolocation

7.© 8.© 9.© 10.® 11.© 12.© Bats are lthe only mammals that can fly. There are two
suborders of bats: 2meqabats and microbats. These
bats are different from each other. Megabats have
Vocabulary Review a claw on their legs and are typically 3herbivorous.
Microbats use 4ultrasound echolocation to get around
1111 1.® 2.© 3. © 4. 0 and hunt insects, small animals, and fish. They usually
5. ® 6. © 7. CD, 8. CD Shunt at night when there are a lot of insects, much less
competition for food, and fewer enemies.
1111 1.d 2.h 3.j 4.c 5.b
2. Modernism
6.g 7.f 8.i 9.e 10.a
1Modernism was an important movement in 2the
twentieth century. It encouraged people to forget about

traditional ways and to try to 3improve their lives. Its
members, like 4 Eduard Manet and Gustave Eiffel,
wanted to create progress. But sometimes they got into
Unit 7 Inference 5useless arguments. Still, the effects of modernism can
be seen everywhere today.
Skill & Drill 3. Musical Theater
1. © 2. ® 3. ® 4. © The musical theater is a kind of lentertainment that is

very old. It goes back to 2ancient India and Greece.
Over the years, it has undergone a number of different
changes. The church in the Middle Ages used it to
tell 3religious stories. Other cultures created 4musical
theater productions that were 5comedies or dramas.
II 1. © 2. CD 3. © 4. CD
imegabats / 2Microbats
4. The Fins of Fish
IIII 1.® 2. © 3. © 4. © An important evolutionary development in fish is their

fins. 1Dorsal fins are located on the back and help the
iEmphasized the new over the traditional / 2Eduard
fish 2control its speed. The anal, pectoral, and pelvic fins
Manet, Claude Monet, and Gustave Eiffel
let the fish 3dart quickly through the water. The pectoral
fins 'Ion the side of fish help give them momentum. And
III 1.© 2- CD' 3. © 4. © the tail fins let the fish 5turn in the water.
lancient India and Greece / 2the church in the
Middle Ages / 3Germany and Britain 5. The Functions of the Human Brain
The human brain is divided into two separate halves,
111 1.® 2.© 3.© 4.®
lthe left and right. There are five different sections:
lspeed and control / 2small movements / 3momentum the parietal, frontal, occipital, and temporal lobes and
/ 4turning the cerebellum. 2The parietal lobe controls sensory
• 1. CD, 2. © 3. ® 4.©
iparietal lobe / 2occipital lobe / 3cerebellum
information, while the frontal lobe controls 3the body's
movements. 4The occipital lobe controls vision, and the
temporal lobe controls hearing. The cerebellum controls
5the senses and muscles.
1. CD 2. ® 3. ED 4.
1Cotton and cattle / 2Northern areas / 3Hogs and 6. Agriculture in America
corn 1Agriculture has long been important in America for a
298
number of reasons. As people 2moved west across the IN 1. C) 2.© 3, 1D 4. 2A
country, they lived by 3farming the land. Various regions 1Norman Lockyer / 2Gerald Hawkins /
in the country raised different 4crops and animals, 3Alexander Thom / 4Euan Mackie
including cotton, wheat, corn, hogs, and cattle. Some
parts of the country have gone back and forth between
NI 1. © 2. © 3. 1A 4. 2D
being 5farmed and unfarmed.
ithe Calvin cycle / 2photosynthesis / 3carbon-14
Mini TOEFL iBT

1.®A 2.© 3.© 4.© 5.©
1. The Observatories at Mauna Kea
6. Endoparasites C), C), Ecto parasites C),
There are many research stations located on 1Mauna
7. CD 8.© 9.© 10. © 11. Kea in Hawaii. These observatories are located there
12. C), CD, C) because of 2the air quality and the fact that the night
skies are 3very dark and clear. The Astronomy Precinct
there was established in 41967. There are 5twelve
Vocabulary Review telescopes located there that are run by different
countries or corporations.
• 1.0 2.© 3.© 4.©
5. ® 6. © 7. ED 8. CD 2. The Element Naming Controversy
fin the 1960s, tensions between 2the USA and Soviet
• 1.d 2.f 3.i 4.c 5.j Union even caused problems between scientists. There
6.h 7. e 8.b 9. a 10. g were 3naming controversies over various elements that
different laboratories created. The Americans objected
to 4the Soviet name, and the Soviets objected to the
American name. Finally, an agreement on the name was
arrived at, but some 5American scientists still use the
old name.
Unit 8 Insert Text
3. Plato
Skill & Drill Plato was a great iGreek philosopher who lived in
Athens and studied with Socrates. After Socrates died,
1.0 2. IS 3. A 4. B Plato opened his own school and tried to imitate 2the
Socratic method of philosophy. Many of 3his early
dialogues looked at single issues but never came up
with answers. His middle dialogues stopped using
Socrates as a character and expressed 4Plato's own
• 1. CD 2.© 3. 1A 4.m thoughts. 5The Republic was one of Plato's greatest
lAstronomy Precinct / 2Clean, dry air / 312 telescopes works.
4. EN 4. Loie Fuller
• 1. CC) 2. © 3. 1A
idement 104 / 2element 106 / 3element 105 Loie Fuller was a pioneer in the field of imodern dance.
She created many new dance movements through
2improvisation. She became famous in America, but she
• 1.© 2.© 3. 1B 4. 2A
3felt unappreciated, so she moved to France, where she
lAristocles / 2the early dialogues / 3the Republic
had many fans. She had many 4important French fans,
including Jules Cheret, Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec, and
• [3
1. CD 2. ED 3. El 4. 2A
Marie Curie. She toured Europe and also 5helped other
imodern dance / 2new dance movements /
artists to do so.
3French fans
299
5. Ancient Astronomy
Nowadays, many scientists study ithe stargazing
practices of ancient societies. 2Norman Lockyer was an ■ 1.0 2. ® 3. CD, CD, CD
early scholar who looked into these practices. Gerald lthe mouths of rivers / 2freshwater and seawater /
Hawkins also looked at 3Stonehenge and noticed how it 3marinespecies
was connected to astronomy. Most people discounted
Hawkins's work, but 4Alexander Thom produced 1.0 2. 0
• 3- CD, ®
new evidence to support it. Euan Mackie went to
1Weeks 1-4 / 2Weeks 5-6 / 3Week 8
Stonehenge and proved that 5Thom's conclusions were
correct.
1111 1.© 2.© 3- CD, CD, CD
6. Melvin Calvin 1movable metal type / 2an information explosion /
3to own books / 4Johann Fust

Melvin Calvin was la great chemist who won a Nobel
Prize. He discovered 2the Calvin cycle, which helped
to unlock 3the secrets of photosynthesis. He worked at NI 1.© 2.0 3- CD, CD, ®
4U.C. Berkeley, where he was a professor. He used 5the
idiseases and insects / 2A wheat variety /
3lnternational controversy
carbon-14 isotope to trace the route of carbon through
the plant. He studied many different things through the
course of his life. • 1.0 2.© 3- CD, ®
ipsychoanalysis / 2free association / 3inaccurate and
too subjective
Mini TOEFL iBT
NI 1 . CD 2.© 3- ED, CD, ®
1. © 2. C) 3. cD 4. B 5. CD ljand ownership / 2latitude and longitude /
6.© 7. ® 8. 9.p 10.© 3Nautical charts
11. c), 12. C)

Vocabulary Review
1. Estuaries
• 1.© 2. © 3.© 4.© Estuaries are semi-enclosed bodies of water that
5.® 6. C) 7. © 8. C) form near lthe tidal mouth of a river. They combine
2both saltwater and freshwater. The water formed is
3somewhat salty. Mostly freshwater species live in

1.d 2.f 3. a 4. i 5. b
estuaries, but 4marine species live in them closer to the
6. j 7. g 8.c 9.h 10.e
ocean. 5The River Thames is among the most famous
estuaries in the world.
2. The Embryo
The embryo is the earliest stage of development for
Unit 9 Prose Summary lmulti-celled life forms. There are 2three major stages
of development in the human embryo. These stages
include the connection forming stage, the brain forming
Skill & Drill stage, and 3the organ forming stage. This marks the
point at which the embryo becomes a fetus. After
1- CD, CD 2- CD, CD 4eight weeks, the fetal stage begins. There is much
3- CD, CD 4- CD, CD controversy around the development of the embryo

because of 5abortion rights.
300
3. Johannes Gutenberg and Metal Type 1117FITTIONtrrri,
Johannes Gutenberg invented 1movable type. This
revolutionized Europe and led to Zan information 1.© 2. CD 3.® 4.©
explosion. He used 3metal type instead of wood-block 5. CD 6. ED 7. ED 8. CD,
type. In 1455, he sold copies of a two-volume Bible that
were much cheaper than 4handwritten ones. However, 1. i 2.f 3. h 4.j 5. b
Gutenberg's partner 5Johann Fust sued him and took
6. g 7.c 8. d 9. a 10.e
the rights to his invention. Gutenberg died in poverty.
4. Transgenic Plants
Transgenic plants share lthe genes of other species.
Scientists 2transfer genes from one plant to another to
give the plants better resistance to disease or insects Unit 10 Fill in a Table
or to make them amore nutritious. Wheat, tobacco, rice,
and even animals have had their genes 4modified. Some
Skill & Drill
people are opposed to transgenic plants, which they
call 5genetically modified organisms.
1. Individual Classism C),
Structural Classism C),
5. Sigmund Freud
2. Causes C), C)/ Effects (9, CD
Sigmund Freud was 1a neurologist who founded a
new kind of 2psychology. He is often referred to as 3. Positive Effects CD, C)
3the father of psychoanalysis. He had his own practice
Negative Effects CD, CD
and soon began to use free association methods with 4. Physical Phenomena
his patients. He also interpreted his dreams and his Geological Phenomena ©, ED
relationships with 'this parents. He did, however, have
5many critics during his life and afterwards.

6. The History of Cartography
Making maps or globes is called lcartography, and II 1.® 2.©
people have been making them for thousands of years. 3. Structural Emergence C), C), OG /
Early maps just showed 2the stars and constellations as Cultural Emergence CD, C)
in the wall paintings of the Lascaux Caves. There were 1a flock of birds / 2an ant colony / 3the World Wide
also early maps in 3Babylon and Egypt. Mapmaking Web

improved in the Middle Ages and 4the Renaissance.
Later mapmakers showed lines of latitude and III 1. ED 2. ED
longitude and made maps for sailors. By the 1900s, 3. Advocates (1), C), CF / Critics co, C)
advancements in photography as well as the advent of lEntertainment companies / 2control the entertainment
airplanes and later, satellites, led to giant leaps forward industry / 3availability of weapons
in the 5accuracy and efficiency of mapmaking.
M 1. CD 2. CD
3. Reported Causes cD, C), CD /
Mini TOEFL iBT Effects ®,
loct. 8th to 10th / 2Catherine O'Leary's cow/
1.© 2.© 3.® 4.® 5.© 3Louis M. Cohn
6. CD, CD, ED 7.© 8.® 9.©

M 1. C) 2. (1)
10.® 11.© 12. CD, ED ED
3. Matrifocal Family CD, CD /
Consanguineal Family C), /
Conjugal Family ED, c), ED
imatrifocal / 2Consanguineal / 3Conjugal
301
1.E 2.© believe that Mrs. O'Leary was made a target because
3. Topics CD, / Functions C), she was 3a Catholic, female immigrant. Some other
amorality / 2cloning / 3public policy possible causes of the fire were Daniel Sullivan, who
may have started it while trying to 4steal some milk, or
Louis M. Cohn, who is said to have started it during 5a
1.© 2.®
game of craps.
3. Kenya CD, CF / Tanzania ©, O G/
Germany C)
4. Differences in the Concept of Family
learly hominid skull / 21-lomo erectus / 3Homo habilis
A family consists of people who live together and are
linked by lgenetic or other types of bonds. Although
2blood relation defines many families, it is not the only
thing that can link people together. There are three
1. Emergence major types of families: 3matrifocal, consanquineal, and
conjugal. The most common type of family in modern
Emergence is the concept that describes how i s
society is a sub-group of 4the conjugal family called 5the
complex pattern forms from lesser parts. A good
nuclear family.
example is the human body, which has developed
over thousands of successive generations. Emergence
5. Bioethics
is evident in all forms of 2organic and inorganic
structures. Scientists who study emergence look at the Bioethics is a branch of applied philosophy that looks
characteristics of organic emergent structures such closely at ithe ethics of scientific and medical practices.
as Sant-colonies or flocks of birds and at inorganic This field is very important because it asks questions
structures such as hurricanes. Another form of about and examines policies and treatments that greatly
emergence is 4cultural, in which some form of human affect 2the human race. It is also an area of academic
organization results in a highly complex structure that growth, as many universities have created 3bioethics
is more than the sum of its parts. 5The World Wide Web programs. Although bioethicists' roles are often
and the stock market are prime examples of the sort of questioned, they do many activities such as researching
phenomenon in which simple components combine to and compiling reports that greatly affect 4public opinion
form a complex whole. and the policies made by 5politicians.
2. The Media Influence Theory 6. Paleoanthropology
The Media Influence Theory states that lrisinq levels of The study of human and pre-human fossils is
violence in society are attributable to individuals who paleoanthropology. This field began with several
see violence depicted in entertainment and are unable important discoveries and publications in lthe late
to distinguish it apart from 2reality. Advocates of this 1800s, including the discovery of Neanderthal man
theory target video games, music with hateful lyrics, and fossils. Some of the most important discoveries in this
movies as being responsible for 3many acts of violence. field have been made by a family named 2the Leakeys.
They want to see these forms of entertainment heavily Their long list of discoveries began in the 1950s when
arequlated by the government. On the other hand, Louis and Mary Leakey found 3the skull of a hominid
critics of this theory think the government should not in Kenya. But Mary Leakey's most important discovery
control the entertainment industry and that rising levels came after her husband's death, when she found 4the
of violence are due to 5the availability of weapons. Laetoli footprints in 1976. These footprints offered
conclusive evidence that early man walked upright on
3. The Great Chicago Fire two legs. Their son, Richard, also found the skulls of 5a
Homo habilis and a Homo erectus.
From October 8th to 10th in 11871, the Great Chicago
Fire burned down much of the city and killed hundreds
of people. The fire was originally blamed on Mrs.
O'Leary's cow kicking down a lantern in the barn. But
the reporter who wrote this story later said he made it
up because it sounded interesting, which led people to 1. © 2.0 3. (1
g- 4. 5.
302
6. Criteria CO, ©, ED, ED / Forms CD, ®
7.0 8. © 9. © 10.© 11. D
12. Storage Room Ci), / Kiva (1), / Tower cc,
Vocabulary Review
MI 1.®A 2.© 3.© 4.©

5.la)
) 6. © 7. © 8. C)
• 1. g 2. i 3. a 4. j 5.h
6. e 7. f 8.b 9. c 10. d
Actual Test
1. © 2. D 3. C) 4. CD, 5.®
6.© 7.© 8.© 9.0 10.©
11.© 12. E:), c), ED 13. © 14.©
15.© 1.6.E 17.© 18.© 19.©
20.® 21.® 22.© 23.©
24. Place value CD, C), ® / Zero C),
25.® 26.© 27.© 28.© 29.0
30.© 31.® 32.© 33.® 34.©
35.© 36.© 37. CD, CD, CD
303
How to
Er.
Master Skills f°r the
ET
11 r-
C act;n3
Timothy Hall - Arthur H. Mulch - Denise McCormack - E2K
Chiu trach nhiem xugt ban

Nguyen Thl Thanh fittong
Bien Val) Minh Chau

Trinh bay sach COng ty Nhan Tri Viet
Sila ban in Minh Chau
NHA XUAT BAN TONG HOP THANH PHO HO CHI MINH

62 Nguyen Thi Minh Khai - QUO 1
"I 38225340 - 38296764 - 38247225 - 38296713 - 38223637
Fax: 38222726 E-mail: [email protected]
COng ty TNHH Nhan Tri Viet

83B Tran Dinh Xu, P. Nguyen Cu Trinh, Q. 1, TP. H6 Chi Minh
211 38379344 Fax: 39200681
www.nhantriviet.com
In 1.000 cu6n kh6 20x28cm tai Xi nghiep In MACHINCO - 21 Bni Thi Xuan - QUO 1- Thanh ph6 H6 Chi
Minh. SO xuat ban 226-09/CXB/483-35/THTPHCM. In xong \Tani%) km chieu thang 4-2010.
DARAKWON [jet
r books
Ban quyen cüa loot sach nay du'oc NXB Darakwon chuyen nhuong cho Cong ty TNHH N1 *2011-0060* N'am.
TNT .
Intro Course VoLONE

111
1
.1
Intro Course voi.TW1

DEc
TOEICICON LC Er I
Reading Comprehension Listening Comprehension

Practice Test Items Practice Test Items
to& New TOEK Test 0c New TOEIC Test
DarakwonTOEFL
ri
r7ni
OIlFL
rr
Air Travel
tatotu ariala Tourism
1 MP3 CD 1 Audio CD 1 MP3 CD
aster Skills...
IOIEIF
Health Science
5 Audio CDs 1 Audio CD 3 Audio CDs 3 Audio CDs 2 Audio CDs 1 MP3 CD
OEFL
old., ea'
---- 77--
Hospitality k
6 Audio CDs 1 Audio CD 3 Audio CDs 2 Audio CDs 1 MP3 CD
TOEFL TOEFL TOEFL TOEFL 77-7

ACTUAL ACTUAL ACTUAL ACTUAL T5ig Han
TEST TEST TEST TEST lhOr
'2- 'ETU Library
LISTENING LISTENING READING READING
TOEFL iBT
TEST BOOK TEST BOOK TEST BOOK TEST BOOK Essay Writing
1 MP3 CD 1 MP3 CD
428
1 Audio CD
11174
Tod] reading ialerinelate
Phat hanh tai
Nha sach MINH TAM
Giá
11; in! •I I
280 An DUcing VUdng P4 Q5 TP. HO Chi Minh 120.0006 9 900000 " 4a4793
Tr 38353608 - 38354845 Fax 38302417
123,0(14) ve

How To Master Skills For The TOEFL IBT Reading Intermediate

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

How To Master Skills For The TOEFL IBT Reading Intermediate

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

How To Master Skills For The TOEFL IBT Reading Intermediate

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

How to

-circiothY Hall \ Arthur H. Mulch 1 Denise McCormack I E2K

Director of Product Development:

How to Master Skills for the

TAN TAO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

PART 1 Basic Comprehension

Unit 3 Factual Information 67

Unit 4 Negative Factual Information 91

Unit 5 Sentence Simplification 115

PART 2 Making Inferences

Unit 7 Inference 165

Unit 8 Insert Text 189

PART 3 Reading to Learn

Unit 10 Fill in a Table 239

Vocabulary Wrap-up 263

The Format of the TOEFL® iBT

• 2 Integrated Tasks: Read-Listen-Speak

• 2 Integrated Tasks: Listen-Speak

• 1 Integrated Task: Read-Listen-Write (20 min.)

• 1 Independent Task (30 min.)

B. Information on the Reading Section

1. Types of Reading Passages

(1) Vocabulary (3-5 questions per set)

(6) Inference Questions (0-2 questions per set)

Reading to Learn Questions

(9) Prose Summary (1 question per set)

There are three question formats in the Reading section:

for the type of question the unit covers.

some useful tips as well as an illustrated

Skill & Drill 0 S1101 & Mill

The purpose of this section is to ensure 1.11.t■

overview. You will be given a chance

texts before starting on the practice

passages and answer the questions It* Guts COY., adMr.........11real•■

you learn how to deal with each type of ExperlentwOttoipllen

question on the Reading section of the ...■{1.4"M

This section is the second of the elm*. plammreco In va.1.14

Ian Ran N.. ma En.* wen., In Volps. P.m,.

question or questions of the type that is tio,ar.lu..p.M$1.11**Ing tot.Xcheir vot boa

mainly dealt with in the unit. Important

your understanding. Besides, a graphic

the overall organization of each passage

Building Summary Skills di

The purpose of this part is for you

skills that are strongly recommended to

Mini TOEFL iBT 0 Mita TOF.FL iBT

This part gives you a chance to

a shortened form. You will be given two MaMelelle..m....M.C.pm

topics are similar to those on the actual 1:4=

......errs *we Swer ,,,.....a.,....m.......,1*•■•■■ ulana xas

pp...../.......manadalat Ilds pup* 1....3...inn• Ne1.1.7......emr.

In this part, the reading comprehension questions

• Unit 3 Factual Information

• Unit 4 Negative Factual Information

• Unit 5 Sentence Simplification

2. The phrase in the passage is closest in meaning to

3. In stating that , the author means that

Lc= iL3T" Li.esti". c

The word depict in the passage is Mongol Empire

......errs we Swer ,,,.....a.,....m.......,1•■•■■ ulana xas